Home

Owners Manual Pdf - Mercedes Benz USA

1. If you reset the values in the ECO display the values in the From start trip computer are also reset If you reset the values in the From start trip computer the values in the ECO display are also reset Navigation system menu Displaying navigation instructions gt Switch on the audio system or COMAND see the separate operating instructions gt Pressthe lt or gt button onthe steer ing wheel to select the Navi menu In the Navi menu the multifunction display shows navigation instructions For more information see the separate operating instructions Route guidance not active Direction of travel Current road Route guidance active No change of direction announced Distance to the destination Distance to the next change of direction Current road Follow the road s course symbol Change of direction announced without a lane recommendation Road into which the change of direction leads Distance to change of direction and visual distance display Symbol for change of direction When a change of direction is announced you will see symbol 3 for the change of direction and distance graphic 2 The distance indi cator shortens towards the top of the display as you approach the point of the announced change of direction Menus and submenus ees Fe On board computer and displays an Menus and submenus Ai On board c
2. Activating deactivating the acoustic locking verification signal If you switch on the Acoustic Lock function an acoustic signal sounds when you lock the vehicle gt Pressthe lt or gt button onthe steer ing wheel to select the Sett menu gt Press the W or A button to select the Vehicle submenu gt Press OK to confirm gt Press the W or A button to select the Acoustic Lock function If the Acoustic Lock function is activated the symbol in the multifunction dis play lights up orange gt Press the OK button to save the setting il On board computer and displays ad Menus and submenus el On board computer and displays Convenience Switching the fold in mirrors when lock ing feature on off This function is only available on vehicles with the memory function gt page 106 When you activate the Auto Mirror Fold ing function the exterior mirrors are folded in when the vehicle is locked If you unlock the vehicle and then opena door the exterior mirrors fold out again If you have switched on the Auto Mirror Folding function and you fold in the exterior mirrors using the button on the door gt page 103 they will not fold out automat ically The exterior mirrors can then only be folded out using the button on the door gt Pressthe lt Jor gt button on the st
3. e USA Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center at 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 or 1 866 990 9007 e Canada Customer Service at 1 888 923 8367 General notes An emergency call is dialed automatically if an air bag or Emergency Tensioning Device is triggered You cannot end an automatically trig gered emergency call yourself An emergency call can also be initiated man ually As soon as the emergency call has been ini tiated the indicator lamp in the SOS button flashes The multifunction display shows the Connecting Call message The audio output is muted Once the connection has been made the Call Connected message appears in the multifunction display Allimportant information on the emergency is transmitted for example e current location of the vehicle as deter mined by the GPS system e vehicle identification number e information on the severity of the accident Shortly after the emergency call has been ini tiated a voice connection is automatically established between the Customer Assis tance Center and the vehicle occupants e If the vehicle occupants respond the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Cen ter attempts to get more information on the emergency e If there is no response from the vehicle occupants an ambulance is immediately sent to the vehicle If no voice connection can be established to the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center the system has been unable t
4. Ashtray Front ashtray E The stowage space under the ashtray is not heat resistant Before placing lit ciga rettes in the ashtray make sure that the ashtray is properly engaged Otherwise the stowage space could be damaged Example vehicles with a cover over the stowage compartment Stowage and features gt To open push the lower section of cover 1 The stowage compartment opens gt To remove the insert lift insert up and out gt To re install the insert press insert into the holder until it engages If you remove the ashtray insert you can use the resulting compartment for stow age Rear compartment ashtray Stowage and features gt To open pull cover 3 out by its top edge gt To remove pull insert by recess Q in the direction of arrow until it audibly releases gt Lift insert 2 up and out gt To install the insert install insert from above into the holder and press down until it engages ZA WARNING You can burn yourself if you touch the hot heating element or the socket of the cigarette lighter In addition flammable materials can ignite if e the hot cigarette lighter falls e a child holds the hot cigarette lighter to objects for example There is a risk of fire and injury Always hold the cigarette lighter by the knob Always make sure that the cigarette lighter is out of reach of children Never leave children unsupervised i
5. Press and hold lt gt e In the Audio menu selects the previous next station or selects an audio track or a video scene using rapid scrolling e In the Tel telephone menu starts rapid scrolling through the phone book K e Confirms a selection display message e In the Tel Telephone menu switches to the telephone book and starts dialing the selected number e In the Audio menu stops the station search function at the desired station Right control panel GQ e Rejects or ends a call e Exits phone book redial mem ory Cama e Makes or accepts a call e Switches to the redial memory e Adjusts the volume l x e Mute Back button 5 Press briefly e Back e Switches off the Voice Control System see the separate oper ating instructions e Hides display messages e Exits the telephone book redial memory 5 Press and hold e Calls up the standard display in the Trip menu Multifunction display Permanent display outside temperature or speed gt page 216 Time Text field Menu bar Drive program gt page 149 Transmission position gt page 149 gt To show menu bar press the lt or button on the steering wheel Menu bar disappears after a few seconds Text field shows the selected menu or submenu as well as display messages You can set the time using the audio
6. Cruise control lever To activate or increase speed To activate or reduce speed To deactivate cruise control To activate at the current speed last stored speed When you activate cruise control the stored speed is shown in the multifunction display for five seconds Activation conditions To activate cruise control all of the following activation conditions must be fulfilled e the electric parking brake must be released e you are driving faster than 20 mph 30 km h e ESP must be active but not intervening e on vehicles with automatic transmission the selector lever must be in position D Storing maintaining and calling up a speed Storing and maintaining the current speed You can store the current speed if you are driving faster than 20 mph 30 km h Driving systems gt Accelerate the vehicle to the desired speed gt Briefly press the cruise control lever up or down gt Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal Cruise control is activated The vehicle automatically maintains the stored speed Cruise control may be unable to maintain the stored speed on uphill gradients The stored speed is resumed when the gradient evens out Cruise control maintains the stored speed on downhill gradients by automatically applying the brakes Storing the current speed or calling up the last stored speed Z WARNING If you call up the stored speed and it differs from t
7. Windshield wipers ea Lights and windshield wipers i ee Windshield wipers Lights and windshield wipers eal Combination switch SI Switch 2 amp amp To wipe with washer fluid 3 I To switch on intermittent wiping 4 0 To switch off intermittent wiping 5 amp amp To wipe with washer fluid gt Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock gt page 143 gt Turn switch Q on the combination switch to the corresponding position When the rear window wiper is switched on a symbol appears in the assistance graphic in the instrument cluster Important safety notes A WARNING If the windshield wipers begin to move while you are changing the wiper blades you could be trapped by the wiper arm There is a risk of injury Always switch off the windshield wipers and ignition before changing the wiper blades H To avoid damaging the wiper blades make sure that you touch only the wiper arm of the wiper H Never open the hood tailgate if a wiper arm has been folded away from the wind shield rear window Never fold a windshield wiper arm without a wiper blade back onto the windshield rear window Hold the windshield wiper arm firmly when you change the wiper blade If you release the wiper arm without a wiper blade and it falls onto the windshield rear window the windshield rear window may be damaged by
8. Tail lamps Pal M TH Lamp unit gt Loosen screws 8 using a screwdriver gt Remove the bulb holder from the lamp clus ter bee Bort Eee Ly Bulb holder Turn signal Brake lamp gt Turn signal lamp lightly press the bulb into the bulb holder turn it counter clock wise and remove it from bulb holder gt Insert the new bulb into the bulb holder and turn it clockwise gt Brake light remove the corresponding bulb from the bulb holder gt Insert the new bulb into the bulb holder gt Insert the bulb holder into the lamp unit and fasten in place with screws G gt Insert the lamp unit into the vehicle gt Tighten wing nut and re establish con tact with connector Q gt Close the side trim panel gt page 119 Backup lamp and rear fog lamp Due to their location have the bulbs in the backup lamp vehicles with halogen head lamps and rear fog lamp in the tailgate changed at a qualified specialist workshop Windshield wipers H Do not operate the windshield wipers when the windshield is dry as this could damage the wiper blades Moreover dust that has collected on the windshield can scratch the glass if wiping takes place when the windshield is dry If itis necessary to switch on the windshield wipers in dry weather conditions always use washer fluid when operating the wind shield wipers H If the windshield wipers leave smears on the windshield after the vehi
9. The exterior lighting except the parking standing lamps switches off automatically if you e remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock e open the driver s door with the SmartKey in position 0 Automatic headlamp mode A WARNING When the light switch is set to auto the low beam headlamps may not be switched on automatically if there is fog snow or other causes of poor visibility due to the weather conditions such as spray There is a risk of an accident In such situations turn the light switch to The automatic headlamp feature is only an aid The driver is responsible for the vehicle s lighting at all times is the favored light switch setting The light setting is automatically selected accord ing to the brightness of the ambient light exception poor visibility due to weather con ditions such as fog snow or spray e SmartKey in position 1 in the ignition lock the parking lamps are switched on or off automatically depending on the brightness of the ambient light AUTO e With the engine running if you have acti vated the daytime running lamps function via the on board computer the daytime running lamps or the parking lamps and the low beam headlamps are switched on or off automatically depending on the brightness of the ambient light gt To switch on automatic headlamp mode turn the light switch to AUTO Canada only The dayt
10. Towing eye is located under tire infla tion compressor Q Vehicles with a tire change tool kit gt Open the tailgate gt Lift the cargo compartment floor up gt page 272 gt Remove the tire change tool kit The tire change tool kit contains e Jack e Lug wrench e One pair of gloves e Folding wheel chock fFlattire Preparing the vehicle Your vehicle may be equipped with e MOExtended tires tires with run flat prop erties gt page 307 Vehicle preparation is not necessary on vehicles with MOExtended tires e a TIREFIT kit gt page 306 Information on changing mounting a wheel gt page 348 gt Stop the vehicle on solid non slippery and level ground as far away as possible from traffic gt Switch on the hazard warning lamps gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 159 gt If possible bring the front wheels into the straight ahead position gt Switch off the engine gt Remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock gt All occupants must get out of the vehicle Make sure that they are not endangered as they do so gt Make sure that no one is near the danger area while a wheel is being changed Any one who is not directly assisting in the wheel change should for example stand behind the barrier gt Get out of the vehicle Pay attention to traf fic conditions when doing so gt Close the driver s door Vehicles equipped with MOExtended tires are
11. cescecesseeereeeceteeeeeees 218 Assistance MENU eerren 213 Audio MEMU iisk tesseresassetvasscsits eae 210 Convenience submenu 08 218 Displaying a service message 297 Display messages s c 221 DISTRONIGIPUUS 3 5 sstssateessecsescioess 179 Factory settings submenu 218 Important safety notes 204 Instrument cluster submenu 215 Lighting submenus 216 Menu OVErVIEW ceeeeeeeeteeeeeeeees 207 Message MEMOS seeeseeseeereeees 221 Navigation Menu cc eeeeeeeeseeeees 209 Operation RACETIMER Service menu Settings menu Standard display 0 eeeeeeeees Telephone menu Trip menu Vehicle submenu Video DVD operation On board diagnostic interface see Diagnostics connection Opening and closing the side trim panels Operating safety Declaration of conformity Important safety notes Operating system see On board computer Operator s Manual Vehicle equipment Outside temperature display Overhead control panel Override feature Rear side windows Paint code number 000 Paintwork cleaning instructions Panic alarm Panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel Important safety notes Operating Problem malfunction Reversing feature Parcel Net cis iccccscicss ce sastesracsetesesstessecesss Parcel shelf encis Parking Important safety notes Parking brake Position of exterior mirror front passenger side Rear view camera see Activ
12. e If the size description of your tire includes ZR and there are no service specifica tions ask the tire manufacturer in order to find out the maximum speed If a service specification is available the maximum speed is limited according to the speed rating in the service specification Example 245 40 ZR 18 97 Y In this exam ple 97 Y is the service specification The letter Y represents the speed rating and the maximum speed of the tire is limited to 186 mph 300km h The size description for all tires with maxi mum speeds of over 186mph 300km h must include ZR and the service specifi cation must be given in brackets Example 5 OrM S 4 for winter tires tire is over 186mph 300km h Ask the tire manufacturer about the maximum speed All weather tires and winter tires Index Speed rating QM S 5 upto 100mph 160 km h TM S upto 118mph 190 km h HM S upto 130mph 210 km h V M S upto 149mph 240 km h Notall tires with the M S marking provide the driving characteristics of winter tires Winter tires have in addition to the M S identification the A snow flake symbol on the tire sidewall Tires with this marking fulfill the requirements of the Rubber Man ufacturers Association RMA and the Rub ber Association of Canada RAC regarding the tire traction on snow They have been especially developed for driving on snow An electronic speed limiter prevents your vehicle from excee
13. out of the housing gt Screw hose onto flange of tire seal ant bottle Q gt Place tire sealant bottle Q head down wards into recess 2 of the tire inflation compressor gt Remove the cap from valve on the faulty tire gt Screw filler hose onto valve 7 gt Insert connector into the cigarette lighter socket gt page 276 or into a 12 V socket in your vehicle gt page 276 gt Turn the SmartKey to position 1 in the igni tion lock gt page 143 gt Press on off switch on the tire inflation compressor to I The tire inflation compressor is switched on The tire is inflated First tire sealant is pumped into the tire The pressure can briefly rise to approx imately 500 kPa 5 bar 73 psi Do not switch off the tire inflation com pressor during this phase gt Allow the tire inflation compressor to run for five minutes The tire should then have attained a pressure of at least 180 kPa 1 8 bar 26 psi If a pressure of 180 kPa 1 8 bar 26 psi has been attained after five minutes see Tire pressure reached gt page 310 If a tire pressure of 180 kPa 1 8 bar 26 psi has not been attained after five minutes see Tire pressure not reached gt page 310 If tire sealant leaks out allow it to dry It can then be removed like a layer of film If your clothes are soiled with tire sealant have them cleaned with perchloroethylene at a dry cleaner as soon as po
14. A4MATIC ensures that all four wheels are per manently driven Together with ESP it improves the traction of your vehicle when ever a drive wheel spins due to insufficient grip If you fail to adapt your driving style 4MATIC can neither reduce the risk of accident nor override the laws of physics 4MATIC cannot take account of road weather and traffic con ditions 4MATIC is only an aid You are responsible for the distance to the vehicle in front for vehicle speed for braking in good time and for staying in your lane If a drive wheel spins due to insufficient grip e Only depress the accelerator pedal as far as necessary when pulling away e Accelerate less when driving H Never tow the vehicle with one axle raised This may damage the transfer case Damage of this sort is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty All wheels must remain either on the ground or be fully raised Observe the instructions for towing the vehicle with all wheels in full contact with the ground In wintry driving conditions the maximum effect of 4MATIC can only be achieved if you use winter tires M S tires with snow chains if necessary DSR Important safety notes DSR Downhill Speed Regulation is only available for vehicles with the Off Road Engineering package DSR is an aid to assist you when driving down hill It keeps the speed of travel at the speed selected on the on board computer The steeper the downhill g
15. BAS the HOLD function and hill start assist are unavailable due to a malfunction COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS may also have failed In addition the and warning lamps light up in the instrument cluster ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated Z WARNING The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above The wheels could therefore lock if you brake hard for example Display messages ee Display messages Currently Unavail able See Opera tor s Manual Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The steerability and braking characteristics may be severely affec ted The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can increase If ESP is not operational ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately ESP BAS the HOLD function and hill start assist are temporarily unavailable COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS may also have failed In addition the and amp warning lamps light up in the instrument cluster ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated The self diagnosis function might not be complete for example Z WARNING The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above The braking distance in an emergency braking situ
16. e COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS distance warning function and adaptive Brake Assist gt page 66 ESP Electronic Stability Program gt page 68 e EBD Electronic Brake force Distribution gt page 72 e ADAPTIVE BRAKE gt page 72 e STEER CONTROL gt page 72 If you fail to adapt your driving style or become distracted the driving safety sys tems can neither reduce the risk of accident nor override the laws of physics Driving safety systems are merely aids designed to assist driving You are responsible for the dis tance to the vehicle in front for vehicle speed and for braking in good time Always adapt your driving style to suit the prevailing road weather and traffic conditions and maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front Drive carefully The driving safety systems described only work as effectively as possible when there is adequate contact between the tires and the road surface Pay particular attention to the information regarding tires recommen ded minimum tire tread depths etc in the Wheels and tires section gt page 324 In wintry driving conditions always use winter tires M S tires and if necessary snow chains Only in this way will the driv ing safety systems described in this section work as effectively as possible ABS Anti lock Braking System General information ABS regulates brake pressure in such a way that the wheels do not lock when you brake This a
17. gt Move the DIRECT SELECT lever to position P gt Switch off the engine Changing a wheel gt On level ground place chocks or other gt Remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock gt If included in the vehicle equipment remove the tire change tool kit from the vehicle gt Secure the vehicle to prevent it from rolling away Securing the vehicle to prevent it from rolling away Pad 1 Saeed sh If your vehicle is equipped with a wheel chock it can be found in the tire change tool kit gt page 306 The folding wheel chock is an additional safety measure to prevent the vehicle from rolling away for example when changing a wheel gt Fold both plates upwards Q gt Fold out lower plate gt Guide the lugs on the lower plate fully into the openings in base plate Bad iisii iji Securing the vehicle on level ground suitable items under the front and rear of the wheel that is diagonally opposite the wheel you wish to change PAD gi Securing the vehicle on slight downhill gradients gt On light downhill gradients place chocks or other suitable items in front of the wheels of the front and rear axle Raising the vehicle Z WARNING If you do not position the jack correctly at the appropriate jacking point of the vehicle the jack could tip over with the vehicle raised There is a risk of injury Only position the jack at the appropriate jack ing poin
18. gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 159 gt Check the tires and if necessary follow the instructions for a flat tire gt page 306 gt Check the tire pressure gt page 332 gt If necessary correct the tire pressure Display messages Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Warning Tire Mal The tire pressure in one or more tires has dropped suddenly The function wheel position is shown in the multifunction display A WARNING If you drive with a flat tire there is a risk of the following hazards e a flat tire affects the ability to steer or brake the vehicle e you could lose control of the vehicle e continued driving with a flat tire will cause excessive heat build up and possibly a fire There is a risk of an accident gt Stop the vehicle without making any sudden steering or braking maneuvers Pay attention to the traffic conditions as you do so gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 159 gt Check the tires and if necessary follow the instructions for a 2 On board computer and displays flat tire gt page 306 Tire Press Moni Due to a source of radio interference no signals can be received tor Currently from the wheel sensors The tire pressure monitor is temporarily Unavailable malfunctioning gt Drive on The tire pressure monitor restarts automatically as soon as the problem has been solved Tire Press Sen There is n
19. gt While steering intervention is active make sure that the multi function steering wheel is not touched unintentionally The vehicle has started to skid and ESP has intervened gt Use Active Parking Assist again later gt page 189 You have just carried out a large number of turning or parking maneuvers Active Parking Assist will become available again after approx imately ten minutes gt page 189 gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Switch off and restart the engine If the display message continues to be displayed gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop PARKTRONIC is defective gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop DISTRONIC PLUS has been deactivated gt page 174 If it was deactivated automatically a warning tone also sounds DISTRONIC PLUS is operational again after having been tempo rarily unavailable You can now reactivate DISTRONIC PLUS gt page 174 Fy On board computer and displays a Display messages E On board computer and displays Display messages DISTRONIC PLUS Cur rently Unavailable See Operator s Man ual DISTRONIC PLUS Inoperative DISTRONIC PLUS Sus pended DISTRONIC PLUS mph Cruise Control Inoperative Cruise Control mph Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions DISTRONIC PLUS is temporarily inoperative Possible causes are e function is impai
20. oO N N c z pe oO oO Som co bod Breakdown assistance Z WARNING During the charging process a battery produ ces hydrogen gas If a short circuit occurs or sparks are created the hydrogen gas can ignite There is a risk of an explosion e Make sure that the positive terminal of a connected battery does not come into con tact with vehicle parts e Never place metal objects or tools on a bat tery e It is important that you observe the descri bed order of the battery terminals when connecting and disconnecting a battery e When jump starting make sure that the battery poles with identical polarity are connected e It is particularly important to observe the described order when connecting and dis connecting the jumper cables e Never connect or disconnect the battery terminals while the engine is running Z WARNING Battery acid is caustic There is a risk of injury Avoid contact with the skin eyes or clothing Do not inhale any battery gases Do not lean over the battery Keep children away from batteries Wash battery acid immediately with water and seek medical attention Q Environmental note Mf Batteries contain dangerous substances It is against the law to dispose of them with the household rubbish They must be collected separately and recycled to protect the environment Dispose of batteries in an environmentally friendly manner Take discharged batteries
21. GLA Operator s Manual 1565843700 GLA Operator s Manual Mercedes Benz Order no 65155407 13 Part no 1565843700 Edition A 2015 Symbols Registered trademarks e Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG Inc e DTS is a registered trademark of DTS Inc e Dolby and MLP are registered trademarks of DOLBY Laboratories e BabySmart ESP and PRE SAFE are registered trademarks of Daimler AG e HomeLink is a registered trademark of Johnson Controls e iPod and iTunes are registered trade marks of Apple Inc e Logic7 is a registered trademark of Har man International Industries e Microsoft and Windows media are reg istered trademarks of Microsoft Corpora tion e SIRIUS is a registered trademark of Sirius XM Radio Inc e HD Radio is a registered trademark of iBig uity Digital Corporation e Gracenote is a registered trademark of Gracenote Inc e ZAGATSurvey and related brands are reg istered trademarks of ZagatSurvey LLC In this Operator s Manual you will find the fol lowing symbols A WARNING Warning notes make you aware of dangers which could pose a threat to your health or life or to the health and life of others Q Environmental note Environmental notes provide you with infor mation on environmentally aware actions or disposal H Notes on material damage alert you to dangers that could lead to damage to your vehicle Pract
22. Starting the engine with the SMAKE srein testes raeas 144 Switching Of ossei seis erise 160 Tow starting vehicle n 320 Engine starting see Starting engine Engine electronics Problem malfunction ee 147 Engine oil Adding isrener ea 294 Additive S icici esses 365 Checking the oil level n e 293 Checking the oil level using the GIPSUICK sscsisssceesseacsssdsbeecessean cases teess 294 Display message seee 240 Filling capacity 2 cssscsescesecesecacscsseeses 365 General notes sssicisssirnissioesi 293 Notes about oil grades eee 364 Temperature on board computer AMG vehicles yoirsirsririsrisetsrissts 218 VISCOSIY a r r EE 365 Engine oil additives see Additives engine oil ESC Electronic Stability Control see ESP Electronic Stability Program ESP Electronic Stability Pro gram Activating deactivating on board computer except AMG VENICICS ciecceicrscescveiesecunessieveees 213 AMG menu on board computer 219 Characteristics nessis 69 Deactivating activating button in AMG vehicles eeeeseeseeeneeeees 70 Deactivating activating notes except AMG vehicles nesses 70 Display message seere 222 Function notes eeeeseeeeesesreeeeeeee 68 General NOLES ciscsccsesceccosscecesstcconeees 68 Important safety information 69 Warning lamp eseese 256 ETS 4ETS Electronic Traction Sys TOM oiiiisisissirssirisirerisissiiiniueserririres 69 Exhau
23. Vehicle length 173 9 in 4417 mm Vehicle width 79 6 in including exterior 2022 mm mirrors Wheelbase 106 3 in 2699 mm Turning radius 38 8 ft 11 84 m GLA 250 58 8 in 1494 mm GLA 250 4MATIC 60 3 in 1532 mm GLA 250 220 5 Ib 100 kg GLA 250 4MATIC Py Technical data GLA 250 166 3 Ib 75 kg GLA 250 4MATIC Vehicle data for off road driving H The water depth must not exceed the specified value Note that the permissible water depth is less in flowing water Vehicle data for off road driving Pousa 1 39 Missing values for maximum water depth were unavailable at the time of going to print When the vehicle is loaded and ready to drive it has a full tank all fluids have been refilled and the driver is in the vehicle Further information about driving on flooded roads gt page 167 Pii Eat a Sabet Missing values for the approach departure angles at front Q and rear were not avail able at the time of going to print For further information about approach departure angles see gt page 170 Note that the vehicle s gradient climbing capability depends on the off road conditions and the road surface conditions GLA 250 4MATIC the maximum gradient climbing ability is 65 Vehicle data for off road driving Missing values for the GLA 250 and GLA 45 AMG 4MATIC models were unavailable at time of going to print Accelerate carefully and make sure that the wh
24. Vehicles without adjustable head restraints Safety a gt Top Tether belt with one belt strap route Top Tether belt centrally over head restraint or gt Top Tether belt with two belt straps route one Top Tether belt to the left and one to the right past the side of head restraint 4 All vehicles gt Install the LATCH type ISOFIX child restraint system with Top Tether Always comply with the child restraint system manufacturer s installation instructions when doing so gt Hook Top Tether hook of Top Tether belt 4 into Top Tether anchorage Make sure that e Top Tether hook 8 is hooked into Top Tether anchorage as shown e Top Tether belt is not twisted e Top Tether belt 4 is routed between the rear seat backrest and the cargo com partment cover if the cargo compart ment cover is installed gt Tension Top Tether belt 4 Always comply with the child restraint system manufactur er s installation instructions when doing so Vehicles with adjustable head restraints gt Move head restraint C back down again slightly if necessary gt page 100 Make sure that you do not interfere with the cor rect routing of Top Tether belt Child restraint system on the front passenger seat l General notes Accident statistics show that children secured in the rear seats are safer than chil dren secured in the front passenger seat For this reason Mercedes Benz strongl
25. e shift the automatic transmission out of the parking position P e start the engine In addition they may operate vehicle equip ment and become trapped There is a risk of an accident and injury When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Never leave children unsupervised in the vehicle H Always secure the vehicle correctly against rolling away Otherwise the vehicle or its drivetrain could be damaged Driving and parking teo Parking To ensure that the vehicle is secured against Driving and parking rolling away unintentionally e the electric parking brake must be applied e the transmission must be in position P and the transmission position display must show P e the SmartKey must be removed from the ignition lock e on uphill or downhill gradients the front wheels must be turned towards the curb Important safety notes Z WARNING The automatic transmission switches to neu tral position N when you switch off the engine The vehicle may roll away There is a risk of an accident After switching off the engine always switch to parking position P Prevent the parked vehi cle from rolling away by applying the parking brake Vehicles with automatic transmission All vehicles except AMG vehicles gt Apply the electric parking brake gt Shift the transmission to position P AMG vehicles gt Apply the electric parking brake gt
26. have your loaded vehicle including driver occupants cargo and full trailer load if applicable weighed on a suitable vehicle weighbridge The trailer load noseweight affects the gross weight of the vehicle If a trailer is attached the trailer load noseweight is included in the load along with occupants and luggage The trailer load noseweight is usually between 10 and 15 of the gross weight of the trailer and its load Maximum load rating Do not overload the tires by exceeding the specified load limit The maximum permissi ble load can be found on the vehicle s Tire and Loading Information placard on the B pillar on the driver s side gt page 335 ry Maximum tire load is the maximum per missible weight for which the tire is approved The actual values for tires are vehicle specific and may deviate from the values in the illustration E Wheels and tires _ Wheels and tires Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards are U S government specifications Their pur pose is to provide drivers with uniform relia ble information on tire performance data Tire manufacturers have to grade tires using three performance factors tread wear Q tire trac tion and heat resistance These regu lations do not apply to Canada Nevertheless all tires sold in North America are provided with the corresponding quality grading mark ings on the sidewall of the tire All passenger car tires must conform
27. shop Refrigerant instruction label oi i aa A Be HBA Example refrigerant instruction label Warning symbol Refrigerant filling capacity Applicable standards PAG oil part number Type of refrigerant oO Warning symbol Q advises you about 5 e possible dangers 2 e having service work carried out at a quali S fied specialist workshop c Filling capacities d 2 Missing values were not available at time of going to print E AMG vehicles Capacity Refrigerant 23 6 0 4 oz 670 10 g PAG oil 4 2 oz 120 g GLA 250 Capacity Refrigerant PAG oil kad Technical data All other models Capacity Refrigerant 22 9 0 4 oz 650 10 8 PAG oil 4 2 oz 120 g MAER ELE Please note that for the specified vehicle data e the heights specified may vary as a result of tires load condition of the suspension optional equipment e optional equipment reduces the maximum payload PRL ote zd MAER ELT Model Maximum Opening headroom height GLA 250 73 6 in 80 5 in 1876 mm 2045 mm GLA 250 75 4 in 82 0 in 4MATIC 1914mm 2083 mm AMG vehicles 73 5 in 79 5 in 1866 mm 2019 mm Missing values were not available at time of going to print Vehicle length 175 0 in 4445 mm Vehicle width 79 6 in including exterior 2022 mm mirrors Vehicle height 58 2 in 1479 mm Wheelbase 106 3 in 2699 mm Turning radius 38 7 ft 11 8 m Maximum roof 220 5 Ib load 100 kg
28. All laps are deleted Overall statistics RACETIMER overall evaluation Total time driven Average speed Distance covered Maximum speed This function is shown if you have stored at least one lap and stopped the RACETIMER gt Press lt or gt on the steering wheel to select the AMG menu gt Press the A button repeatedly until the overall evaluation is shown Lap statistics Lap Lap time Average lap speed Lap length Top speed during lap This function is only available if you have stored at least two laps and have stopped the RACETIMER gt Press lt or gt on the steering wheel to select the AMG menu gt Press the A button repeatedly until the lap evaluation is shown Each lap is shown in a separate submenu The fastest lap is indicated by flashing sym bol gt Press the A or Y different lap evaluation button to select a Display messages Ea Display messages Display messages appear in the multifunction display Display messages with graphic displays may be shown in simplified form in the Operator s Manual and may differ from the messages shown in the multifunction display Please respond in accordance with the display messages and follow the additional notes in this Operator s Manual Certain display messages are accompanied b
29. Briefly press the M memory button and then press storage position button 1 2 or 3 within three seconds The settings are stored in the selected pre set position A tone sounds when the set tings have been completed gt Press and hold the relevant preset position button 1 2 or 3 until the seat and exterior mirrors are in the stored position The setting procedure is interrupted as soon as you release the storage position button Seats steering wheel and mirrors Useful information 0 eee 110 Exterior lighting c ceeeee 110 Interionlighting e ee 115 Replacing bulbs c ceeeeeee 117 Windshield wipers 008 121 Lights and windshield wipers E al Exterior lighting Lights and windshield wipers Useful information This Operator s Manual describes all models and all standard and optional equip ment of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator s Manual Country specific differences are possible Please note that your vehicle may not be equipped with all features described This also applies to safety related systems and functions Read the information on qualified special ist workshops gt page 28 Exterior lighting For reasons of safety Mercedes Benz recom mends that you drive with the lights switched on even during the daytime In some coun tries operation of the headlamps varies due to legal requiremen
30. Canada 1 km h increments briefly press the cruise control lever to the pressure point up Q for a higher set speed or down 2 for a lower set speed The set value appears in the status indica tor of the multifunction display Driving systems ee d parking Iiving an i ea Driving systems Driving and parking P43 PE Off road program General notes The off road drive program is only availa ble on vehicles with the Off Road Engineer ing package The off road program assists you in driving off road The engine s performance charac teristics and the gearshifting characteristics of the automatic transmission are adapted for this purpose ABS ESP and ETS programs especially adapted to off road driving are also activated Do not use the off road program on roads that are snow covered or icy or if you have moun ted snow chains on your vehicle For information about driving off road see gt page 168 Switching the off road program on or off e e gt To switch on press the Q button Indicator lamp lights up gt To switch off press button 1 Indicator lamp 2 goes out Display in the assistance graphic gt Select the Assistance Graphic function using the on board computer gt page 213 When the off road program is activated symbol Q appears in the assistance graphic display PARKTRONIC Important safety notes PARKTRONIC is an electronic parking aid with ultra
31. Canada only indicator lamp flashes and a warning tone sounds You are making an emergency stop using the electric parking brake gt page 160 The yellow warning lamp lights up The electric parking brake is malfunctioning To apply gt Switch the ignition off gt Press the electric parking brake handle for at least ten seconds gt Shift the transmission to P gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop The yellow warning lamp and the red Park USA only Canada only indicator lamp light up The electric parking brake is malfunctioning To release gt Switch off the ignition and turn it back on gt Release the electric parking brake manually or gt Release the electric parking brake automatically gt page 160 If the electric parking brake still cannot be released gt Do not drive on gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop Fy On board computer and displays Ea Display messages _ On board computer and displays Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The red park USA only Canada only indicator lamp flashes and the yellow warning lamp lights up The electric parking brake is malfunctioning To release gt Switch off the ignition and turn it back on gt Release the electric parking brake manually To apply gt Switch off the ignition
32. Press button C gt Turn the SmartKey to position 0 in the igni tion lock and remove it The immobilizer is activated If you switch the engine off with the trans mission in position R or D the automatic transmission shifts to N automatically If you then open one of the front doors or remove the SmartKey from the ignition the automatic transmission shifts to P If you shift the automatic transmission to N before switching off the engine the auto matic transmission remains in N even if a door is opened The automatic transmission shifts to P automatically if you e switch off the engine using the SmartKey and remove the SmartKey from the igni tion lock or e switch off the engine using the SmartKey and open a front door If you attempt to turn off the engine when the selector lever is not in position P e a message appears in the multifunction dis play e a warning signal sounds General notes A WARNING If you leave children unsupervised in the vehi cle they could set it in motion by for example e release the parking brake e shift the automatic transmission out of the parking position P e start the engine In addition they may operate vehicle equip ment and become trapped There is a risk of an accident and injury When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Never leave children unsupervised in the vehicle The function of the electric
33. R 20 Wheels BA 8 0 J x 20 H2 Wheel offset 1 71 in 43 5 mm Winter tires R 18 Wheels BA 7 5 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 67 in 42 5 mm a 19 Wheels BA 8 0 J x 19 H2 Wheel offset 1 71 in 43 5 mm 7 Use of snow chains not permitted Observe the notes in the Snow chains section Fay Wheels and tires Useful information eee 360 Information regarding technical dala n 360 Identification plates 360 Service products and filling capaci ties e esc 361 Vehicle data 22 7 e 368 Vehicle data for off road driving 369 E Technical data Identification plates Useful information This Operator s Manual describes all models and all standard and optional equip ment of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator s Manual Country specific differences are possible Please note that your vehicle may not be equipped with all features described This also applies to safety related systems and NEET ET functions Example vehicle identification plate USA only Read the information on qualified special VIN ist workshops gt page 28 Vehicle model Information regarding technical data m C P AS l al intorr The data stated here specifically refers to a vehicle with standard equipment Consult horized M des Benz C TE fe the data for all vehicle variants and trim ELMAN LUCE A levels Prd el KT Examp
34. Safety systems Display messages Currently Unavail able See Opera tor s Manual Inoperative See Operator s Manual Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions ABS Anti lock Braking System ESP Electronic Stability Pro gram BAS Brake Assist the HOLD function and hill start assist are temporarily unavailable COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS may also have failed In addition the amp amp and warning lamps light up in the instrument cluster ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated Possible causes are e self diagnosis is not yet complete e the on board voltage may be insufficient Z WARNING The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above The wheels could therefore lock if you brake hard for example The steerability and braking characteristics may be severely affec ted The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can increase If ESP is not operational ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident gt Carefully drive a short distance on a suitable stretch of road making slight steering movements at a speed above 12 mph 20 km h If the display message disappears the functions mentioned above are available again If the display message continues to be displayed gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop ABS ESP
35. The multifunction display shows a service message for several seconds e g Service A in e Service A Due e Service A Exceeded by Days Depending on the operating conditions of the vehicle the remaining time or distance until the next service due date is displayed The letter A or B possibly in connection with a number or another letter shows the type of service A stands for a minor service and B for a major service You can obtain further information from an authorized Mercedes Benz Center The ASSYST PLUS service interval display does not take into account any periods of time during which the battery is disconnec ted Maintaining the time dependent service schedule Days gt Note down the service due date displayed in the multifunction display before discon necting the battery or gt After reconnecting the battery subtract the battery disconnection periods from the service date shown on the display Hiding a service message button on the steer gt Press the ing wheel pj OK or Displaying service messages gt Switch on the ignition gt Press the lt q jor gt Serv menu gt Press the A or W button to select the ASSYST PLUS submenu and confirm by pressing the OK button The service due date appears in the multi function display button to select the Information about Service Resetting the ASSYST PLUS service
36. Your vehicle is E10 compatible You can refuel your vehicle using E10 fuel GLA 250 GLA 250 4MATIC as a temporary measure if the recommended fuel is not available you may also use regular unleaded gasoline with an octane rating of 88 AKI 93 RON All other models as a temporary measure if the recommended fuel is not available you may also use regular unleaded gasoline with an octane rating of 87 AKI 91 RON This may reduce engine performance and increase fuel consumption Avoid driving at full throttle and sudden acceleration Never refuel using fuel with a lower AKI Information on refueling gt page 157 Additives H Operating the engine with fuel additives added later can lead to engine failure Do not mix fuel additives with fuel This does not include additives for the removal and prevention of residue buildup gasoline must only be mixed with additives recom mended by Mercedes Benz Comply with the instructions for use on the product label More information about recommen ded additives can be obtained from any authorized Mercedes Benz Center Mercedes Benz recommends that you use branded fuels that have additives The quality of the fuel available in some coun tries may not be sufficient Residue could build up in the injection system as a result In such cases and in consultation with an authorized Mercedes Benz Center the gaso line may be mixed with the cleaning additive recommended by Mercedes Benz Yo
37. e Never use Active Parking Assist when snow chains are installed e Make sure that the tire pressures are always correct This has a direct influence on the parking characteristics of the vehi cle Use Active Parking Assist for parking spaces e parallel or at right angles to the direction of travel e that are on straight roads not bends e that are on the same level as the road e g not on the pavement Detecting parking spaces Objects located above the height range of Active Parking Assist will not be detected when the parking space is measured These are not taken into account when the parking procedure is calculated e g overhanging loads tail sections or loading ramps of goods vehicles Z WARNING If there are objects above the detection range Active Parking Assist may turn prematurely You may cause a collision as a result There is a risk of an accident If there are objects above the detection range stop and deactivate Active Parking Assist For further information on the detection range gt page 187 Active Parking Assist does not assist you parking in spaces at right angles to the direc tion of travel if e two parking spaces are located directly next to one another e the parking space is directly next to a low obstacle such as a low curb e you park forwards Active Parking Assist does not assist you parking in spaces that are parallel or at right angles to the direction of travel if e t
38. e legal stipulations e factory recommendations Information on dimensions and types of wheels and tires for your vehicle can be found gt page 352 Information on air pressure for the tires on your vehicle can be found e on the vehicle s Tire and Loading Informa tion placard on the B pillar e on the tire pressure label on the fuel filler flap gt page 158 e under Tire pressure gt page 328 Further information on wheels and tires can be obtained at any qualified specialist workshop e If the vehicle is heavily loaded check the tire pressures and correct them if neces sary e While driving pay attention to vibrations noises and unusual handling characteris tics e g pulling to one side This may indi cate that the wheels or tires are damaged If you suspect that a tire is defective reduce your speed immediately Stop the vehicle as soon as possible to check the wheels and tires for damage Hidden tire damage could also be causing the unusual handling characteristics If you find no signs of damage have the wheels and tires checked at a qualified specialist workshop e When parking your vehicle make sure that the tires do not get deformed by the curb or other obstacles If it is necessary to drive over curbs speed humps or similar eleva tions try to do so slowly and at an obtuse angle Otherwise the tires particularly the sidewalls may be damaged Z WARNING Damaged tires can cause tire
39. gear be changed too early the parking pro cedure will be canceled A sensible parking position can no longer be achieved from this position Exiting a parking space In order that Active Parking Assist can sup port you when you exit the parking space e the border of the parking space must be high enough A curb is too small for exam ple e the border of the parking space must not be too wide as the position of the vehicle must not exceed an angle of 45 to the starting position as it is maneuvering into the park ing space e a maneuvering distance of at least 3 3 ft 1 0 m must be available Vehicles with automatic transmission If PARKTRONIC detects obstacles Active Parking Assist brakes automatically whilst the vehicle exits the parking space You are responsible for braking in good time Active Parking Assist can only assist you with exiting a parking space if you have parked the vehicle parallel to the direction of travel using Active Parking Assist gt Start the engine gt Switch on the turn signal in the direction you are pulling away gt Shift the transmission to position D or R The Start Park Assist Yes OK No lt 4 message appears in the multifunction display gt To cancel the procedure press the button on the multifunction steering wheel or pull away or gt To exit a parking space using Active Parking Assist press the OK button on the multifunction steering wheel The
40. gt page 153 The RACE START Available Depress gas pedal message appears in the multi function display if you do not depress the accelerator pedal within a few seconds RACE START is canceled The multifunction display shows the RACE START Canceled message gt Fully depress the accelerator pedal The engine speed is increased The RACE START Release brake to start message appears in the multifunc tion display If you do not release the brake pedal within a short time RACE START will be canceled The multifunction display shows the RACE START Canceled message gt Take your foot off the brake but keep the accelerator pedal depressed The vehicle pulls away at maximum accel eration The RACE START Active message appears in the multifunction display RACE START is deactivated when the vehicle reaches a speed of approximately 30 mph Canada 50 km h Drive program S is acti Driving and parking tea Driving systems m Driving and parking vated SPORT handling mode remains activa ted RACE START is deactivated immediately if you release the accelerator pedal during RACE START or if any of the activation condi tions are no longer fulfilled The RACE START Not Possible or RACE START Canceled message appears in the multifunction dis play If RACE START is used repeatedly within a short period of time it is only available again after the vehicle has been driven a certain distance 4MATIC
41. is deactivated A WARNING If you deactivate ESP ESP no longer sta bilizes the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident Only deactivate ESP in the situations descri bed in the following It may be best to deactivate ESP in the fol lowing situations e when using snow chains e in deep snow e on sand or gravel Activate ESP as soon as the situations described above no longer apply ESP will otherwise not be able to stabilize the vehi cle if the vehicle starts to skid or a wheel starts to spin H Avoid spinning the driven wheels for an extended period with ESP deactivated You could otherwise damage the drivetrain Deactivating activating ESP You can deactivate or activate ESP via the on board computer gt To deactivate gt page 213 The amp ESP OFF warning lamp in the instrument cluster lights up gt To activate gt page 213 The amp ESP OFF warning lamp in the instrument cluster goes out Characteristics when ESP is deactivated If ESP is deactivated and one or more wheels start to spin the amp ESP warning lamp in the instrument cluster flashes In such situa tions ESP will not stabilize the vehicle If you deactivate ESP e ESP no longer improves driving stability e engine torque is no longer limited and the drive wheels are able to spin The spinning of the wheels results in a
42. of the driving systems with water car shampoo and a soft cloth Maintenance and care Cleaning the rear view camera H Do not clean the camera lens and the area around the rear view camera with a power washer gt Make sure that the vehicle is stationary and that the SmartKey is in position 2 in the ignition lock gt To open the cover of the rear view cam era with the audio system COMAND acti vated press the syso button gt Select System by turning the audio system COMAND controller and press to confirm gt Select Rear view camera and press to confirm gt Select Open camera cover and press to confirm The rear view camera cover opens gt Toclean the rear view camera use clear water and a soft cloth to clean camera lens The cover of the camera closes automat ically when the SmartKey is at position O in the ignition lock Cleaning the exhaust pipe A WARNING The exhaust tail pipe and tail pipe trim can become very hot If you come into contact with these parts of the vehicle you could burn yourself There is a risk of injury Always be particularly careful around the exhaust tail pipe and the tail pipe trim Allow these components to cool down before touch ing them Impurities combined with the effects of road grit and corrosive environmental factors may cause flash rust to form on the surface You can restore the original shine of the exhaust pipe by cleani
43. portable audio equipment e g for an iPod Stowage space in the rear If a passenger travels in the vehicle while the front passenger seat is folded forward they must sit in the rear seat behind the driver Stowage compartment in the rear center console The backrest of the front passenger seat can be folded forwards to increase the cargo com partment capacity Once you no longer need the backrest on the front passenger side to be used as a load sur face fold the backrest back into place gt To open pull down the top of stowage compartment 1 by the edge of the handle Depending on the vehicle s equipment there may be an open stowage space above the stowage compartment gt To fold forward gently push the backrest Parcel nets back gt Pull release handle Q and fold the back rest fully onto the seat cushion until it e in the front passenger footwell engages e on the back of the driver s and the front passenger seat e to the left and right hand sides of the cargo compartment Observe the loading guidelines gt page 266 and the safety notes regarding stowage spaces gt page 267 Stowage and features Parcel nets are located gt To fold back gently push the backrest down and pull release handle 1 gt Fold the seat backrest back until it engages Through loading facility in the rear Observe the loading guidelines gt page 266 Folding backrest on the front passeng
44. venience opening feature gt page 88 This will speed up the cooling process and the desired interior temperature will be reached more quickly The integrated filter filters out most par ticles of dust and soot and completely fil ters out pollen It also reduces gaseous pol lutants and odors A clogged filter reduces the amount of air supplied to the vehicle interior For this reason you should always observe the interval for replacing the filter which is specified in the Maintenance Booklet As it depends on environmental conditions e g heavy air pollution the interval may be shorter than stated in the Maintenance Booklet It is possible that the residual heat func tion may be activated automatically an hour after the SmartKey has been removed in order to dry the air conditioning system The vehicle is then ventilated for 30 minutes Overview of climate control systems Air conditioning system control panel Pi USA only To set the temperature gt page 133 To defrost the windshield gt page 135 To set the air distribution gt page 134 To activate deactivate air recirculation mode gt page 137 To set the airflow gt page 134 To switch cooling with air dehumidification on off gt page 131 To switch the rear window defroster on off gt page 136 Climate control 4 Pa WT 31 Canada only To set the temperature gt page 133 To defrost the windshield gt page
45. 181 The HOLD function is deactivated When the brake pedal is firmly depressed an activation condition is not fulfilled A warning tone also sounds gt Check the activation conditions for the HOLD function gt page 181 Display messages ee i On board computer and displays Pa Display messages On board computer and displays Display messages Lane Keeping Assist Currently Unavailable See Operator s Manual Lane Keeping Assist Inoperative Blind Spot Assist Currently Unavail able See Opera tor s Manual Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Lane Keeping Assist is deactivated and temporarily inoperative Possible causes are e the windshield in the camera s field of vision is dirty e visibility is impaired due to heavy rain snow or fog e there are no lane markings for a longer period e the lane markings are worn dark or covered e g by dirt or snow When the causes stated above no longer apply the display mes sage disappears Lane Keeping Assist is operational again If the display message does not disappear gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 159 gt Clean the windshield Lane Keeping Assist is faulty gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Blind Spot Assist is temporarily inoperative Possible causes are e the sensors are dirty e
46. Backup lamp W 16 W Rear fog lamp H 21 W Brake lamp W 16 W Turn signal lamp PY 21 W Changing the front bulbs Removing and installing the cover in the front wheel housing You must remove the cover from the front wheel housing before you can change the front bulbs Pil eda gt To remove switch off the lights gt Turn the front wheels inwards gt Slide cover up and remove it gt To install insert cover again and slide it down until it engages Low beam headlamps parking and standing lamps halogen headlamps Pal SBS gt Remove the cover in the front wheel hous ing gt page 118 gt Turn housing cover Q counter clockwise and pull it out gt Turn bulb holder 2 counter clockwise and pull it out gt Take the bulb out of bulb holder gt Insert the new bulb into bulb holder gt Insert bulb holder 2 into the lamp and turn it clockwise gt Align housing cover Q and turn it clock wise until it engages gt Replace the cover in the front wheel hous ing gt page 118 Replacing bulbs pa High beam headlamps daytime run Cornering light function Bi Xenon ning lamps halogen headlamps headlamps heeds el gt Switch off the lights gt Switch off the lights S gt Open the hood gt Open the hood gt Turn housing cover Q counter clockwise gt Turn housing cover Q counter clockwise 3 and pull it out and pull it out gt
47. ESP OFF warning lamp are lit continuously ESP is not available due to a malfunction Observe the information on warning lamps gt page 256 and display messages which may be shown in the instrument cluster gt page 222 Only use wheels with the recommended tire sizes Only then will ESP function properly Characteristics of ESP General information If the ESP warning lamp goes out before beginning the journey ESP is automatically active If ESP intervenes the ESP warning lamp flashes in the instrument cluster If ESP intervenes gt Do not deactivate ESP under any circum stances gt Only depress the accelerator pedal as far as necessary when pulling away gt Adapt your driving style to suit the prevail ing road and weather conditions Driving safety systems Safety WJ ECO start stop function The ECO start stop function switches the engine off automatically when the vehicle stops moving The engine starts automati cally when the driver wants to pull away again ESP remains in its previously selected sta tus Example if ESP was deactivated before the engine was switched off ESP remains deactivated when the engine is switched on again Deactivating activating ESP except AMG vehicles Important safety notes You can select between the following states of ESP e ESP is activated e ESP
48. Ensure that the wheels are in contact with the ground at all times e Drive with extreme care on unfamiliar off road routes where visibility is poor For safety reasons get out of the vehicle first and survey the off road route e Check the depth of water before fording rivers and streams e Watch out for obstacles e Take care when turning on an uphill or downhill slope or when driving across a slope The vehicle could otherwise tip over e Always keep the side windows and the pan orama roof with power tilt sliding panel closed during the journey e Do not deviate from marked routes Do not use the HOLD function when driv ing off road on steep uphill or downhill gra dients or on slippery or loose surfaces The HOLD function cannot hold the vehicle on such surfaces Checklist before driving off road gt Engine oil level check the engine oil level and add oil if necessary When driving on steep gradients the engine oil level must be sufficiently high to ensure a correct oil supply in the vehicle gt Wheels and tires check the tire tread depth and tire pressure gt Check for damage and remove any foreign objects e g small stones from the wheels tires gt Replace any missing valve caps gt Replace dented or damaged wheels gt Rims dented or bent rims can result in a loss of tire pressure and damage the tire bead Therefore check your rims before driving off road and replace them as required
49. Hazard warning lamps PASSENGER AIR BAG indi cator lamp iu Selects the drive pro gram amp AMG vehicles ESP az Off road program Page 113 43 152 70 186 Function Ashtray Cigarette lighter Socket Stowage compartment Stowage compartment Cup holder Page 275 276 276 267 267 273 Function Page Stowage compartment with Media Interface 267 Audio COMAND control ler see the separate oper ating instructions At a glance E 38 Overhead control panel OOOI Function Switches the rear compartment interior light ing on off m Switches the right hand reading lamp on off L Switches the front interior lighting automatic interior lighting control off Gil MB Info call button mbrace system Rear view mirror Sets the compass Buttons for the garage door opener 116 115 116 280 103 289 288 Function S0s SOS button mbrace system Q Roadside Assistance call button mbrace sys tem Eyeglasses compartment E Opens closes the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel with roller sunblinds Switches the front interior lighting on A Switches the left hand reading lamp on off Page 278 280 267 Onl 116 iis Door control panel Function Opens the door e 8 Unlocks locks
50. PLUS Off message in the multifunction display for approximately five seconds The last speed stored remains stored until you switch off the engine DISTRONIC PLUS is not deactivated if you depress the accel erator pedal DISTRONIC PLUS is automatically deactiva ted if e you engage the electric parking brake or if the vehicle is automatically secured with the electric parking brake ESP intervenes or you deactivate ESP e the transmission is in the P Ror N position e you pull the cruise control lever towards you in order to pull away and the front passenger door or one of the rear doors is open e the vehicle is skidding e you activate DSR e you activate Active Parking Assist If DISTRONIC PLUS is deactivated you will hear a warning tone You will see the DIS TRONIC PLUS Off message in the multifunc tion display for approximately five seconds Driving systems DISTRONIC PLUS displays in the instru ment cluster Displays in the speedometer Example DISTRONIC PLUS displays in the speed ometer When DISTRONIC PLUS is activated one or two segments 2 in the set speed range light up If DISTRONIC PLUS detects a vehicle in front segments 2 between speed of the vehicle in front 3 and stored speed light up For design reasons the speed displayed in the speedometer may differ slightly from the speed set for DISTRONIC PLUS Display when DISTRONIC PLUS is deacti vated Vehicle i
51. Roller sunblind reversing feature The roller sunblinds are equipped with an automatic reversing feature If a solid object blocks or restricts a roller sunblind during the automatic closing process the roller sunblind opens again automatically However the automatic reversing feature is only an aid and does not relieve you of the responsibility of paying attention when closing the roller sun blinds Z WARNING The reversing feature especially does not react to soft light and thin objects such as small fingers This means that the reversing feature cannot prevent someone being trap ped in these situations There is a risk of injury When closing make sure that no parts of the body are in the sweep of the roller sunblind If somebody becomes trapped e release the switch immediately or e during automatic operation push the switch briefly in any direction The closing process is stopped Panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel Opening and closing gt Make sure that the sliding sunroof _ ae gt page 91 and the roller sunblinds gt page 93 can be fully opened and closed again gt If this is not the case repeat the steps above again B b0 o ge Overhead control panel 5 To open o0 To open S To close 5 gt Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the 6 ignition lock gt Press or pull the E switch in the corre sponding direction If you press pull the E switch bey
52. WARNING If objects in the passenger compartment are stowed incorrectly they can slide or be thrown around and hit vehicle occupants There is a risk of injury particularly in the event of sudden braking or a sudden change in direction e Always stow objects so that they cannot be thrown around in such situations e Always make sure that objects do not pro trude from stowage spaces parcel nets or stowage nets e Close the lockable stowage spaces while driving e Stow and secure objects that are heavy hard pointy sharp edged fragile or too large in the cargo compartment Observe the loading guidelines gt page 266 Stowage compartments in the front Glove box gt To open pull handle Q and open glove box flap gt To close fold glove box flap 2 upwards until it engages There is a pen holder at the top of the glove box flap Eyeglasses compartment gt To open press marking 4 Make sure that the eyeglasses compartment is always closed while the vehicle is in motion Stowage compartment in the center con sole Illustration vehicles with DIRECT SELECT lever gt To open press the marking on cover Q Depending on the vehicle s equipment there is an open instead of a closed stow age compartment or an ashtray in the cen ter console E Stowage and features Eel Stowage areas Stowage and features Stowage compartment in front of the arm or MP3 player see the separ
53. a limited time if the driving situation permits The automatic transmission switches to the previously activated drive program E drive program C on AMG vehi cles or S When driving on downhill gradi ents the temporarily active manual drive program M will only be deactivated if the accelerator pedal is depressed while the vehicle is rolling downhill Upshifting gt Pull the right hand steering wheel paddle shifter gt page 153 The automatic transmission shifts up to the next gear All vehicles except AMG vehicles in order to prevent engine damage the auto matic transmission automatically shifts up e if the maximum engine speed on the cur rently engaged gear is reached and e you continue to accelerate AMG vehicles H in manual drive program M the automatic transmission does not shift up automati cally even when the engine limiting speed for the current gear is reached When the engine limiting speed is reached the fuel supply is cut to prevent the engine from overrevving Always make sure that the engine speed does not reach the red area of the tachometer There is otherwise a risk of engine damage Shift recommendation The gearshift recommendations assist you in adopting an economical driving style The rec ommended gear is shown in the multifunction display gt Shift to recommended gear 2 according to gearshift recommendation Q when shown in the multifunction display of the instrument clust
54. accident occurs only the air bags that increase protection in that particular accident situation are deployed However seat belts and air bags generally do not protect against objects penetrating the vehicle from the out side Information on restraint system operation can be found under Triggering of the Emer gency Tensioning Device and air bags gt page 56 For more information about children traveling with you in the vehicle and on child restraint systems see Children in the vehicle gt page 58 Z WARNING Modifications to the restraint system may cause it to no longer work as intended The restraint system may then not perform its intended protective function and may fail in an accident or trigger unexpectedly for example This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury Never modify parts of the restraint system Never tamper with the wiring the electronic components or their software If itis necessary to modify an air bag system to accommodate a person with disabilities con tact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for details USA only for further information con tact our Customer Assistance Center at 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 The functions of the restraint system are checked after the ignition is switched on and at regular intervals while the engine is run ning Therefore malfunctions can be detec ted in good time The amp restraint system warning lamp in the instru
55. affect your vehi cle s operating safety Mercedes Benz recommends that you only use brake fluid that has been specially approved for your vehicle by Mercedes Benz or which corresponds to an equivalent quality standard Brake fluid which has not been approved for Mercedes Benz vehicles or which is not of an equivalent quality could affect your vehicle s operating safety Checking brake lining thickness You can measure the break pad lining thick ness using a test gauge Color coding green or red on the test gauge allows you to deter mine whether the brake pad lining thickness is still sufficient The test gauge is in the vehi cle document wallet in the glove box wi ving s Front wheel Rear wheel gt Bring the vehicle and wheels into a suitable position so that you can attach test gauge gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 159 gt Move the selector lever to position P gt Switch off the engine gt Place test gauge 6 between the wheel s spokes on brake pad lining gt Hold test gauge vertically on brake disc and slide measuring pin onto brake disc 4 gt Check which color field the arrow on measuring pin 2 is pointing to Green the brake pad lining thickness is sufficient Red the brake pad lining thickness is not sufficient Have the brake pads lining checked at a qualified specialist workshop To avoid an inaccurate measurement e make sure yo
56. agents to clean the cockpit H Do not affix the following to plastic surfa ces e stickers e films e scented oil bottles or similar items You can otherwise damage the plastic H Do not allow cosmetics insect repellent or sunscreen to come into contact with the plastic trim This maintains the high quality look of the surfaces gt Wipe the plastic trim with a damp lint free cloth e g a microfiber cloth gt Heavy soiling use care and cleaning prod ucts recommended and approved by Mercedes Benz The surface may change color temporarily Wait until the surface is dry again Cleaning the steering wheel and gear or selector lever gt Thoroughly wipe with a damp cloth or use leather care agents that have been recom mended and approved by Mercedes Benz Cleaning genuine wood and trim ele ments H Do not use solvent based cleaning agents such as tar remover wheel cleaners pol ishes or waxes There is otherwise a risk of damaging the surface HB Do not use chrome polish on trim pieces The trim pieces have a chrome look but are mostly made of anodized aluminum and can lose their shine if chrome polish is used Use a damp lint free cloth instead when cleaning the trim pieces If the chrome plated trim pieces are very dirty you can use a chrome polish If you are unsure as to whether the trim pieces are chrome plated or not consult an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Wipe the wooden trim and trim p
57. all features described This also applies to safety related systems and functions Read the information on qualified special ist workshops gt page 28 Engine compartment lood Important safety notes Z WARNING If the hood is unlatched it may open up when the vehicle is in motion and block your view There is a risk of an accident Never unlatch the hood while driving Z WARNING When opening and closing the hood it may suddenly fall into the closed position There is a risk of injury to persons within range of movement of the hood Open and close the hood only when no one is within its range of movement Z WARNING Opening the hood when the engine is over heated or when there is a fire in the engine compartment could expose you to hot gases or other service products There is a risk of injury Let an overheated engine cool down before opening the hood If there is a fire in the engine compartment keep the hood closed and contact the fire department as Engine compartment Useful information This Operator s Manual describes all Z WARNING The engine compartment contains moving components Certain components such as the radiator fan may continue to run or start again suddenly when the ignition is off There is a risk of injury If you need to do any work inside the engine compartment e switch off the ignition e never reach into the area where there is a risk of danger from movin
58. at least once over the period of observation Up to a speed of approximately 44 mph 70 km h adaptive Brake Assist reacts to stationary obstacles ESP Electronic Stability Program General notes Observe the Important safety notes sec tion gt page 64 ESP monitors driving stability and traction i e power transmission between the tires and the road surface If ESP detects that the vehicle is deviating from the direction desired by the driver one or more wheels are braked to stabilize the vehicle The engine output is also modified to keep the vehicle on the desired course within physical limits ESP assists the driver when pulling away on wet or slippery roads ESP can also stabilize the vehicle during braking ETS 4ETS Electronic Traction System Observe the Important safety notes sec tion gt page 64 ETS 4ETS traction control is part of ESP ETS brakes the drive wheels individually if they spin This enables you to pull away and accelerate on slippery surfaces for example if the road surface is slippery on one side In addition more drive torque is transferred to the wheel or wheels with traction ETS remains active when you deactivate ESP Off road 4ETS Electronic Traction Sys tem A 4ETS system specifically suited to off road terrainis activated automatically once the off road program is activated gt page 186 Important safety notes Z WARNING If ESP is malfun
59. bag is deployed or e the vehicle decelerates rapidly from a speed of above 45 mph 70 km h and comes to a standstill gt To switch on the hazard warning lamps press button Q All turn signals flash If you now switch ona turn signal using the combination switch only the turn signal lamp on the corre sponding side of the vehicle will flash gt To switch off the hazard warning lamps press button Q The hazard warning lamps switch off auto matically if the vehicle reaches a speed of above 6 mph 10 km h again after a full brake application The hazard warning lamps still operate if the ignition is switched off The cornering light function improves the illu mination of the road over a wide angle in the direction you are turning enabling better vis ibility in tight bends for example The corner ing light function can only be activated when the low beam headlamps are switched on Active e if you are driving at speeds below 25 mph 40 km h and switch on the turn signal or turn the steering wheel e if you are driving at speeds between 25 mph 40 km h and 45 mph 70 km h and turn the steering wheel The cornering lamp may remain lit for a short time but is automatically switched off after no more than three minutes Exterior lighting Lights and windshield wipers E fa Exterior lighting Extended fog lamps _ fs o The extended range fog lamps reduce the D glare experienced by the dri
60. be guided live through the cur rent route section Search amp Send General notes To use Search amp Send your vehicle must be equipped with mbrace and a navi gation system Additionally an mbrace ser vice subscription must be completed Search amp Send is a destination entry ser vice A destination address which is found on Google Maps can be transferred via mbrace directly to your vehicle s navigation system Specifying and sending the destination address gt Go to the website http www maps google com and enter a desti nation address into the entry field gt To send the destination address to the e mail address of your mbrace account click on the corresponding button on the website Example If you select Send to vehicle and then Mercedes Benz the destination address will be sent to your vehicle gt When the Send dialog window appears Enter the e mail address you specified when setting up your mbrace account into the corresponding field gt Click Send Information on specific commands such as Address entry or Send can be found on the website Calling up destination addresses gt Switch on the ignition The destination address is loaded into the vehicle s navigation system A display message appears asking whether navigation should be started gt Select Yes by turning OJ or sliding the COMAND controller and press to confirm The system c
61. brakes automatically There is arisk of an accident Be ready to brake at all times If you depress the brake DISTRONIC PLUS is deactivated unless your vehicle is stationary gt If you want to pull away with DIS TRONIC PLUS remove your foot from the brake pedal gt Briefly pull the cruise control lever gt page 175 towards you or gt Accelerate briefly Your vehicle pulls away and adapts its speed to that of the vehicle in front If no vehicle is detected in front your vehi cle accelerates to the set speed If there is no vehicle in front DISTRONIC PLUS operates in the same way as cruise control If DISTRONIC PLUS detects that the vehicle in front has slowed down it brakes your vehicle In this way the distance you have selected is maintained If DISTRONIC PLUS detects a faster moving vehicle in front it increases the driving speed The vehicle is only accelerated up to the speed you have stored Selecting the drive program DISTRONIC Plus supports a sporty driving style when you have selected the S or M driv ing program gt page 152 Acceleration behind the vehicle in front or to the set speed is then noticeably more dynamic If you have selected the E driving program the vehicle accelerates more gently This setting is rec ommended in stop and start traffic Changing lanes If you change to the passing lane DISTRONIC PLUS supports you when e you are driving faster than 43 5 mph 70 k
62. cannot take into account the road traffic and weather conditions DIS TRONIC PLUS is only an aid You are respon sible for the distance to the vehicle in front for vehicle speed for braking in good time and for staying in your lane Do not use DISTRONIC PLUS e in road and traffic conditions which do not allow you to maintain a constant speed e g in heavy traffic or on winding roads e on slippery road surfaces Braking or accel erating could cause the drive wheels to lose traction and the vehicle could then skid e when there is poor visibility e g due to fog heavy rain or snow DISTRONIC PLUS may not detect narrow vehicles driving in front e g motorcycles or vehicles driving on a different line In particular the detection of obstacles can be impaired if e there is dirt on the sensors or anything else covering the sensors e there is snow or heavy rain e there is interference by other radar sources e there are strong radar reflections for example in parking garages If DISTRONIC PLUS no longer detects a vehi cle in front DISTRONIC PLUS may unexpect Driving systems edly accelerate the vehicle to the stored speed This speed may e be too high if you are driving in a filter lane or an exit lane e be so high when driving in the right hand lane that you overtake vehicles in the left hand lane e beso high when driving in the left hand lane that you overtake vehicles in the right hand lane If there
63. car ried by the tires For further information on the maximum tire load in kilograms and pounds see gt page 339 For further information on the load bearing index see Load index gt page 344 Speed rating speed rating specifies the approved maximum speed of the tire Z WARNING Exceeding the stated tire load bearing capa city and the approved maximum speed could lead to tire damage or the tire bursting There is a risk of accident Therefore only use tire types and sizes approved for your vehicle model Observe the tire load rating and speed rating required for your vehicle Regardless of the speed rating always observe the speed limits Drive carefully and Tire labeling Ea adapt your driving style to the traffic condi 275 40 ZR 18 99 Y The speed rating Y tions indicates that the maximum speed of the Summer tires Index Speed rating Q up to 100mph 160 km h up to 106mph 170 km h up to 112mph 180 km h up to 118mph 190 km h up to 149mph 240 km h up to 168mph 270 km h R S T H up to 130mph 210 km h V Ww Y up to 186mph 300 km h ZRA up to 186mph 300 km h ZR Y over 186mph 300 km h ZR over 149mph 240 km h e Optionally tires with a maximum speed of over 149 mph 240km h may have ZR in the size description depending on the manufacturer e g 245 40 ZR 18 The service specifications consist of load bearing index G and speed rating
64. chains are mounted on the rear wheels the snow chains could cause abrasion to the vehicle body or to chassis components This could cause damage to the vehicle or the tires There is a risk of an accident To avoid hazardous situations e never mount snow chains on the rear wheels e only mount snow chains in pairs on the front wheels H On some tire sizes there is not enough space for snow chains To avoid damage to the vehicle or tires observe the Wheel and tire combinations section under Tires and wheels 3 Canada 4 USA Canada Winter operation For safety reasons Mercedes Benz recom mends that you only use snow chains that have been specially approved for your vehicle by Mercedes Benz or are of a corresponding standard of quality If you intend to mount snow chains please bear the following points in mind e Snow chains may not be mounted on all wheel tire combinations Permissible wheel tire combinations gt page 352 e Only use snow chains when driving on roads completely covered by snow Remove the snow chains as soon as possi ble when you come to a road that is not snow covered e Local regulations may restrict the use of snow chains Observe the appropriate reg ulations if you wish to mount snow chains e Do not exceed the maximum permissible speed of 30 mph 50 km h e When snow chains are installed never use Active Parking Assist gt page 189 You may wish to deactivate ESP gt
65. combusted fuel may get into the catalytic con verter and damage it The coolant tempera The coolant level is too low The coolant is too hot and the engine ture display is showing is no longer being cooled sufficiently more than 248 F 120 C The coolant warning lamp may also be lit and a warning tone may sound gt Stop as soon as possible and allow the engine and the coolant to cool down gt Check the coolant level gt page 295 Observe the warning notes as you do so and add coolant if necessary Automatic transmission Overview of transmission positions Z WARNING All vehicles except AMG vehicles the If the engine speed is above the idling speed DIRECT SELECT lever is on the right of the and you engage transmission position D or R steering column the vehicle could pull away suddenly Thereis For information on the selector lever in AMG a risk of an accident vehicles gt page 150 When engaging transmission position D or R always firmly depress the brake pedal and do not simultaneously accelerate A WARNING The automatic transmission switches to neu tral position N when you switch off the engine The vehicle may roll away There is a risk of an accident After switching off the engine always switch to parking position P Prevent the parked vehi 7 f Park position with parking lock P cle from rolling away by applying the parking R Reverse gear brake N
66. connection is possible 1 Stowage and features ote Features Stowage and features Stolen vehicle recovery service If your vehicle has been stolen gt Notify the police The police will issue a numbered incident report gt This number will be forwarded to the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Cen ter together with your PIN The Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center then tries to locate the system The Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Cen ter contacts you and the local law enforce ment agency if the vehicle is located However only the law enforcement agency is informed of the location of the vehicle If the anti theft alarm system is activated for longer than 30 seconds the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center is auto matically notified Vehicle remote malfunction diagnosis With the vehicle remote malfunction diagno sis Vehicle Health Check the Customer Assistance center can provide improved sup port for problems with your vehicle During an existing call vehicle data is transferred to the Customer Assistance center The customer service representative can use the received data to decide what kind of assistance is required You are then for example guided to the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Cen ter or a recovery vehicle is called If vehicle data needs to be transferred during an MB Info call or a Roadside Assistance call this is initiated by the Customer Assistance center You
67. considerably more effort to steer and brake There is a risk of an accident Do not switch off the ignition while driving Z WARNING If you operate mobile communication equip ment while driving you will be distracted from traffic conditions You could also lose control of the vehicle There is a risk of an accident Only operate this equipment when the vehicle is stationary Observe the legal requirements for the coun try in which you are driving Some jurisdic tions prohibit the driver from using a mobile phone while driving a vehicle If you make a call while driving always use hands free mode Only operate the telephone when the traffic situation permits If you are unsure pull over to a safe location and stop before operating the telephone Bear in mind that at a speed of only 30 mph approximately 50 km h the vehicle covers a distance of 44 ft approximately 14 m per second Drive sensibly save fuel Observe the following tips to save fuel e The tires should always be inflated to the recommended tire pressure e Remove unnecessary loads e Remove roof racks when they are not nee ded e Warm up the engine at low engine speeds e Avoid frequent acceleration or braking e Have all maintenance work carried out as indicated by the service intervals in the Maintenance Booklet or by the service interval display Fuel consumption also increases when driv ing in cold weather in stop start traffic and i
68. control e Note that some remote controls only trans mit for a limited amount of time the indi cator lamp on the remote control goes out Press button on remote control again before transmission ends e Align the antenna cable of the garage door opener unit This can improve signal recep tion transmission Opening closing the garage door After it has been programed the integrated garage door opener performs the function of the garage door system remote control Please also read the operating instructions for the garage door system gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 143 gt Press button or which you have programed to operate the garage door Garage door system with a fixed code indi cator lamp C lights up green Garage door system with a rolling code indicator lamp flashes green The transmitter will transmit a signal as long as the button is pressed The transmission is halted after a maximum of ten seconds and indicator lamp lights up yellow Press but ton or again if necessary Clearing the memory Make sure that you clear the memory of the integrated garage door opener before selling the vehicle gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 143 gt Press and hold buttons 2 and The indicator lamp initially lights up yellow and then green gt Release buttons and The memory of the integrated
69. cossnctsceadevendvendsnsreest Paneotece 348 Structure and characteristics definition v s 0 5 ssteesecdsnceaseesseseuscess 345 Summer LIES eissir 167 Summer tires in winter eseese 326 Temperature susnsneonssinninas 341 TIN Tire Identification Number definition cc0n casecrecaacacnen 347 Tire bead definition sissies 347 Tire pressure definition 347 Tire pressures recommended 345 TIRE SIZE ata ririri enset 352 Tire size designation load bearing capacity speed rating eee 342 Tiretredd phena 325 Tire tread definition cee eee 347 Total load limit definition 347 WaCtOn EEEE TETA EE 340 Traction definition 0 eee 347 Tread Weal ccsss esse szevvissetessthieziesnsbess 340 Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards sis cirer n 340 Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards definition ee 345 Wear indicator definition Wheel and tire combination Wheel rim definition see Flat tire Tool see Vehicle tool kit Top Tether eee Towing away Important safety guidelines Installing the towing eye s es Notes for 4MATIC vehicles Removing the towing eye sses Transporting the vehicle With both axles on the ground With front axle raised Tow starting Emergency engine starting Important safety notes Installing the towing eye s es Removing the towing eye seese Traction system see ETS 4ETS Electronic Trac tion System Transmission see A
70. curved sections 2 in the stowage com partment Insert the cup holder so that the wedge of the upper section of cup holder faces forwards gt Press the cup holder downwards until it engages on the right and left hand sides Cup holder in the rear seat armrest H Do not sit on or support your body weight on the rear seat armrest when it is folded down as you could otherwise damage it H Close the cup holder before folding the rear seat armrest up Otherwise the cup holder could be damaged gt Fold down the rear seat armrest gt To open press the front of cup holder or Cup holder Q or extends automatically gt To close slide cup holder Q or back until it engages Sun visors Overview A WARNING If the mirror cover of the vanity mirror is folded up when the vehicle is in motion you could be blinded by incident light There is a risk of an accident Always keep the mirror cover folded down while driving Mirror light Bracket Retaining clip e g for a car park ticket Vanity mirror Mirror cover Vanity mirror in the sun visor Mirror light only functions if the sun visor is clipped into bracket and mirror cover has been folded up Glare from the side gt Fold down the sun visor gt Pull the sun visor out of retainer gt Swing the sun visor to the side gt Vehicles with mirror lights slide the sun visor horizontally as desired
71. dle shifters For this the transmission must be in position D The gear currently selected and engaged is shown in the multifunction display Manual drive program M differs from drive programs E drive program C on AMG vehi cles and S with regard to spontaneity responsiveness and smoothness of gear changes Gear Driving situations 3 You can use the engine s braking effect 2 You can use the braking effect of the engine on downhill gradients and for driving e on steep mountain roads e in mountainous terrain e in arduous conditions O To use the braking effect of the engine on extremely steep downhill gradients and on long downhill stretches Switching on the manual drive program Activating permanently gt Press the program selector button gt page 152 repeatedly until M appears in the multifunction display Manual drive program M remains active until drive program E drive program on AMG vehicles or S is selected Activating temporarily gt Pull the right or left steering wheel paddle shifter gt page 153 M is shown in the multifunction display Manual drive program M is temporarily active Depending on which paddle shifter is pulled the automatic transmission immediately shifts into the next gear down or up When manual drive program M is activa ted via the steering wheel paddle shifters the temporarily active manual drive pro gram M will be deactivated automatically after
72. e g due to fog heavy rain or snow e a narrow vehicle traveling in front e g a motorbike or bicycle e the road has very wide lanes e the road has narrow lanes e you are not driving in the middle of the lane e there are barriers or similar lane borders Vehicles in the monitoring range are then not indicated Blind Spot Assist monitors the area up to 10 ft 3 0 m behind your vehicle and directly next to your vehicle as shown in the diagram For this purpose Blind Spot Assist uses radar sensors in the rear bumper If the lanes are narrow vehicles driving in the lane beyond the lane next to your vehicle may be indicated especially if the vehicles are not driving in the middle of their lane This may be the case if the vehicles are driving on the inner side of their lane Driving systems ep Due to the nature of the system e warnings may be issued in error when driv ing close to crash barriers or similar solid lane borders e warnings may be interrupted when driving alongside particularly long vehicles e g trucks for a prolonged time The two sensors for Blind Spot Assist are integrated into the sides of the rear bumper Make sure that the bumper is free of dirt ice or slush in the vicinity of the sensors For example the radar sensors must not be cov ered by bicycle racks or overhanging loads Following a severe impact or in the event of damage to the bumpers have the function of the radar sensors check
73. e the indicator lamp in MB Info call but ton is flashing continuously e no voice connection to the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center was established This can occur if the relevant mobile phone network is not available for example The Call Failed message appears in the multifunction display Features Ea gt To end a call press the a button on the multifunction steering wheel or gt Press the corresponding button for ending a phone call on the audio system or on COMAND Call priority When service calls are active e g Roadside Assistance or MB Info calls an emergency call can still be initiated In this case an emer gency call will take priority and override all other active calls The indicator lamp of the respective button flashes until the call is ended An emergency call can only be terminated by the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center All other calls can be ended by pressing e the EQ ing wheel e the corresponding button on the audio sys tem or on COMAND for ending a telephone call button on the multifunction steer When a call is initiated the audio system is muted The mobile phone is no longer connected to COMAND However if you want to use your mobile phone do so only when the vehicle is stationary and in a safe location Downloading destinations in COMAND Downloading destinations Downloading destinations gives you access to a d
74. end or reject a call even if you are not in the Tel menu Dialing an entry from the phone book gt Pressthe lt or gt buttonon the steer ing wheel to select the Tel menu gt Press the A W or OK button to switch to the phone book gt Authorize access to the phone book on the phone gt Press the _ amp or W button to select the desired name or gt To begin rapid scrolling press and hold the A or W button for longer than one second Rapid scrolling stops when you release the button or reach the end of the list gt If only one telephone number is stored for a name press the gt or OK button to start dialing or gt If there is more than one number for a particular name press the or OK button to display the numbers gt Press the _ amp or W button to select the number you want to dial gt Press the or OK button to start dial ing or gt To exit the telephone book press the or button Redialing The on board computer saves the last names or numbers dialed in the redial memory gt Pressthe lt or P button on the steer ing wheel to select the Tel menu gt Press the button to switch to the redial memory gt Press the A or W button to select the desired name
75. erator pedal unintentionally Otherwise the parking brake will be released and the vehi cle will start to move Emergency braking The vehicle can also be braked during an emergency by using the electric parking brake gt While driving push handle Q of the electric parking brake gt page 160 The vehicle is braked for as long as han dle Q of the electric parking brake is pressed The longer electric parking brake handle Q is depressed the greater the braking force During braking e a warning tone sounds e the Release park brake message appears e the red Park USA only or Canada only indicator lamp in the instrument clus ter flashes When the vehicle has been braked to a stand still the electric parking brake is engaged If you leave the vehicle parked for longer than four weeks the battery may be damaged by exhaustive discharging If you leave the vehicle parked for longer than six weeks the vehicle may suffer damage as a result of lack of use gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop and seek advice You can obtain information about trickle chargers from a qualified specialist work shop Important safety notes Z WARNING If you switch off the ignition while driving safety relevant functions are only available with limitations or not at all This could affect for example the power steering and the brake boosting effect You will require
76. exterior lighting delayed switch off the exterior lighting remains lit for 60 seconds after the engine is switched off If you close all the doors and the tailgate the exterior lighting goes off after 15 seconds gt Press the lt q or gt button on the steer ing wheel to select the Sett menu gt Pressthe W or A button to select the Light submenu gt Press OK to confirm gt Press the W or A button to select the Surround Lighting function When the Surround Lighting function is activated the light cone and the area around the vehicle are displayed in orange in the multifunction display gt Press the OK button to save the setting Deactivating delayed switch off of the exte rior lighting temporarily gt Before leaving the vehicle turn the Smart Key to position 0 in the ignition lock gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock The exterior lighting delayed switch off is deactivated Delayed switch off of the exterior lighting is reactivated the next time you start the engine Depending on your vehicle s equipment when the surround lighting and delayed switch off exterior lighting are on the fol lowing light up e Parking lamps e Front fog lamps e Low beam headlamps e Daytime running lamps e Side marker lamps e Surround lighting in the exterior mirrors Activating deactivatin
77. gt To lower press release catch Q in the direction of the arrow and push the head restraint down to the desired position Adjusting the fore aft position of the head restraint With this function you can adjust the distance between the head restraint and the back of the seat occupant s head gt To adjust forwards pull the head restraint forwards in the direction of the arrow until it engages There are several notches gt To move backwards press and hold release button Q and push the head restraint backwards gt When the head restraint is in the desired position release the button and make sure that the head restraint is engaged in posi tion Adjusting the height of the head restraints electrically gt To adjust the head restraint height slide the switch for head restraint adjustment gt page 98 up or down in the direction of the arrow Seats steering wheel and mirrors E Seats steering wheel and mirrors L Rear seat head restraints Adjusting the rear seat head restraint height gt To raise pull the head restraint up to the desired position gt To lower press release catch Q and push the head restraint down until it is in the desired position Adjusting the 4 way lumbar support You can adjust the contour of the front seat backrests individually to provide optimum support for your back Same A FH ile To raise the backrest contour To soften the backr
78. if they come into contact with hot parts of the exhaust system There is a risk of fire Introduction parts of the exhaust system they can catch When driving off road or on unpaved roads check the vehicle s underside regularly In fire particular remove parts of plants or other In such situations have the vehicle flammable materials which have become checked and repaired immediately at a trapped In the case of damage contact a qualified specialist workshop If on con qualified specialist workshop tinuing your journey you notice that driving safety is impaired pull over and stop the vehicle immediately paying attention to road and traffic conditions In such cases visit a qualified specialist workshop A WARNING Modifications to electronic components their software as well as wiring can impair their function and or the function of other net worked components In particular systems relevant to safety could also be affected As a result these may no longer function as inten ded and or jeopardize the operating safety of the vehicle There is an increased risk of an accident and injury Declarations of conformity Vehicle components which receive and or transmit radio waves USA The wireless devices of this vehicle comply with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Oper ation is subject to the following two condi tions 1 These devices may not cause harm ful interference and 2 These devices must accept any interferen
79. in the event of an accident Depending on the person in the front passenger seat the front passenger front air bag must either be disabled or enabled see the following points You must make sure of this both before and during a journey Occupant safety A oO Ge N Ea Occupant safety Safety li Seat belts Introduction Seat belts are the most effective means of restricting the movement of vehicle occu pants in the event of an accident or the vehi cle rolling over This reduces the risk of vehi cle occupants coming into contact with parts of the vehicle interior or being ejected from the vehicle Furthermore the seat belt helps to keep the vehicle occupant in the best posi tion in relation to the air bag The seat belt system comprises e Seat belts e Emergency Tensioning Devices for the front seat belts and the outer seat belts in the rear e Seat belt force limiters for the front seat belts and the outer seat belts in the rear If the seat belt is pulled out of the belt outlet quickly or with a jerky movement the belt retractor locks The belt strap cannot be extracted any further The Emergency Tensioning Device tightens the seat belt in an accident pulling the belt close against the body However it does not pull the vehicle occupant back in the direction of the backrest The Emergency Tensioning Device does not correct an incorrect seat position or the rout ing of an incorrectly fastened seat
80. inter val display H If the ASSYST PLUS service interval dis play has been inadvertently reset this set ting can be corrected at a qualified special ist workshop Have service work carried out as described in the Maintenance Booklet This may oth erwise lead to increased wear and damage to the major assemblies or the vehicle A qualified specialist workshop e g an authorized Mercedes Benz Center will reset the ASSYST PLUS service interval display after the service work has been carried out You can also obtain further information on maintenance work for example Special service requirements The specified maintenance interval takes only the normal operation of the vehicle into account Under arduous operating conditions or increased load on the vehicle mainte nance work must be carried out more fre quently for example e regular city driving with frequent intermedi ate stops e if the vehicle is primarily used to travel short distances e use in mountainous terrain or on poor road surfaces e if the engine is often left idling for long peri ods Under these or similar conditions have for example the air filter engine oil and oil filter replaced or changed more frequently Under arduous operating conditions the tires must be checked more often Further information can be obtained at a qualified specialist work shop e g an authorized Mercedes Benz Cen ter Driving abroad An extensive Mercedes Benz Serv
81. introduced through environmental influence or by animals can ignite if in contact with the exhaust system or parts of the engine that heat up There is a risk of fire Carry out regular checks to make sure that there are no flammable foreign materials in b gt oi ing _ Driving and parking the engine compartment or in the exhaust system H Do not depress the accelerator when starting the engine During a cold start the engine runs at higher speeds to enable the catalytic con verter to reach its operating temperature The sound of the engine may change during this time Automatic transmission gt Shift the transmission to position P Transmission position display P is shown in the multifunction display When the transmission is in position N you can also start the engine with the brake pedal depressed Starting procedure gt Turn the SmartKey to position 3 in the igni tion lock gt page 143 and release it as soon as the engine is running Automatic transmission Itis only possible to shift the transmission from position P to the desired position if you depress the brake pedal Only then can the parking lock be deactivated If you do not depress the brake pedal the DIRECT SELECT lever can still be moved but the parking lock remains engaged At transmission fluid temperatures below 4 F 20 C you can only shift out of park position P into another transmission posi tion
82. is a change of drivers advise the new driver of the speed stored Cruise control lever To store the current speed or a higher speed To store the current speed or a lower speed To deactivate DISTRONIC PLUS To store the current speed or call up the last stored speed To set the specified minimum distance Activating DISTRONIC PLUS Activation conditions To activate DISTRONIC PLUS all of the fol lowing activation conditions must be fulfilled e the engine must be started It may take up to two minutes after pulling away before DISTRONIC PLUS is operational e the electric parking brake must be released Driving and parking Driving systems _ Driving and parking e ESP must be active but not intervening e Active Parking Assist must not be activa ted e DSR must be deactivated e the transmission must be in position D e the driver s door must be closed when you shift from P to D or your seat belt must be fastened e the front passenger door and rear doors must be closed Activating gt Briefly pull the cruise control lever towards you or press it up 4 or down DISTRONIC PLUS is selected gt Press the cruise control lever repeatedly up or down 2 until the desired speed is set gt Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal Your vehicle adapts its speed to that of the vehicle in front but only up to the desired stored speed If you do not fully release
83. it is blocked by objects e g leaves in the window guide gt Remove the objects gt Close the side window Opening and closing hel A side window cannot be closed and you can not see the cause If a side window is obstructed during closing and reopens again slightly gt Immediately after the window blocks pull the corresponding switch again until the side window has closed The side window is closed with increased force If a side window is obstructed again during closing and reopens again slightly gt Immediately after the window blocks pull the corresponding switch again until the side window has closed The side window is closed without the anti entrapment feature Panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel Important safety notes If somebody becomes trapped e release the switch immediately or e during automatic operation push the switch briefly in any direction In the following section the term sliding sun roof refers to the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel The opening or closing procedure will be stop ped Z WARNING While opening and closing the sliding sunroof body parts in close proximity could become trapped There is a risk of injury Make sure that no body parts are in close proximity during the opening and closing pro cedures Z WARNING If children operate the sliding sunroof they could become trapped particularly if they are left unsupervised
84. lamps turn the SmartKey in the ignition lock to position 2 or start the engine gt Turn the light switch to or gt Press the of button The yellow o indicator lamp in the instrument cluster lights up gt To switch off the rear fog lamp press the o button The yellow o indicator lamp in the instrument cluster goes out AUTO Parking lamps H If the battery has been excessively dis charged the parking lamps or standing lamps are automatically switched off to enable the next engine start Always park your vehicle safely and sufficiently lit according to legal standards Avoid the continuous use of the z002 parking lamps for several hours If possible switch on the P lt right or the p left standing lamp gt To switch on turn the light switch to z00 The green 500 indicator lamp in the instru ment cluster lights up Standing lamps Switching on the standing lamps ensures the corresponding side of the vehicle is illumina ted gt To switch on the standing lamps the SmartKey is not in the ignition lock or itis in position 0 gt Turn the light switch to of the vehicle or the vehicle p left hand side right hand side of P gt Turn signal High beam headlamps Turn signal right High beam flas
85. lighting the display may flicker e if there is a sudden change in temperature e g when driving into a heated garage in winter e if the camera lens is dirty or obstructed e if the rear of your vehicle is damaged In this event have the camera position and setting checked at a qualified specialist workshop The field of vision and other functions of the rear view camera may be restricted due to additional accessories on the rear of the vehi cle e g license plate holder bicycle rack Activating deactivating the rear view camera gt To activate make sure that the SmartKey is in position 2 in the ignition lock gt Make sure that the Activation by R gear function is selected in the Audio system COMAND see the separate operating instructions gt Engage reverse gear Guide lines are used to show the area behind the vehicle in the Audio COMAND display To deactivate the rear view camera deacti vates if you shift the transmission to P on vehicles with automatic transmission or after driving forwards a short distance Displays in the Audio COMAND display The rear view camera may show a distorted view of obstacles show them incorrectly or not at all The rear view camera does not show objects in the following positions e very close to the rear bumper e under the rear bumper e in the area immediately above the tailgate handle H Objects not at ground level may appear to be further away than they actuall
86. lining thickness DISTRONIC PLUS Downhill gradient Drinking and driving Driving abroad Driving in winter Driving on flooded roads Driving on sand Driving on wet roads Exhaust check Hydroplaning Icy road surfaces Limited braking efficiency on sal ted roads Off road driving Snow chains Symmetrical low beam Tire ruts Traveling uphill Wet road surface DSR Downhill Speed Regulation Display message Function notes DVD video on board computer EASY VARIO PLUS system Cargo compartment enlargement EBD electronic brake force distri bution Display message Function notes ECO display FUNCHION NOLES s2seseccsdeseseseeeseeceexs 163 On board computer eee eeeeeeees 208 Electronic Stability Program see ESP Electronic Stability Program Electronic Traction System see ETS 4ETS Electronic Trac tion System Emergency Automatic measures after an acci Emergency braking see BAS Brake Assist System Emergency release Driver s door Veihe sos scesscceetcsensbsscossesecececaeesbesans Emergency Tensioning Devices Activation oserei riisi 56 Emergency unlocking Tailgate oer 86 Emissions control Service and warranty information 24 Engine Check Engine warning lamp 260 Display message ssec 238 ECO start stop function 145 Engine NUMDE seeren 361 Irregular TUNNIN E 0 eeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 147 JUMP StartiNg sssrini 315 Starting problems s es 147
87. mal function Inoperative See COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS may also have failed Operator s Manual In addition the amp and warning lamps light up in the instrument cluster and a warning tone sounds ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated Z WARNING On board computer and displays The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above The front and rear wheels could therefore lock if you brake hard for example The steerability and braking characteristics may be severely affec ted The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can increase If ESP is not operational ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately PARK USA The red park USA only Canada only indicator lamp flashes and a warning tone sounds A condition for automatic only Canada release of the electric parking brake is not fulfilled gt page 160 only You are driving with the electric parking brake applied gt Release the electric parking brake manually Display messages es Display messages Please Release Parking Brake PARK UsA only Canada only Parking Brake See Operator s Manual Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The red Park USA only
88. months depending on the climate con washer ditions and the care product used Information about the correct distanceis f the dirt has penetrated the paint surface or available from the equipment manufac if the paintwork has become dull then the turer paintwork should be cleaned For cleaning please use the paint cleaner recommend and approved by Mercedes Benz Do not use these care products in the sun or on the hood while the hood is hot Move the power washer nozzle around when cleaning your vehicle Maintenance and care Matte finish care H Never polish the vehicle or the light alloy wheels Polishing causes the finish to shine H The following may cause the paint to become shiny and thus reduce the matte effect e Vigorous rubbing with unsuitable mate rials e Frequent use of car washes e Washing the vehicle in direct sunlight H Never use paint cleaner buffing or pol ishing products or gloss preserver e g wax These products are only suitable for high gloss surfaces Their use on vehicles with matte finish leads to considerable sur face damage shiny spotted areas Always have paintwork repairs carried out at a qualified specialist workshop H Do not use wash programs with a hot wax treatment under any circumstances Observe these notes if your vehicle has a clear matte finish This will help you to avoid damage to the paintwork due to incorrect treatment These notes also apply to light a
89. not equipped with a TIREFIT kit at the factory It is therefore recommended that you additionally equip your vehicle with a TIREFIT kit if you mount tires that do not feature run flat properties e g winter tires A TIREFIT kit can be obtained from a quali fied specialist workshop tires tires with runflat l General notes With MOExtended tires tires with run flat characteristics you can continue to drive your vehicle even if there is a total loss of pressure in one or more tires The affected tire must not show any clearly visible damage You can recognize MOExtended tires by the MOExtended marking which appears on the Flat tire sidewall of the tire You will find this marking next to the tire size designation the load bearing capacity and the speed index gt page 342 MOExtended tires may only be used in con junction with an active tire pressure loss warning system or with an active tire pressure monitor If the pressure loss warning message appears in the multifunction display e Observe the instructions in the display messages gt page 245 e Check the tire for damage e If driving on observe the following notes The maximum driving distance is approx imately 50 miles 80 km when the vehicle is partially laden and approximately 18 miles 30 km when the vehicle is fully laden In addition to the vehicle load the driving dis tance possible depends upon e Speed e Road cond
90. number of occupants allowed to travel in the vehicle This information can be found on the Tire and Loading Information placard The specifications shown on the Tire and Loading Information placard in the illustra tion are examples The number of seats is vehicle specific and can differ from the details shown The number of seats in your vehicle can be found on the Tire and Load ing Information placard Step by step instructions The following steps have been developed as required of all manufacturers under Title 49 Code of U S Federal Regulations Part 575 pursuant to the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1966 gt Step 1 Locate the statement The com bined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX Ibs on Loading the vehicle your vehicle s Tire and Loading Information placard gt Step 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle gt Step 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kilo grams or XXX lbs gt Step 4 The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1400 Ibs and there will be five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 Ibs 1400 750 5 x 150 650 Ibs gt Step 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the
91. of 4 500 rpm briefly e Change gear in good time You should also observe these notes on breaking in if the engine or parts of the drive train on your vehicle have been replaced Always observe the respective speed lim its Z WARNING Objects in the driver s footwell can restrict the pedal travel or obstruct a depressed pedal The operating and road safety of the vehicle is jeopardized There is a risk of an accident Make sure that all objects in the vehicle are stowed correctly and that they cannot enter the driver s footwell Install the floormats securely and as specified in order to ensure sufficient clearance for the pedals Do not use loose floormats and do not place floormats on top of one another A WARNING Unsuitable footwear can hinder correct usage of the pedals e g e shoes with thick soles e shoes with high heels e slippers There is a risk of an accident Wear suitable footwear to ensure correct usage of the pedals A WARNING If you switch off the ignition while driving safety relevant functions are only available with limitations or not at all This could affect for example the power steering and the brake boosting effect You will require considerably more effort to steer and brake There is a risk of an accident Do not switch off the ignition while driving A WARNING If the parking brake has not been fully released when driving the parking brake can e overheat and cause
92. of bulb types ee 117 Removing replacing the cover front wheel arch sesser 118 Reporting safety defects 28 Reserve fuel tank see Fuel Reserve fuel Display message eec 240 Warning lamp see Fuel Residual heat climate control Restraint system Display message soseer IMEFODUCTION ye ccscsscesdecessseates Problem malfunction Warning lamp function eee Reverse gear selector lever Reversing feature Panorama sliding sunroof 91 Roller SUNDIINS sissit ii 92 Side WINGOWS n se 87 DETINE EEE A EATE 84 Roadside Assistance breakdown 25 Roller sunblind Op ning closing ccccceseceseeeeees 93 Panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel x 2 ceeivececcecvsecesshcxetsreeeest 92 Roof Carrier 3ic sccciect cies Roof lining and carpets cleaning guidelines e Roof load maximum Route navigation see Route guidance navigation Route guidance navigation Safety Children in the vehicle ee 58 Child restraint systems eee 59 Occupant Classification System OCS e eerie ireann 51 Safety system see Driving safety systems Seat belts Adjusting the height Cleaning esens Correct Sape yssir Fastening sesccis acseeariceieaciecaseeenie Important safety guidelines 44 INtFOGUCTION is sccssicsccsceceseacsssiecssvess 44 Releasing vicssiteiscstsetiseacbadieics 47 W
93. of the image Visible objects are actually closer than they appear This means that you could misjudge the dis tance from road users traveling behind e g when changing lane There is a risk of an acci dent For this reason always make sure of the actual distance from the road users traveling behind by glancing over your shoulder gt Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock gt page 143 gt Press button for the left hand exterior mirror or button for the right hand exte rior mirror The indicator lamp in the corresponding button lights up in red The indicator lamp goes out again after some time You can adjust the selected mirror using adjustment button 8 as long as the indicator lamp is lit gt Press adjustment button 3 up down or to the left or right until you have adjusted the exterior mirror to the correct position You should have a good overview of traffic con ditions The convex exterior mirrors provide a larger field of vision After the engine has been started the exte rior mirrors are automatically heated at low outside temperatures Heating takes a maxi mum of ten minutes You can also heat up the exterior mirrors manually by switching on the rear window defroster Folding the exterior mirrors in or out electrically This function is only available in Canada Seats steering wheel and mirrors D Mirrors Seats steering wheel and mirrors gt T
94. of the vehicle occu pants definition seese 347 DOT Tire Identification Number TIN sscsseteravracasscncasenncbneen 344 DOT Department of Transporta tion definition ssis 345 GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating definitio eenei rsen General notes GVW Gross Vehicle Weight def IMON enerne e E E 346 GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rat ing definition ssni 346 Important safety notes oo 324 Increased vehicle weight due to optional equipment definition 345 Information on driving seee 324 Kilopascal kPa definition 346 Labeling overview essees 341 Load bearing index definition 347 hoadind exes s tukii sinks Load index definition MFS tiReS scacissecssrcedececsscesevees Maximum loaded vehicle weight definition ncccasnacadeahes 346 Maximum load on a tire defini LION csssevspecseacveaceatecenevestesteacaesseoys 346 Maximum permissible tire pres SUPE definition sssri isien 346 Maximum tire load sesse 339 Maximum tire load definition 346 MOEXtended tires ssiri 326 Optional equipment weight defi MITOM ocesscesecectcosssvsecsececueacoccsvsseoss 347 PSI pounds per square inch def IMITON scececvesseopsseeesaveceet cesses Replacing sciscaisscecesdescstcceasteaecestosis Service life ss cscessecccsnecieraveneavess 326 Sidewall definition oe eee 347 SHOW OMAMNO seriste eseri E 327 Speed rating definition 346 SONNE cca
95. oo pen a To c oo S T m Driving tips Driving and parking Checklist after driving off road H If you detect damage to the vehicle after driving off road have the vehicle checked immediately at a qualified specialist work shop gt Deactivate off road program gt page 186 gt Deactivate DSR gt page 184 gt Clean the headlamps and rear lights and check for damage gt Clean the front and rear license plates gt Clean the wheels tires with a water jet and remove any foreign objects gt Clean the wheels wheel housings and the vehicle underside with a water jet check for any foreign objects and damage gt Check whether twigs or other parts of plants have become trapped These increase the risk of fire and can damage fuel pipes brake hoses or the rubber bel lows of the axle joints and propeller shafts gt After the trip examine without fail the entire undercarriage wheels tires brakes bodywork structure steering chassis and exhaust system for damage gt After driving in sand mud gravel water or similar dirty conditions have the following checked and cleaned e brake discs e the wheels e brake pads e axle joints gt If you detect strong vibrations after off road travel check for foreign objects in the wheels and drive train and remove them if necessary Foreign objects can disturb the balance and cause vibrations Driving over poor road surfac
96. or e if the HOLD function is keeping the vehicle stationary or e if Active Parking Assist is holding the vehi cle at a standstill In addition at least one of the following con ditions must be fulfilled e the engine is switched off e the driver s door is open and the seat belt is not fastened e there is a system malfunction e the power supply is insufficient e the vehicle is stationary for a lengthy period The red park USA only or Canada only indicator lamp in the instrument cluster lights up The electric parking brake is not automat ically engaged if the engine is switched off by the ECO start stop function Releasing automatically Your vehicle s electric parking brake is auto matically released if all of the following con ditions are met e the engine is running e the transmission is in position D or R e the seat belt has been fastened e you depress the accelerator pedal oo at a me c o0 5 m tea ving s _ Driving and parking If the transmission is in position R the tailgate must be closed If your seat belt is not fastened the following conditions must be fulfilled to automatically release the electric parking brake e the driver s door is closed e you have shifted out of transmission posi tion P or you have previously driven faster than 2 mph 3 km h Ensure that you do not depress the accel
97. or g button L e locks or Important safety notes e unlocks the vehicle A WARNING You can get a battery at any qualified spe Batteries contain toxic and corrosive substan cialist workshop ces If batteries are swallowed it can result in severe health problems There is arisk of fatal Replacing the battery injury You require a CR 2025 3 V cell battery Keep batteries out of the reach of children If a battery is swallowed seek medical attention immediately gt Take the mechanical key out of the Smart Key gt page 77 The SmartKey batteries contain perchlorate material which may require special handling and regard for the environment National guidelines must be observed during disposal In California see www dtsc ca gov HazardousWaste Perchlorate index cfm Mercedes Benz recommends that you have the batteries replaced at a qualified specialist workshop Pr rb habe gt Press mechanical key 2 into the opening Checking the battery in the SmartKey in the direction of the eee arrow until battery tray cover Q opens When doing so do not hold cover C shut gt Remove battery tray cover Q Fiii rh darted Dt gt Press the or g button The battery is working properly if battery check lamp Q lights up briefly Fidi Whe Dt SmartKey gt Repeatedly tap the SmartKey against your palm until battery falls out gt Insert the new
98. oss cceeceseccsseesotes lt aveseces 320 Unlocking in an emergency 83 Unlocking SmartKey n se 76 Vehicle data sisusse isisi 368 Vehicle battery see Battery vehicle Vehicle data Roof load MaxiMuUM sese 368 Vehicle data off road driving Approach departure angle 369 Maximum gradient climbing abil UL 6 erence eer rere rere errr 369 Maximum water depth eee 369 Vehicle dimensions ce 368 Vehicle emergency locking 83 Vehicle identification number see VIN Vehicle identification plate 360 Vehicle maintenance see ASSYST PLUS Vehicle tool kit ceee eee 306 Ventilation see Climate control Video DVD cccceceeeceseeeeeseeeees 211 VIN SO at erruen iera 361 Type Plates cscs cssachesizestsendtourtecssstelss 360 Warning and indicator lamps ABS inani 254 Brakes miernes 254 Check Engine viscssecesstecssetestice sextet 260 COOIAME EEEE EEE 260 Distance Warning eseeccseeeere 262 DISTRONIG PLUS 2c scsasccaatiecesaescses 262 S EE EEE E E 256 ESPO Oi ras cunt ucionnienins 257 FUeCI TANK cecsscesss sett aecassorseesteeeal 260 OVOTVIOW E E 34 Reserve fuel amieti 260 Restraint system sesser 259 Sat DEl esros ind stike teeir ese 252 SPORT handling mode ossessi 257 Tire pressure MOnItOrT 0 eee 263 Warranty occisis 24 Washer fluid Display message ecer 251 Wheel and tire combination see Tires Wheel bolt tig
99. out of the vehicle or open the windows as soon as it is safe to do so Air bags and pyrotechnic Emergency Tension ing Devices ETDs contain perchlorate mate rial which may require special handling and regard for the environment National guide lines must be observed during disposal In California see www dtsc ca gov HazardousWaste Perchlorate index cfm Method of operation During the first stage of a collision the restraint system control unit evaluates impor tant physical data relating to vehicle deceler ation or acceleration such as e duration e direction e intensity Based on the evaluation of this data the restraint system control unit deploys the Emergency Tensioning Devices during a fron tal or rear collision An Emergency Tensioning Device can only be deployed if e the ignition is switched on e the components of the restraint system are operational see Restraint system warning lamp gt page 43 e the belt tongue is engaged in the buckle on the respective front passenger seat The Emergency Tensioning Devices in the rear compartment are deployed independ ently of the lock status of the seat belts If the restraint system control unit detects a more severe accident further components of the restraint system are activated independ ently of each other in certain frontal collision situations e Front air bags as well as driver s and front passenger knee bags e Window curtain air bag if the system de
100. period with ESP deactivated You could otherwise damage the drivetrain Deactivating activating ESP gt To activate SPORT handling mode briefly press button Q The SPORT handling mode warning lamp in the instrument cluster lights up SPORT The SPORT handling mode message appears in the multifunction display gt To deactivate SPORT handling mode briefly press button Q The SPORT handling mode warning lamp in the instrument cluster goes out SPORT gt To deactivate ESP press button Q until the amp ESP OFF warning lamp lights up in the instrument cluster The amp OFF message appears in the mul tifunction display gt To activate ESP briefly press button The amp ESP OFF warning lamp in the instrument cluster goes out The amp ESP ON message appears in the multifunc tion display Characteristics of activated SPORT han dling mode If SPORT handling mode is activated and one or more wheels start to spin the amp ESP warning lamp in the instrument cluster flashes ESP only stabilizes the vehicle to a limited degree When SPORT handling mode is activated e ESP only improves driving stability to a limited degree e traction control is still activated e engine torque is only restricted to a limited degree and the drive wheels are able to spin The spinning of the wheels res
101. protect as intended The child cannot then be restrained in the event of an accident heavy braking or sudden changes of direction There is an increased risk of injury possibly even fatal Make sure that you observe the child restraint system manufacturer s installation instruc tions and the notes on use Please ensure that the base of the child restraint system is always resting completely on the seat cush b gt Children in the vehicle a A Y Ge N Children in the vehicle Safety ion Never place objects e g cushions under or behind the child restraint system Only use child restraint systems with the original cover designed for them Only replace damaged covers with genuine covers Z WARNING If the child restraint system is installed incor rectly or is not secured it can come loose in the event of an accident heavy braking or a sudden change in direction The child restraint system could be thrown about strik ing vehicle occupants There is an increased risk of injury possibly even fatal Always install child restraint systems prop erly even if they are not being used Make sure that you observe the child restraint sys tem manufacturer s installation instructions You will find further information on stowing objects luggage or loads under Loading guidelines gt page 266 Z WARNING Child restraint systems or their securing sys tems which have been damaged or subjected to a loa
102. right hand reading lamp on off Important notes In order to prevent the vehicle s battery from discharging the interior lighting functions are automatically deactivated after some time unless the SmartKey is in position 2 in the ignition lock The brightness of the ambient lighting may be set using the on board computer gt page 216 el Interior lighting Automatic interior lighting control gt To switch on set the switch to center position gt To switch off set the switch to the a position The interior lighting automatically switches on if you e unlock the vehicle e open a door e remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock The interior light is activated for a short while when the SmartKey is removed from the igni tion lock You can activate this delayed switch off using the on board computer gt page 217 Manual interior lighting control gt To switch the front interior lighting on set the switch to the position gt To switch the interior lighting off set the switch to the cm position or if the door is closed to the center position gt To switch the interior lighting on off press the button gt To switch the reading lamps on off press the button Crash responsive emergency lighting The interior lighting is activated automatically if the vehicle is involved in an accident gt To s
103. select No the saved route can be called up later via the navigation menu gt Select Start Route guidance is started Downloaded and saved data can be called up again in COMAND You can find further information in the sep arate COMAND Operating Instructions Speed alert You can define the upper speed limit which must not be exceeded by the vehicle If this selected speed is exceeded by the vehi cle a message will be sent to the Customer Features Ea Assistance Center The Customer Assistance Center then forwards this information to you You can select the way in which you receive this information beforehand Possible options include text message e mail or an automated call The data you receive contains the following information e the location where the speed limit was exceeded e the time at which the speed limit was exceeded e the selected speed limit which was excee ded Geo fencing Geo fencing allows you to select areas which the vehicle should not enter or leave You will be informed if the vehicle crosses the boun daries of the selected areas You can select the way in which you receive this information beforehand Possible options include text message e mail or an automated call The area can be determined as either a circle or a polygon with a maximum of ten corners You can specify up to ten areas simultane ously Different settings are possible for each area USA only these setting
104. shifted into position P Important safety notes RACE START enables optimal acceleration from a standing start The precondition for this is a suitable high grip road surface RACE START is intended solely for activation on dedicated race circuits RACE START is only available in AMG vehi cles Conditions for activation You can activate RACE START if e the doors hood and the tailgate are closed e the engine is running and the transmission all wheel drive clutch and the engine are at operating temperature e SPORT handling mode is activated gt page 70 e the steering wheel is in the straight ahead position e the vehicle is stationary and the brake pedal is depressed left foot e the transmission is in position D e drive program M is selected gt page 152 Driving systems Activating RACE START gt Depress the brake pedal with your left foot and keep it depressed gt Pull and hold both steering wheel shift pad dles gt The RACE START Confirm Paddle UP Cancel Paddle DOWN message appears in the multifunction display gt Release both steering wheel shift paddles If the activation conditions are no longer fulfilled RACE START is canceled The RACE START Not Possible See Opera tor s Manual message appears in the multifunction display gt To cancel pull the left steering wheel pad dle shifter gt page 153 or gt To confirm pull the right steering wheel paddle shifter
105. side while driving you could lose control of the vehicle as a result of the adjustments being made There is a risk of an accident Only use the memory function on the driver s side when the vehicle is stationary Z WARNING When the memory function adjusts the seat you and other vehicle occupants particularly children could become trapped There is a risk of injury While the memory function is making adjust ments make sure that no one has any body parts in the sweep of the seat If somebody becomes trapped immediately release the memory function position button The adjust ment process is stopped Z WARNING Children could become trapped if they acti vate the memory function particularly when unattended There is a risk of injury When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Never leave children unsupervised in the vehicle The memory function can be used at any time e g even when the key isn t in the ignition lock With the memory function you can store up to three different settings e g for three dif ferent people The following settings are stored as a single memory preset e position of the seat backrest and head restraint e driver s side position of the exterior mir rors on the driver s and front passenger sides Memory functions 107 gt Adjust the seat gt page 98 gt Adjust the exterior mirror on the driver s side gt page 103 gt
106. sure that the vehicle is stationary gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt Depress and hold the brake pedal gt Shift the automatic transmission to posi tion N gt Leave the SmartKey in position 2 in the ignition lock gt Release the brake pedal gt Release the electric parking brake gt Switch on the hazard warning lamps gt page 113 It is important that you observe the safety instructions when towing away your vehicle gt page 317 Only vehicles without 4MATIC can be towed with the front axle raised H Vehicles with 4MATIC must not be towed with either the front or the rear axle raised as doing so will damage the transmission Vehicles with 4MATIC may either be towed away with both axles on the ground or be loa ded up and transported H The ignition must be switched off if the vehicle is being towed with the front axle raised Otherwise ESP may intervene and damage the brake system gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt When the vehicle is stationary depress the brake pedal and keep it depressed Towing and tow starting Ea oO c N C z pej oO oO Som co hi Fuses od Breakdown assistance gt Shift the automatic transmission to posi tion P gt Release the brake pedal gt Release the electric parking brake gt Switch off the automatic locking gt page 217 gt Switch on
107. sys tem or COMAND see the separate operat ing instructions The following messages may appear in the multifunction display t Gearshift recommendation when shifting manually automatic trans mission gt page 154 P Active Parking Assist gt page 189 CRUISE Cruise control gt page 172 p Adaptive Highbeam Assist gt page 114 ECO ECO start stop function gt page 145 HOLD function gt page 181 HOLD Menus and submenus Menu overview Operating the on board computer gt page 205 Depending on the equipment installed in the vehicle you can call up the following menus e Trip menu gt page 207 e Navi menu navigation instructions gt page 209 e Audio menu gt page 210 e Te menu telephone gt page 211 e DriveAssist menu assistance gt page 213 e Serv menu gt page 215 e Sett Settings menu gt page 215 e AMG menu in AMG vehicles gt page 218 The Audio Navi and Tel menus differ slightly in vehicles with an audio system and in vehi cles with COMAND The examples given in this Operator s Manual apply to vehicles equipped with COMAND Trip menu Standard display gt Press and hold the button on the steering wheel until the Trip menu with trip odometer Q and odometer is shown Trip computer From Start or From Reset Example trip computer From Start Distance Time Average sp
108. that it is already possible to pull out of the parking space Canceling Active Parking Assist You can cancel Active Parking Assist at any time gt Stop the movement of the multifunction steering wheel or steer yourself Active Parking Assist will be canceled at once The Park Assist Canceled mes sage appears in the multifunction display or gt Press the PARKTRONIC button on the cen ter console gt page 188 PARKTRONIC is switched off and Active Parking Assist is immediately canceled The Park Assist Canceled message appears in the multifunction display Active Parking Assist is canceled automati cally if e the electric parking brake is engaged e transmission position P is selected e parking using Active Parking Assist is no longer possible e you are driving faster than 6 mph 10 km h e a wheel spins ESP intervenes or fails The warning lamp lights up in the instru ment cluster A warning tone sounds The parking symbol disappears and the multifunction display shows the Park Assist Canceled mes sage If Active Parking Assist is canceled you must steer again yourself If a system malfunction occurs the vehicle is braked to a standstill To drive on depress the accelerator again Driving and parking fed Driving systems _ Driving and parking General notes Rear view camera Q is in the handle on the tailgate The rear view camera is an optical parking and m
109. the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Never leave children or animals unattended in the vehicle Always keep the SmartKey out of reach of children gt Remove the SmartKey and reinsert it into the ignition lock While doing this turn the steering wheel in both directions You should preferably place luggage or loads in the cargo compartment Observe the load ing guidelines gt page 266 gt To unlock and open a front door pull door handle If the door is locked locking knob C pops up The door is unlocked and opens gt To unlock a rear door pull up locking knob a The door is unlocked and can be opened gt To open a rear door pull door handle Opening and closing O Opening and closing You can open a door from inside the vehicle even if it has been locked You can open the rear doors from inside the vehicle unless they are secured by the child proof lock gt page 64 If the vehicle has previously been locked with the SmartKey opening a door from the inside will trigger the anti theft alarm system Switch off the alarm gt page 73 You can centrally lock or unlock the vehicle from the inside This can be useful if you wish to lock the vehicle before pulling away for example gt To unlock press button Q gt To lock press button 2 The vehicle locks when all the doors and the tailgate are closed Meanwhile the fuel filler flap will not be locked or
110. the PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamp is lit up the front passenger front air bag may deploy in an accident The child could be struck by the air bag This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury Make sure that the front passenger front air bag has been disabled The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp must be lit If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp remains off and or the PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamp lights up do not install a rearward facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat You can find more information on OCS under Problems with the Occupant Classification System gt page 55 A WARNING If you secure a child in a forward facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat and you position the front passenger seat too close to the dashboard in the event of an accident the child could e come into contact with the vehicle s inte rior if the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indi cator lamp is lit for example e be struck by the air bag if the PASSENGER AIR BAG ON is lit up This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury Move the front passenger seat as far back as possible Always make sure that the shoulder belt strap is correctly routed from the vehicle belt outlet to the shoulder belt guide on the child restraint system The shoulder belt strap must be routed forwards and downwards from the vehicle belt outlet If necessary adjust the vehicle belt o
111. the force of the impact Mercedes Benz recommends that you have the wiper blades changed at a qualified specialist workshop Changing the windshield wiper blades Removing the wiper blades gt Remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock gt Fold the wiper arm away from the wind shield gt Press both release clips gt Fold wiper blade in the direction of arrow 3 away from wiper arm gt Remove wiper blade Q in the direction of arrow 6 Installing the wiper blades gt Position new wiper blade Q with recess on lug gt Fold wiper blade in the direction of arrow 8 onto the wiper arm until retaining clips engage in bracket gt Make sure that wiper blade Q is seated correctly gt Fold the wiper arm back onto the wind shield Replacing the rear window wiper blade Removing a wiper blade gt Remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock gt Fold wiper arm away from the rear win dow gt Press both release clips 2 gt Fold wiper blade in the direction of arrow 3 away from wiper arm 4 gt Remove wiper blade in the direction of arrow gt Position new wiper blade Q with recess on lug gt Fold wiper blade in the direction of arrow 3 onto the wiper arm until retaining clips engage in bracket gt Make sure that wiper blade is seated correctly gt Fold the wiper arm back onto the rear wi
112. the individual wheels is not possible the Tire Pressure Monitor Active message is shown instead of the tire pressure display The tire pressures are already being monitored Tire pressure monitor warning mes sages If the tire pressure monitor detects a pressure loss in one or more tires a warning message is shown in the multifunction display and the yellow tire pressure monitor warning light comes on elf the Correct Tire Pressure message appears in the multifunction display the tire pressure in at least one tire is too low and must be corrected at the next oppor tunity e If the Check Tire Pressure Soon mes sage appears in the multifunction display the tire pressure in one or more tires has dropped significantly and the tires must be checked e Ifthe Tire Pressure Warning Tire Failure message appears in the multi function display the tire pressure in one or more tires has dropped suddenly and the tires must be checked Observe the instructions and safety notes in the display messages in the Tires section gt page 245 If the wheel positions on the vehicle are rotated the tire pressures may be dis played for the wrong positions for a short time This is rectified after a few minutes of driving and the tire pressures are displayed for the correct positions Restarting the tire pressure monitor When you restart the tire pressure monitor all existing warning messages are deleted and the warning lamps go
113. the traffic conditions until full braking power is restored E if DISTRONIC PLUS or the HOLD function is activated the vehicle brakes automati cally in certain situations To prevent dam age to the vehicle deactivate DISTRONIC PLUS and the HOLD function in the follow ing or other similar situations e when towing the vehicle e in the car wash H Never clean your vehicle in a Touchless Automatic Car Wash as these use special cleaning agents These cleaning agents can damage the paintwork or plastic parts H Make sure that the automatic transmis sion is in position N when washing your vehicle in a tow through car wash The vehi cle could be damaged if the transmission is in another position H Make sure that e the side windows and the sliding sunroof are fully closed e the ventilation heating is switched off the OFF button has been pressed the airflow control is set to position 0 e the windshield wiper switch is in position 0 Otherwise the vehicle might be damaged You can wash the vehicle in an automatic car wash from the very start If the vehicle is very dirty pre wash it before cleaning it in an automatic car wash After using an automatic car wash wipe off wax from the windshield and the wiper blades This will prevent smears and reduce wiping noises caused by residue on the wind shield Washing by hand In some countries washing by hand is only allowed at wash bays that are specially desig
114. the vehicle e always secure the child in a child restraint system suitable for Mercedes Benz vehi cles The child restraint system must be appropriate to the age weight and size of the child e be sure to observe the instructions and safety notes in this section in addition to the child restraint system manufacturer s installation instructions e be sure to observe the instructions and safety notes on the Occupant classifica tion system OCS gt page 51 Z WARNING If you leave children unsupervised in the vehi cle they could set it in motion by for example e release the parking brake e shift the automatic transmission out of the parking position P e start the engine In addition they may operate vehicle equip ment and become trapped There is a risk of an accident and injury When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Never leave children unsupervised in the vehicle Z WARNING If persons particularly children are subjected to prolonged exposure to extreme heat or cold there is a risk of injury possibly even fatal Never leave children unattended in the vehicle Z WARNING If the child restraint system is subjected to direct sunlight parts may get very hot Chil dren may burn themselves on these parts particularly on the metal parts of the child restraint system There is a risk of injury If you leave the vehicle taking the child with you alwa
115. the vehicle MI 1 2 3 Saves the seat and exterior mirror settings Adjusts the seats electri cally a y te Adjusts and folds the exte rior mirrors in out electri cally Page 81 82 106 98 103 Door control panel Function og Opens closes the side windows 87 Activates deacti vates the override feature for the side windows in the rear compartment 64 39 At a glance Ps cs Useful information eee 42 Panic alanin eececce e 42 Occupant safety ccceseeeeeeeees 42 EE Children in the vehicle 58 Pets in the vehicle csccccsssseees 6 D Driving safety systems 64 Protection against theft 722 z Occupant safety Safety WJ Useful information This Operator s Manual describes all models and all standard and optional equip ment of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator s Manual Country specific differences are possible Please note that your vehicle may not be equipped with all features described This also applies to safety related systems and functions Read the information on qualified special ist workshops gt page 28 Panic alarm Pii ii Thad gt To activate press least one second An alarm sounds and the exterior lighting flas
116. theft gt To activate remove the SmartKey from gt To stop the alarm insert the SmartKey the ignition lock into the ignition lock gt To deactivate switch on the ignition The alarm is switched off or When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle The gt Press the a or _ button on the Safety 1 engine can be started by anyone with a valid SmartKey SmartKey that is left inside the vehicle The alarm is switched off The immobilizer is always deactivated The alarm is not switched off even if you when you start the engine close the open door that triggered it for In the event that the engine cannot be star example ted yet the vehicle s battery is charged If the alarm continues for more than the system is not operational Contact an 30 seconds the mbrace emergency call authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call system automatically notifies the Cus 1 800 FOR MERCedes in the USA or tomer Assistance Center This is done 1 800 387 0100 in Canada either by text message or data connection The emergency call system sends the mes sage provided that e you have subscribed to the mbrace ser vice e the mbrace service has been activated properly e the necessary mobile phone network is available gt To arm lock the vehicle with the Smart Key Indicator lamp Q flashes The alarm sys tem is armed after approximately 15 seconds gt To
117. tire sealant observe the following e Rinse off the tire sealant from your skin immediately with water e If the tire sealant comes into contact with your eyes immediately rinse them thor oughly with clean water e If tire sealant is swallowed immediately rinse your mouth out thoroughly and drink plenty of water Do not induce vomiting and seek medical attention immediately e Immediately change out of clothing which has come into contact with tire sealant e If an allergic reaction occurs seek medical attention immediately Do not operate the tire inflation compres sor for longer than eight minutes at a time without a break It may otherwise overheat The tire inflation compressor can be oper ated again once it has cooled down Comply with the manufacturer s safety instructions on the sticker on the tire inflation compressor Flat tire Using the TIREFIT kit i Ud3YIL PaO BIr TIREFIT sticker 2 part gt Do not remove any foreign objects which have penetrated the tire e g screws or nails gt Remove the tire sealant bottle the accom panying TIREFIT sticker and the tire infla tion compressor from the stowage well underneath the cargo compartment floor gt page 306 gt Affix part of the TIREFIT sticker within the driver s field of vision gt Affix part of the TIREFIT sticker near the valve on the wheel with the defective tire PAO T N gt Pull plug with the cable and hose
118. to you Information for customers in Califor nia Under California law you may be entitled to a replacement of your vehicle or a refund of the purchase price or lease price if after a rea sonable number of repair attempts Mercedes Benz USA LLC and or its author ized repair or service facilities fail to fix one or more substantial defects or malfunctions in the vehicle that are covered by its express warranty During the period of 18 months from original delivery of the vehicle or the accumulation of 18 000 miles approximately 29 000 km on the odometer of the vehicle whichever occurs first a reasonable number of repair attempts is presumed for a retail buyer or lessee if one or more of the following occurs 1 the same substantial defect or malfunc tion results in a condition that is likely to cause death or serious bodily injury if the vehicle is driven that defect or malfunc tion has been subject to repair two or more times and you have directly noti fied Mercedes Benz USA LLC in writing of the need for its repair 2 the same substantial defect or malfunc tion of a less serious nature than cate gory 1 has been subject to repair four or more times and you have directly notified us in writing of the need for its repair or 3 the vehicle is out of service by reason of repair of the same or different substantial defects or malfunctions for a cumulative total of more than 30 calendar days Please send your writ
119. two weeks when cold and inflated to the pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar or the tire pres sure label on the inside of the fuel filler flap If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the Tire and Loading Information placard or if available the tire pressure label you should determine the proper tire pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system TPMS that illuminates a low tire pres sure telltale when one or more of your tires are significantly underinflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale lights up you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a significantly underin flated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Underinflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsi bility to maintain correct tire pressure even if underinflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pres sure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS m
120. use seat covers that have been approved for the respective seat by Mercedes Benz Front side impact air bags and rear side impact air bags 2 deploy next to the outer bolster of the seat backrest When deployed the side impact air bag offers additional thorax protection It also offers additional pelvis protection for occupants in the front seats However it does not protect the e head e neck e arms In the event of a side impact the side impact air bag is deployed on the side on which the impact occurs The side impact air bag on the front passenger side front deploys in the follow ing situations e the OCS system detects that the front passenger seat is occupied or e the belt tongue is engaged in the belt buckle of the front passenger seat If the belt tongue is engaged in the belt buckle the side impact air bag on the front passenger side deploys if an appropriate acci dent situation occurs In this case deploy ment is independent of whether the front passenger seat is occupied or not Window curtain air bags Window curtain air bags 4 are integrated into the side of the roof frame and deployed in the area from the A pillar to the C pillar When deployed the window curtain air bag enhances the level of protection for the head However it does not protect the chest or arms In the event of a side impact the window cur tain air bag is deployed on the side on which the impact occur
121. vehicle Changing a wheel You can find information on what to do in the event of a flat tire in the Flat tire section gt page 306 Information on driving with MOExtended tires in the event of a flat tire can 347 Eel Changing a wheel Wheels and tires be found under MOExtended tires tires with run flat characteristics gt page 307 Z WARNING Interchanging the front and rear wheels may severely impair the driving characteristics if the wheels or tires have different dimensions The wheel brakes or suspension components may also be damaged There is a risk of acci dent Rotate front and rear wheels only if the wheels and tires are of the same dimensions H On vehicles equipped with a tire pressure monitor electronic components are loca ted in the wheel Tire mounting tools should not be used near the valve This could damage the elec tronic components Only have tires changed at a qualified spe cialist workshop Always pay attention to the instructions and safety notes when changing a wheel gt page 347 The wear patterns on the front and rear tires differ depending on the operating conditions Rotate the wheels before a clear wear pattern has formed on the tires Front tires typically wear more on the shoulders and the rear tires in the center If your vehicle s tire configuration allows you can rotate the wheels according to the inter vals in the tire manufacturer s warran
122. vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capa city calculated in step 4 gt Step 6 if applicable If your vehicle will be towing a trailer load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle Refer to this Operator s Manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and lug gage load capacity of your vehicle gt page 339 P Wheels and tires _ Wheels and tires Example steps 1 to 3 o Loading the vehicle The following table shows examples on how to calculate total and cargo load capacities with varying seating configurations and number and size of occupants The following examples use a maximum load of 1 500 Ibs 680 kg This is for illustration purposes only Make sure you are using the actual load limit for your vehicle stated on your vehicle s Tire and Loading Infor mation placard gt page 336 The greater the combined weight of the occupants the lower the maximum luggage load Step 1 Step 2 Combined maximum weight of occupants and cargo data from the Tire and Loading Information placard Number of people in the vehicle driver and occupants Distribution of the occupants Weight of the occu pants Gross weight of all occupants Example 1 1500 Ibs 680 kg Example 1 5 Front 2 Rear 3 Occupant 1 150 Ibs 68 kg Occupant 2 180 Ibs 82 kg Occupant 3 160 Ibs 73 kg Occupant 4 140 Ibs 63 kg Occupant 5
123. vehicle tested on such a dynamometer contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center to obtain further information first Otherwise you could damage the drive train or the brake system H As the ESP system operates automati cally the engine and the ignition must be switched off the SmartKey must be in posi tion O or 1 in the ignition lock if e the electric parking brake is tested on a brake dynamometer for a maximum of ten seconds e the vehicle is towed with the front axle raised Braking triggered automatically by ESP may seriously damage the brake system All checks and maintenance work on the brake system must be carried out at a quali fied specialist workshop Consult a qualified specialist workshop to arrange this r PEES fos oo e i a To o0 S T m Driving and parking Have brake pads installed and brake fluid replaced at a qualified specialist workshop If the brake system has only been subject to moderate loads you should test the function ality of your brakes at regular intervals You can find a description of Brake Assist BAS on gt page 65 Mercedes Benz recommends that you only have brake pads linings installed on your vehicle which have been approved for Mercedes Benz vehicles or which correspond to an equivalent quality standard Brake pads linings which have not been approved for Mercedes Benz vehicles or which are not of an equivalent quality could
124. water This means that on wet road surfaces the risk of hydroplaning increases in particular where speed is not adapted to suit the driving con ditions There is a risk of accident If the tire pressure is too high or too low tires may exhibit different levels of wear at differ ent locations on the tire tread Thus you should regularly check the tread depth and the condition of the tread across the entire width of all tires Minimum tire tread depth for e Summer tires in 3 mm e M S tires in 4 mm For safety reasons replace the tires before the legally prescribed limit for the minimum tire tread depth is reached Bar indicator Q for tread wear is integrated into the tire tread E Wheels and tires Wheels and tires Treadwear indicators TWI are required by law Six indicators are positioned on the tire tread They are visible once the tread depth is approximately ie in 1 6 mm If this is the case the tire is so worn that it must be replaced e Only mount tires and wheels of the same type and make Exception it is permissible to install a dif ferent type or make in the event of a flat tire Observe the MOExtended tires tires with run flat characteristics section gt page 307 e Only mount tires of the correct size onto the wheels e After mounting new tires break them in at moderate speeds for the first 60 miles 100 km as they only reach their full per formance after this di
125. when opened Therefore make sure that there is sufficient clearance above and behind the tailgate The opening dimensions of the tailgate can be found in the Vehicle data section gt page 368 You can reach the emergency release via the cargo compartment Fold the rear backrests forward gt page 270 gt Take the mechanical key out of the Smart Key gt page 77 gt Insert mechanical key fully into the opening in trim gt Turn mechanical key 2 90 clockwise gt Push mechanical key 2 in the direction of the arrow and open the tailgate When you lock the vehicle gt page 83 the cargo compartment is also locked Z WARNING While closing the side windows body parts in the closing area could become trapped There is a risk of injury When closing make sure that no parts of the body are in the closing area If somebody becomes trapped release the switch or press the switch to open the side window again Z WARNING If children operate the side windows they could become trapped particularly if they are left unsupervised There is a risk of injury Activate the override feature for the rear side windows When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehi cle Never leave children unsupervised in the vehicle The side windows are equipped with an auto matic reversing feature If a solid object blocks or restricts a side window from trav eling upwa
126. when the engine is running gt Depress the brake pedal and keep it depressed gt Shift the transmission to position D or R gt Release the brake pedal gt Carefully depress the accelerator pedal The electric parking brake is automatically released gt page 160 The red Park USA only or Canada only indicator lamp in the instrument clus ter goes out The vehicle locks centrally once you have pulled away The locking knobs in the doors drop down You can open the doors from the inside at any time You can also deactivate the automatic lock ing feature gt page 217 Upshifts take place at higher engine speeds after a cold start This helps the catalytic converter to reach its operating temperature more quickly Hill start assist Hill start assist helps you when pulling away forwards or in reverse on an uphill gradient It holds the vehicle for a short time after you have removed your foot from the brake pedal This gives you enough time to move your foot from the brake pedal to the accelerator pedal and to depress it before the vehicle begins to roll Z WARNING After a short time hill start assist will no lon ger brake your vehicle and it could roll away There is a risk of an accident and injury Therefore quickly move your foot from the brake pedal to the accelerator pedal Never leave the vehicle when it is held by hill start assist gt Remove your foot
127. with a color multifunction dis play gt Make sure that the activation conditions are met gt Depress the brake pedal gt Quickly depress the brake pedal further until Q appears in the multifunction dis play The HOLD function is activated You can release the brake pedal f depressing the brake pedal the first time does not activate the HOLD function wait briefly and then try again Deactivating the HOLD function The HOLD function is deactivated automati cally if e you accelerate On vehicles with automatic transmission only when the transmission is in position D or R e the transmission is in position P on vehicles with automatic transmission e you depress the brake pedal again with a certain amount of pressure until Q disap pears from the multifunction display e you secure the vehicle using the electric parking brake e you activate DISTRONIC PLUS After a time the electric parking brake secures the vehicle and relieves the service brake The electric parking brake automatically secures the vehicle if the HOLD function is activated and e the driver s door is open and the driver s seat belt is unfastened e the engine is switched off unless it is auto matically switched off by the ECO start stop function e a system malfunction occurs e the power supply is not sufficient On steep uphill or downhill inclines or if there is a malfunction the transmission may also automatically be
128. 05 km h for moving objects e 5 31 mph 7 50 km h for stationary objects Vehicles with DISTRONIC PLUS the auton omous braking function is available in the fol lowing speed ranges e 5 124 mph 7 200 km h for moving objects e 5 31 mph 7 50 km h for stationary objects If the autonomous braking function requires a particularly high braking force preventative passenger protection measures PRE SAFE are activated simultaneously Adaptive Brake Assist Observe the Important safety notes sec tion gt page 64 Driving safety systems Z WARNING Adaptive Brake Assist cannot always clearly identify objects and complex traffic situa tions In such cases Adaptive Brake Assist may e intervene unnecessarily e not intervene There is a risk of an accident Always pay careful attention to the traffic sit uation and be ready to brake Terminate the intervention in a non critical driving situation Z WARNING Adaptive Brake Assist does not react e to people or animals e to oncoming vehicles e to crossing traffic e when cornering As a result Adaptive Brake Assist may not intervene in all critical conditions There is a risk of an accident Always pay careful attention to the traffic sit uation and be ready to brake Due to the nature of the system particularly complicated but non critical driving condi tions may also cause Brake Assist to inter vene If Adaptive Brake Assist is
129. 10 see separate operating instructions Radio wave reception transmis sion in the vehicle Declaration of conformity 27 Rain closing feature panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel 92 Reading lamp s 115 Rear compartment Setting the air vents eee 139 Rear fog lamp Changing bulbs ee eeeeeeeeeeeneees 120 Display message ssec 236 Switching on off neseser 112 Rear lamps see Lights Rear seat see Rear seats Rear seats Folding the backrest forwards oa 10 E E E 270 Rear view camera Cleaning instructions seee 302 FUNCtION NOTES ccceceesececeeeeteeees 194 Switching On Off ce c ssseceeceeeees 194 Rear view mirror Anti glare manual seee 103 Dipping automatic seses 104 Rear window defroster Problem malfunction 0 0 0 0 137 Switching On Off cee eeeeeeeeeeeeees 136 Rear window wiper Replacing the wiper blade 123 Switching On Off neee 122 Recuperation display 0 208 Recycling see Protection of the environment Refrigerant air conditioning sys tem Important safety notes 0 0 367 Refueling Fuel gauge cs ccesececesecsevsveesscecasrerees 33 Important safety notes s s s 157 Refueling ProCeSs eeeeeseeeeeeeees 158 see Fuel Remote control Garage door Opener neseser 286 Programming garage door OPEMEN scesvscovsvcecicveacussecsneveesessnences 286 Replacing bulbs Important safety notes s 117 Overview
130. 120 Ibs 54 kg 750 Ibs 340 kg Example 2 Example 3 1500 Ibs 1500 Ibs 680 kg 680 kg Example 2 Example 3 3 il Front 1 Front 1 Rear 2 Occupant 1 Occupant 1 200 Ibs 91 kg 150 Ibs 68 kg Occupant 2 190 Ibs 86 kg Occupant 3 150 Ibs 68 kg 540 Ibs 245 kg 150 Ibs 68 kg Maximum load rating Example 1 Example 2 Example 3 Step 3 Permissible load and 1500 lbs 1500 Ibs 1500 Ibs trailer load nose 680 kg 680 kg 680 kg weight maximum 750 Ibs 340 kg 540 Ibs 245 kg 150 lbs 68 kg permissible load rat 750 Ibs 960 Ibs 1350 Ibs ing from the Tire and 340 kg 435 kg 612 kg Loading Information placard minus the gross weight of all occupants Even if you have calculated the total cargo carefully you should still make sure that the gross vehicle weight rating and the gross axle weight rating are not exceeded Details can be found on the vehicle identification plate on the B pillar on the driver s side of the vehicle gt page 335 Permissible Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR the gross weight of the vehicle all passengers load and trailer load noseweight if applicable must not exceed the permissi ble gross vehicle weight Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR the maximum permissible weight that can be car ried by one axle front or rear axle To ensure that your vehicle does not exceed the maximum permissible values gross vehi cle weight and maximum gross axle weight rating
131. 135 To set the air distribution gt page 134 Climate control a Overview of climate control systems To activate deactivate air recirculation mode gt page 137 To set the airflow gt page 134 To switch cooling with air dehumidification on off gt page 131 To switch the rear window defroster on off gt page 136 Air conditioning system Below you can find a number of notes and recommendations to help you use the air conditioning system optimally e Switch on the air conditioning system by turning control knob clockwise to the desired position except position 0 e Set the temperature to 72 F 22 C e Recommendation for avoiding misted windows at low exterior temperatures or in rain switch on the ae cooling with dehumidification function gt page 131 Set air distribution to 4 and if possible switch off and r gt page 134 In air recirculation mode switch off gt page 137 Set airflow control to a setting between 3 and 6 gt page 134 e Recommendation for rapid cooling or heating of the vehicle interior briefly set airflow control to a setting between 3 and 6 gt page 134 e Recommendation for a constant vehi cle interior temperature set airflow con trol to a setting between 1 and 3 gt page 134 e Recommendation for air distribution in the winter set 14 and 5 gt page 134 Recommendation for air distribu
132. 270 Cargo compartment floor Important safety notes 0 0 272 Opening CIOSING seses 272 Stowage well under eee 272 Cargo tie down rings eee 271 Car key see SmartKey Car wash see Care Center console LOWER SECTOR sivscicsescasocsdectsatesenstss 37 Up Per SECON suier 36 Central locking Automatic locking on board com PUTET e naer E E 217 Locking unlocking SmartKey 76 Changing bulbs Brake lampS errien 120 Cornering light function 119 High beam headlamps 005 119 Low beam headlamps 1e 118 Rear fog lamp nsss 120 Reversing IAMPS eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 120 Turn signals front seese 119 Turn signals rear eee 120 Child proof locks Important safety notes s 63 Rear doors ssena n eens 64 Children EME VEMICIS sesser es cavesedecees 58 Restraint systems ssni 59 Special seat belt retractor 59 Child seat Forward facing restraint system 62 LATCH type ISOFIX child seat ANONO S wsvcccvsecesscosacpsreosteescaevencussessns 60 On the front passenger seat 62 Rearward facing restraint system 62 Top Tether sccscacesisecess Cigarette lighter Cleaning Mirror turn Signal seeen 301 Climate control Air conditioning system 5 127 Automatic climate control dual ZONE erie E E E EE Controlling automatically Cooling with air dehumidification 131 Defrosting the windows 4 135 Defrosting
133. 35 The Tire and Loading Information placard con tains the recommended tire pressures for cold tires The recommended tire pressures are valid for the maximum permissible load and up to the maximum permissible vehicle speed BEREH Recommended tire pressures Option 2 Tire pressure table on the inside of the fuel filler flap The tire pressure table contains the recom mended pressures for cold tires for various operating conditions i e differing load and speed conditions Specifications shown in the examples of tire pressure tables are for illustration pur poses only Tire pressure specifications are vehicle specific and may deviate from the data shown here Tire pressure specifica tions applicable to your vehicle are located in your vehicle s tire pressure table ae SS HMJ Example tire pressure table for all tires permitted for this vehicle by the factory If a tire size precedes a tire pressure the tire pressure information following is only valid for that tire size The load conditions partially laden and fully laden are defined in the table for different numbers of occupants and amounts of luggage The actual number of seats may differ Be SE ASAE Example tire pressure table with tire dimensions Some tire pressure tables show only the rim diameters instead of the full tire size e g R18 Rim diameter is part of the tire size and can be found on the tire sidewall gt page 342 Bab
134. 66 Fogging Upsr nenesie 115 see Lights Head restraints AdjJUS N E seireun naan 98 Adjusting electrically eee 99 Adjusting manually s es 99 Adjusting reat ssccssseccstecseeesedesesesess 100 General NOtES asissirisssivcsisisrisisinis 99 Heating see Climate control High beam headlamps Changing bulbs ssisisersssesisssistsssssssss 119 Display message eccere 235 Switching On Off ssesssssssrersisissssse 112 Hill start assist 0 0 eee 144 HOLD function AGUVALING veicciac cee ih ess 182 Deactivatihg s scccscecsacsss cesesesentasesices 182 Display message ee eeeeeeseeeeeeeees 241 FUNCtION NOTES nessies 181 Hood CIOSING siisii 293 Display message ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeees 250 Important safety notes 292 ODENIN gist cain n 292 Horm osey cvbvsvtess ceeseveseceassczeceaceeacaesseszeess 32 Hydroplaning cc ceceeeeseeeneeeees 167 Ignition key see SmartKey Ignition lock see Key positions Immobilizer 2 0 0 eee eee 72 Indicator lamps see Warning and indicator lamps Indicators see Turn signals Inspection see ASSYST PLUS Instrument cluster OVENIEW ices s cece acide 33 SEMINE S assistiet iekeas 215 Warning and indicator lamps 34 Instrument cluster lighting 204 Interior lighting 00 0 0 eee eeeee 115 Automatic Control seese 116 Delayed switch off on board COMPUTER c tcesssecssdiceses oes asestnesieeas 217 Emergency lighting esee 116 Important safety not
135. Activate climate control using the auro and ave buttons The indicator lamps in the auto and ae buttons light up e Set the temperature to 72 F 22 C e Only use the Windshield defrosting func tion briefly until the windshield is clear again e Only use air recirculation mode briefly e g if there are unpleasant outside odors or when in a tunnel The windows could oth erwise fog up since no fresh air is drawn into the vehicle in air recirculation mode e Use the ZONE function to adopt the tem perature settings on the driver s side for the front passenger side as well The indi cator lamp in the zone button goes out e Only available on vehicles for Canada use the residual heat function if you want to heat or ventilate the vehicle interior when the ignition is switched off The residual heat function can only be activated or deac tivated with the ignition switched off e Vehicles with COMAND if you change the settings of the climate control system the climate status display appears for three seconds at the bottom of the screen in the COMAND display See also the separate COMAND operating instructions You will see the current settings of the various cli mate control functions ECO start stop function During automatic engine switch off the cli mate control system only operates at a reduced capacity If you require the full cli mate control output you
136. Benz Original Extended tires may only be used on wheels that have been specifically approved by Mercedes Benz Only use tires wheels or accessories tes ted and approved by Mercedes Benz Cer tain characteristics e g handling vehicle noise emissions or fuel consumption may otherwise be adversely affected In addi tion when driving with a load tire dimen sion variations could cause the tires to come into contact with the bodywork and axle components This could result in dam age to the tires or the vehicle Mercedes Benz accepts no liability for damage resulting from the use of tires wheels or accessories other than those tes ted and approved Information on tires wheels and approved combinations can be obtained from any qualified specialist workshop H Retreaded tires are neither tested nor rec ommended by Mercedes Benz since pre vious damage cannot always be detected on retreaded tires As a result Mercedes Benz cannot guarantee vehicle safety if retreaded tires are mounted Do not mount used tires if you have no information about their previous usage Overview of abbreviations used in the follow ing tire tables e BA both axles e FA front axle e RA rear axle The recommended pressures for various operating conditions can be found e onthe Tire and Loading Information placard with the recommended tire pressures on the B pillar on the driver s side e inthe tire pressure table on the inside of the
137. Breakdown assistance gt To open remove the floormat from the front passenger side gt Fold out perforated floor covering Q in the direction of the arrow gt To release cover Q press retaining clamp gt Fold out cover 3 in the direction of the arrow to the catch gt Remove cover 3 forwards Fuse allocation chart is located on the lower right hand side of cover gt To close insert cover on the left hand side of the fuse box into the retainer Cover 8 engages in the retainers gt Fold down cover 3 until clamps 2 lock audibly gt Fold back perforated floor covering Useful information 0 324 Important safety notes 324 Operation e e eee 324 Winter operation c eeeee 326 Tire pressure ccceeeeeesteeeeteeees 328 Loading the vehicle 335 Maximum load rating 339 Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards e 340 Tire labeling ees 341 Definition of terms for tires and loading c 2 eee ee ee 345 Changing a wheel 000 347 Wheel and tire combinations 352 al Wheels and tires 12 Operation __ Wheels and tires Useful information This Operator s Manual describes all models and all standard and optional equip ment of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator s Manual Country specific differe
138. Depending on the specified minimum dis tance your vehicle will come to a standstill at a sufficient distance behind the vehicle in front The specified minimum distance is set using the control on the cruise control lever The electric parking brake automatically secures the vehicle if DISTRONIC PLUS is activated and e the seat belt is unfastened and the driver s door is open e the engine is switched off unless it is auto matically switched off by the ECO start stop function e a system malfunction occurs e the power supply is not sufficient If a malfunction occurs then the transmission may be shifted into position P automatically Setting a speed Keep in mind that it may take a brief moment until the vehicle has accelerated or braked to the speed set Driving and parking and parking 60 In gt i Q To store the current speed or a higher speed To store the current speed or a lower speed gt Press the cruise control lever up C for a higher speed or down for a lower speed gt To adjust the set speed in 1 mph incre ments 1 km h increments briefly press the cruise control lever up 4 or down to the pressure point Every time the cruise control lever is pressed up 4 or down 2 the last speed stored is increased or reduced gt To adjust the set speed in 5 mph incre ments 10 km h increments briefly press the cruise control lever up 4 or down to the
139. Dirty See Opera tor s Manual A SRS Malfunction Service Required Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions At least one of the following driving systems or driving safety sys tems is temporarily restricted or inoperative e COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS e DISTRONIC PLUS Possible causes are e the sensors in the radiator trim and or in the bumpers are dirty e the function of the driving system and or driving safety system is impaired due to heavy rain or snow A warning tone also sounds When the causes stated above no longer apply the display mes sage disappears All driving systems driving safety systems are operative again If the display message does not disappear gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 159 gt Switch off the engine gt Clean the sensors in the following locations gt page 301 e in the radiator trim e in the front bumper e in the rear bumper particularly in the middle of the rear bumper gt Restart the engine The display message disappears The restraint system is faulty The amp warning lamp also lights up in the instrument cluster Z WARNING The air bags or Emergency Tensioning Devices may either be trig gered unintentionally or in the event of an accident may not be triggered There is an increased risk of injury g
140. H Do not tow with sling type equipment This could damage the vehicle H If you tow or tow start another vehicle its weight must not exceed the maximum per missible gross vehicle weight of your vehi cle If the vehicle can no longer be driven because of an accident or breakdown you have the following options e transporting the vehicle As arule you should have the vehicle trans ported e towing the vehicle with a tow rope or tow bar Only tow the vehicle in exceptional cases When towing a vehicle the transmission must be in position N The battery must be connected and charged Otherwise you e cannot turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock e cannot release the electric parking brake e cannot shift the transmission to position N The function of the electric parking brake and the parking lock is dependent on the on board voltage If the on board voltage is low or there is a malfunction in the system it may not be possible to apply the released parking brake or shift the transmission to position P Switch off non essential consumers e g the radio Disarm the automatic locking feature before the vehicle is towed gt page 217 You could otherwise be locked out when pushing or towing the vehicle Installing the towing eye Example towing eye mounting covers gt Remove the towing eye from the stowage space The towing eye is beneath the cargo com partment floor with the ve
141. H If the sliding sunroof still cannot be opened or closed as a result of a malfunction contact a qualified specialist workshop Problem Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The sliding sunroof can If the sliding sunroof is obstructed during closing and reopens not be closed and you again slightly cannot see the cause Immediately after the sliding sunroof blocks pull the E switch in the overhead control panel down to the point of resist ance and hold it until the sliding sunroof is closed The sliding sunroof is closed with increased force Opening and closing 2 If the sliding sunroof is obstructed again during closing and then reopens slightly gt Immediately after the sliding sunroof blocks pull the switch in the overhead control panel down to the point of resist ance and hold it until the sliding sunroof is closed The sliding sunroof is closed without the anti entrapment fea ture Useful information 0 eee 96 Correct driver s seat position 96 Seats ee nines 97 Steering wheel cecceseeeees 102 Mirrors s cccescce ecceeeeeee eee ceereee esate 103 Memory functions c0c 106 Seats steering wheel and mirrors Fs ca Correct driver s seat position Seats steering wheel and mirrors L_ Useful information This Operator s Manual describes all models and all standard and optional equip ment of your vehicle available at the time
142. If the status of the front passenger front air bag changes while the vehicle is in motion an air bag display message appears in the instru ment cluster gt page 233 When the front passenger seat is occupied always pay atten tion to the PASSENGER AIR BAG ON and PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamps Be aware of the status of the front passenger front air bag both before and during the jour ney Z WARNING If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp is lit the front passenger front air bag is disabled It will not be deployed in the event of an accident and cannot perform its intended protective function A person in the front passenger seat could then for example come into contact with the vehicle s interior espe cially if the person is sitting too close to the dashboard This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury When the front passenger seat is occupied always ensure that e the classification of the person in the front passenger seat is correct and the front passenger front air bag is enabled or disa bled in accordance with the person in the front passenger seat e the front passenger seat has been moved back as far back as possible e the person is seated correctly Make sure both before and during the jour ney that the status of the front passenger front air bag is correct Z WARNING If you secure a child in a rearward facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat and
143. LISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS Activating deactivating 214 Display message ccce 229 Operation MOLES 2 2 cciccesccznsesesssessts 66 COMAND see separate operating instructions Combination switch ee 112 Compass Calibrating css cissssceeunedees 290 Calling Up se se cn ccstieeveecsscietiess 289 SCRUM GE se ieceres ree tees ioncecevedalestseas 289 Consumption statistics on board computer ossis 207 Convenience closing feature 88 Convenience opening feature 88 Coolant engine Checking the level ee eeeeeeeeeees 295 Display message s c 238 Filling capacity s sreniicsas 366 Important safety notes 365 Temperature on board computer AMG VEhiGIOS 2 si ccsestssedascetsssssesess 218 Temperature gauge eesse 204 Warning lamp ssicessscacsssecesoesaznse 260 Cooling see Climate control Copyright ecirar 30 Cornering light function Changing bulbs eee eeeeeeeeneees 119 Display message es eeeeeeseereeeeeee 234 FUNCtION NOTES ceeeeseseeeesseeees 113 Cover see Roller sunblind Crash responsive emergency light r e e E E 116 Cruise control Activation conditions eee 172 Cruise control lever eeeeeeeee 172 Deactivating sessions 173 Display message cecce 244 Driving system sesers 172 General Notes nossssnieir essu 172 Important safety notes ee 172 Setting a Speed s cc ccseseseveveseseesse 173 Storing an
144. NG Tires with pressure that is too low can over heat and burst as a consequence In addition they also suffer from excessive and or irreg ular wear which can severely impair the brak ing properties and the driving characteristics There is a risk of an accident Avoid tire pressures that are too low in all the tires including the spare wheel Underinflated tires may e wear quickly and unevenly e have an adverse effect on fuel consumption e overheat leading to tire defects e have an adverse effect on handling charac teristics Overinflation Z WARNING Tires with excessively high pressure can burst because they are damaged more easily by road debris potholes etc In addition they also suffer from irregular wear which can severely impair the braking properties and the driving characteristics There is a risk of an accident Avoid tire pressures that are too high in all the tires including the spare wheel Overinflated tires may e have an adverse effect on handling charac teristics e wear quickly and unevenly e be more susceptible to damage e have an adverse effect on ride comfort e increase the braking distance Maximum tire pressures Never exceed the maximum permissible tire inflation pressure Always observe the rec ommended tire pressure for your vehicle when adjusting the tire pressure gt page 328 Example maximum permissible tire pres sure The actual values for tires are ve
145. NING A discharged battery can freeze at temperatures below freezing point When jump starting the vehicle or charging the battery gases can escape from the battery There is a risk of an explosion Allow the frozen battery to thaw out before charging it or jump starting H Avoid repeated and lengthy starting attempts Otherwise the catalytic converter could be damaged by the non combusted fuel If at low temperatures the indicator lamps warning lamps in the instrument cluster do not light up it is highly likely that the discharged battery has frozen In this case you may neither jump start the vehicle nor charge the battery The service life of a thawed out battery may be shorter The starting characteristics can be impaired particularly at low temperatures Have the thawed out battery checked at a qualified specialist workshop Jump starting ae Breakdown assistance Do not start the vehicle using a rapid charging device If your vehicle s battery is discharged the engine can be jump started from another vehicle or from a second battery using jumper cables Observe the following points e The battery is not accessible in all vehicles If the other vehicle s battery is not accessible jump start the vehicle using a second battery or a jump starting device e You may only jump start the vehicle when the engine and exhaust system are cold e Do not start the engine if the battery is frozen Let the battery thaw first e Only jump s
146. NING age even when it is in motion If objects in the passenger compartment are Ensure that depending on the vehicle s stowed incorrectly they can slide or be equipment you can raise the panorama thrown around and hit vehicle occupants roof with power tilt sliding panel fully and There is a risk of injury particularly in the open the tailgate fully when the roof carrier event of sudden braking or a sudden change is installed in direction b gt Stowage and features e Always stow objects so that they cannot be thrown around in such situations e Always make sure that objects do not pro trude from stowage spaces parcel nets or stowage nets e Close the lockable stowage spaces while driving e Stow and secure objects that are heavy hard pointy sharp edged fragile or too large in the cargo compartment Observe the loading guidelines gt page 266 The stowage compartments in the doors pro vide space for bottles e front capacity up to 34 fl oz 1 0 I e rear capacity up to 17 fl oz 0 5 Cup holder in the front compartment center console The cup holder and the rubber mat under neath can be removed for cleaning Clean them with clean lukewarm water only gt To remove carefully pull in upper sections of cup holder Q on the driver s and front passenger sides until they release gt Lift the cup holder upwards until it can be removed gt To install insert cup holder into lateral
147. Neutral D Drive The DIRECT SELECT lever always returns to its original position The current trans mission position P R N or D appears in the transmission position display gt page 149 in the multifunction display Transmission position and drive pro gram display The current transmission position and drive program appear in the multifunction display Transmission position display Drive program display The arrows in the transmission position display show how and into which transmis sion positions you can change using the DIRECT SELECT lever H If the transmission position display in the multifunction display is not working you should pull away carefully to check whether the desired transmission position is engaged Ideally you should select trans mission position D and drive program E or S Engaging park position P gt Push the DIRECT SELECT lever in the direc tion of arrow P Transmission position display P is shown in the multifunction display When you engage park position P make sure that the transmission position display shows P in the multifunction display You can only engage park position P when the vehicle is stationary Automatic transmission ee The automatic transmission shifts into park position P automatically e if you open the driver s door while the vehicle is stationary in transmission posi tion D or R e if you open the door while traveling at very
148. OLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS can help you to minimize the risk of a front end collision with a vehicle ahead or reduce the effects of such a collision If COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS detects that there is a risk of a collision you will be warned visually and acoustically If you do not react to the visual and audible collision warning autonomous braking can be initiated in critical situations If you apply the brake yourself in a critical situation the COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST system PLUS adaptive Brake Assist assists you Important safety notes In particular the detection of obstacles can be impaired if e there is dirt on the sensors or anything else covering the sensors e there is snow or heavy rain e there is interference by other radar sources e there are strong radar reflections for example in parking garages e a narrow vehicle traveling in front e g a motorbike e a vehicle traveling in front on a different line e new vehicles or after a service on the COL LISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS system Observe the notes in the section on break ing in gt page 142 Following damage to the front end of the vehi cle have the configuration and operation of the radar sensor checked at a qualified spe cialist workshop This also applies to colli sions at low speeds where there is no visible damage to the front of the vehicle Distance warning function Important safety notes Observe the Important saf
149. Opening dimensions eeeee 368 Tail lamps Display Message sciis 235 see Lights Tank see Fuel tank Tank content Fuel SAURE s s 05 ccs5seeecesvestecetecesenebes 33 Technical data lnformati onses 360 TireS WhEEIS ccceeesseceeeseseeeeeneee 352 Vehicle data vicsi ccccssccccestescatesssesees 368 TELEAID Call Priority seitse ressos 281 Downloading destinations COMAND eeeeeeeeseeteceseeneeseeees Downloading routes Emergency call General Notes cs caccsccscsiiccces GEO FENCING veccccecssccseedsedecieeassessenis Locating a stolen vehicle 284 MB info call button oo eee 280 Remote vehicle locking n se 283 Roadside Assistance button 280 Search A SON ninisi eesis 282 SOIPLOSE vis ckssseecevedeccenshtesds ceveeceerces 278 Speed alert essre trens 285 OVSE e nr a E S 278 Triggering the vehicle alarm 285 Vehicle remote malfunction diag NOSIS ictedestscssvcntostesticsinasenriosaetdsie css 284 Vehicle remote unlocking 283 Telephone Accepting a Call oo eee eeeeeeereeeees 212 Display message secere 251 Menu on board computer 211 Number from the phone book 212 RGA MS esiscic2ouccestts tebeshecesseeesersscs 212 Rejecting ending a Call 212 Temperature Coolant cceieniclnnieieic 204 Coolant on board computer AMG vehicles sc ssceseccsesczcseestacss 218 Engine oil on board computer AMG vehicles seess 218 Outsi
150. Park Assist Active Accelerate and Brake Observe Surroundings mes sage appears in the multifunction display gt Let go of the multifunction steering wheel gt Reverse the vehicle or drive forwards being ready to brake at all times Do not exceed a maximum speed of approximately 6 mph 10 km h when exiting a parking space Otherwise Active Parking Assist will be can celed gt Shift the transmission to position D or Ras required while the vehicle is stationary Active Parking Assist immediately steers in the other direction The Park Assist Active Accelerate and Brake Observe Surroundings message appears in the multifunction display You will achieve the best results by wait ing for the steering procedure to complete before pulling away If you back up after activation the steering wheel is moved to the straight ahead posi tion gt Drive forwards and back up as prompted by the PARKTRONIC warning displays several times if necessary Once you have exited the parking space com pletely the steering wheel is moved to the straight ahead position You hear a tone and the Park Assist Finished message appears in the multifunction display You will Driving systems then have to steer and merge into traffic on your own PARKTRONIC is still available You can take over the steering before the vehicle has exited the parking space completely This is useful for example when you recognize
151. Press one or more of the W r buttons The corresponding indicator lamp lights up briefly A Dual zone automatic climate control Air distribution settings W4 Directs air through the defroster vents i Directs air through the center and side air vents r Directs air through the footwell air vents Directs the airflow through the center and side air vents as well as the defroster vents Directs air through the defroster and footwell vents v Regardless of the air distribution setting airflow is always directed through the side air vents The side air vents can only be closed if the adjusters are turned clockwise until they engage Setting the air distribution gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 143 gt Press the mdbe or MODE button repeatedly until the desired symbol appears in the dis play Air conditioning system gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 143 gt To increase reduce turn control clockwise or counter clockwise gt page 127 Dual zone automatic climate control gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 143 gt To increase reduce press the 8 or s button This function is only available with dual zone automatic climate control button butto
152. RNING Certain components in the engine compart ment such as the engine radiator and parts of the exhaust system can become very hot Working in the engine compartment poses a risk of injury Where possible let the engine cool down and touch only the components described in the following A WARNING Windshield washer concentrate could ignite if it comes into contact with hot engine compo nents or the exhaust system There is a risk of fire and injury Make sure that no windshield washer con centrate is spilled next to the filler neck Example gt To open pull cap 1 upwards by the tab gt Add the premixed washer fluid gt To close press cap Q onto the filler neck until it engages If the washer fluid level drops below the rec ommended minimum of 1 liter a message appears in the multifunction display prompt ing you to add washer fluid gt page 251 Further information on windshield washer fluid antifreeze gt page 366 Service messages The ASSYST PLUS service interval display informs you of the next service due date Information on the type of service and service intervals see the separate Maintenance Booklet You can obtain further information from an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or at http www mbusa com USA only The ASSYST PLUS service interval display does not show any information on the engine oil level Observe the notes on the engine oil level gt page 293
153. SF Bt If the tire pressures have been set to the lower values for lighter loads and or lower road speeds the pressures should be reset to the higher values e if you want to drive with an increased load and or e if you want to drive at higher road speeds The tire pressures for increased loads and or higher road speeds shown in the tire pressure table may have a negative effect on driving comfort If the tire pressure is not set correctly this can lead to an excessive build up of heat and a sudden loss of pressure For more information contact a qualified spe cialist workshop Important notes on tire pressure Z WARNING If the tire pressure drops repeatedly the wheel valve or tire may be damaged Tire pressure that is too low may result in a tire blow out There is a risk of an accident e Check the tire for foreign objects e Check whether the wheel is losing air or the valve is leaking If you are unable to rectify the damage con tact a qualified specialist workshop Z WARNING If you fit unsuitable accessories onto tire valves the tire valves may be overloaded and malfunction which can cause tire pressure loss Due to their design retrofitted tire pres sure monitors keep the tire valve open This can also result in tire pressure loss There is a risk of an accident Only screw the standard valve cap or other valve caps approved by Mercedes Benz for your vehicle onto the tire valve Use a suit
154. SP is switched off ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident gt Reactivate ESP For exceptions see gt page 69 gt Adapt your driving style to suit the road and weather conditions If ESP cannot be activated gt Have ESP checked at a qualified specialist workshop Py On board computer and displays SPORT SPORT handling mode is activated AMG vehicles only WARNING The yellow SPORT han Hea warning When SPORT handling mode is switched on ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle lamp is lit while the engine is running There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident gt Only switch on SPORT handling mode in certain situations gt page 70 Se Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster _ On board computer and displays Problem I ae iad OFF The yellow ESP and ESP OFF warning lamps are lit while the engine is running Eal ee A OFF The yellow ESP and ESP OFF warning lamps are lit while the engine is running Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions ESP BAS COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS the HOLD function and hill start assist are not available due to a malfunction ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated A WARNING The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above The braking distance in an
155. SSIST PLUS gt Pressthe lt Jor gt buttonon the steer ing wheel to select the DriveAssist menu gt Press the A or W button to select Collision Prevent Assist gt Press the OK button The current selection is displayed gt To activate deactivate press the button again When COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS is deactivated the 3 6 symbol appears in the multifunction display in the assistance graphics display For further information about COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS see gt page 66 OK Activating deactivating ATTENTION ASSIST gt Pressthe lt or gt buttonon the steer ing wheel to select the DriveAssist menu gt Press the A or W button to select ATTENTION ASSIST gt Press the OK button The current selection is displayed gt To activate deactivate press the button again When ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated the spore symbol appears in the multifunc OK tion display in the assistance graphics dis play For further information about ATTENTION ASSIST see gt page 197 Activating deactivating Blind Spot Assist gt Pressthe lt or gt buttonon the steer ing wheel to select the Dri veAssist menu gt Press the A or W button to select Blind Spot Assist gt Press the OK button The current select
156. Segments showing operational readiness The warning display for each side of the vehi cle is divided into five yellow and two red seg ments PARKTRONIC is operational if yellow segments showing operational readiness light up The selected transmission position and the direction in which the vehicle is rolling deter mine which warning display is active when the engine is running Driving systems Transmission Warning display position D Front area activated R N or the vehicle Rear and front areas is rolling back activated wards P No areas activated One or more segments light up as the vehicle approaches an obstacle depending on the vehicle s distance from the obstacle From the e sixth segment onwards you will hear an intermittent warning tone for approx imately two seconds e seventh segment onwards you will hear a warning tone for approximately two sec onds This indicates that you have now reached the minimum distance Deactivating activating PARKTRONIC Indicator lamp To deactivate activate PARKTRONIC If indicator lamp lights up PARKTRONIC is deactivated PARKTRONIC is automatically activated when you turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock Driving systems ie Problems with PARKTRONIC Problem Only the red segments in the PARKTRONIC warning displays are lit You also hear a warning tone for approximately two seconds PARKTRONIC is then deactivated and the i
157. Steering Mal function See Oper ator s Manual Telephone No Ser vice Check Washer Fluid Wiper Malfunction ing Hazard Warning Flashers Mal func tioning Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The power steering is malfunctioning A warning tone also sounds A WARNING You will need to use more force to steer There is a risk of an accident gt Check whether you are able to apply the extra force required gt If you are able to steer safely carefully drive on to a qualified specialist workshop gt If you are unable to steer safely do not drive on Contact the nearest qualified specialist workshop Your vehicle is outside the network provider s transmitter receiver range gt Wait until the mobile phone operational readiness symbol appears in the multifunction display The washer fluid level in the washer fluid reservoir has dropped below the minimum If you do not mix antifreeze with the washer fluid in the winter months then the washer fluid could freeze in the washer fluid reservoir In this case the Check Washer Fluid display mes sage may appear in the multifunction display gt Add washer fluid gt page 296 The windshield wipers are malfunctioning gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The hazard warning lamps are faulty gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop i On board computer and displays Xe Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster on On
158. Switching on Lane Keeping Assist gt Switch on Active Lane Keeping Assist using the on board computer to do so select Standard or Adaptive gt page 214 If you drive at speeds above 40 mph 60 km h and lane markings are detected the lane markings in the assistance graph ics display gt page 213 are shown in green When Standard is selected no warning vibra tion occurs if e you switch on the turn signals In this event the warnings are suppressed for a certain period of time e a driving safety system intervenes such as ABS BAS or ESP Driving systems rea When Adaptive is selected no warning vibra tion occurs if e you Switch on the turn signals In this event the warnings are suppressed for a certain period of time e a driving safety system intervenes e g ABS BAS or ESP e you accelerate hard e g kickdown e you brake hard e you steer actively e g swerve to avoid an obstacle or change lanes quickly e you cut the corner on a sharp bend In order that you are warned only when nec essary and in good time if you cross the lane marking the system recognizes certain con ditions and warns you accordingly The warning vibration occurs earlier if e you approach the outer lane marking on a bend e the road has very wide lanes e g a free way e the system recognizes solid lane markings The warning vibration occurs later if e the road has narrow lanes e you cut the corner o
159. The following markings are on the tire in addition to which all passenger car tires must meetunder the tire name sales designation and the manu the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard facturer s name No 109 Grades B and A represent higher Uniform tire Quality Grading Standard levels of performance on the laboratory test gt page 345 wheel than the minimum required by law DOT Tire Identification Number gt page 344 Maximum tire load gt page 339 Maximum tire pressure gt page 330 Manufacturer Tire material gt page 345 Tire size designation load bearing capa city and speed index gt page 342 Load index gt page 344 Tire name o Wheels and tires Tire data is vehicle specific and may devi ate from the data in the example Wheels and tires Tire width Nominal aspect ratio in Tire code Rim diameter Load bearing index Speed rating Tire data is vehicle specific and may devi ate from the data in the example General depending on the manufacturer s standards the size imprinted in the tire wall may not contain any letters or may contain one letter that precedes the size description If there is no letter preceding the size descrip tion as shown above these are passenger vehicle tires according to European manufac turing standards If P precedes the size description these are passenger vehicle tires according to U S manufacturin
160. There is a risk of injury When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Never leave children unsupervised in the vehicle WARNING At high speeds the raised sliding sunroof auto matically lowers slightly at the rear This could trap you or other persons There is a risk of injury Make sure that nobody reaches into the sweep of the sliding sunroof whilst the vehicle is in motion If somebody becomes trapped immediately pull back the sliding sunroof switch The slid ing sunroof lifts during opening H Only open the sliding sunroof if it is free of snow and ice Otherwise malfunctions may occur Do not allow anything to protrude from the sliding sunroof Otherwise the seals could be damaged E The weather can change abruptly It could start to rain or snow Make sure that the sliding sunroof is closed when you leave the vehicle The vehicle electronics can be damaged if water enters the vehicle inte rior Resonance noises can occur in addition to the usual airflow noises when the sliding sunroof is open They are caused by minor pressure fluctuations in the vehicle interior Change the position of the sliding sunroof or open a side window slightly to reduce or eliminate these noises The sliding sunroof is equipped with an auto matic reversing feature If a solid object blocks or restricts the sliding sunroof during the closing process the sliding sunroof opens again automaticall
161. Turn bulb counter clockwise and pull it gt Turn bulb holder counter clockwise and E out pull it out e gt Insert the new bulb and engage it to the gt Take the bulb out of bulb holder S stop gt Insert the new bulb into bulb holder z gt Align housing cover and turn it clock Insert bulb holder into the lamp and turn E wise until it engages it clockwise o gt Align housing cover and turn it clock 2 Turn signals halogen headlamps wise until it engages l Opening and closing the side trim pan els You must open the side trim panel in the cargo compartment before you can change the bulbs in the tail lamps FD gt Switch off the lights gt Open the hood gt Turn bulb holder Q counter clockwise and pull it out gt Take the bulb out of bulb holder a gt Insert the new bulb into bulb holder gt Insert bulb holder and turn it clockwise until it engages Replacing bulbs gt Release and remove connector gt Unscrew wing nut Q and remove the lamp cluster Lights and windshield wipers lel Left hand side trim panel gt To open turn release knob Q counter clockwise and remove side trim panel gt Toclose insert side trim panel and turn release knob Q clockwise Right hand side trim panel gt To open release right hand trim panel at the top and fold it down in the direction of the arrow gt To close insert side panel
162. While parking or pulling out of a parking space the vehicle swings out and can drive onto areas of the oncoming lane This could result in a collision with another road user There is a risk of an accident Pay attention to other road users Stop the vehicle if necessary or cancel the Active Park ing Assist parking procedure H If unavoidable you should drive over obstacles such as curbs slowly and not at a sharp angle Otherwise you may damage the wheels or tires Active Parking Assist may possibly indicate parking spaces which are not suitable for parking for example e where parking or stopping is prohibited e in front of driveways or entrances and exits e on unsuitable surfaces A Driving systems o Driving and parking Parking tips e On narrow roads drive as close to the park ing space as possible e Parking spaces that are littered or over grown might be identified or measured incorrectly e Parking spaces that are partially occupied by trailer drawbars might not be identified as such or be measured incorrectly e Snowfall or heavy rain may lead to a parking space being measured inaccurately e Pay attention to the PARKTRONIC gt page 188 warning messages during the parking procedure e Youcan intervene in the steering procedure to correct it at any time Active Parking Assist will then be canceled e When transporting a load which protrudes from your vehicle you should not use Active Parking Assist
163. a break or interruption of the transmission signals after broadcasting for a few seconds Therefore these signals may not last long enough for the integrated garage door opener The signal is not recognized during programing Comparable with Canadian law some U S garage door openers also feature a break Proceed as follows e if you live in Canada e if you have difficulties programing the garage door opener regardless of where you live when using the programing steps Stowage and features Stowage and features gt Press and hold one of buttons 2 to on the integrated garage door opener After a short time indicator lamp Q lights up yellow gt Release the button Indicator lamp Q flashes yellow gt Press button of garage door remote control for two seconds then release it for two seconds gt Press button again for two seconds gt Repeat this sequence on button of remote control until indicator lamp lights up green When indicator lamp lights up green programing is finished When indicator lamp Q flashes green pro graming was successful The next step is to synchronize the rolling code gt Release button of remote control of the garage door drive If indicator lamp Q lights up red repeat the programing process for the corresponding button on the rear view mirror When doing so vary the distance between remote con trol and the rear view mirr
164. a warning message will appear if the tire pres sure drops significantly The tire pressure monitor does not warn you of an incorrectly set tire pressure Observe the notes on the recommended tire pressure gt page 328 The tire pressure monitor is not able to warn you of a sudden loss of pressure e g if the tire is penetrated by a foreign object In the event of a sudden loss of pressure bring the vehicle to a halt by braking carefully Avoid abrupt steering maneuvers The tire pressure monitor has a yellow warn ing lamp in the instrument cluster for indicat ing a pressure loss or malfunction Whether the warning lamp flashes or lights up indi cates whether a tire pressure is too low or the tire pressure monitor is malfunctioning e if the warning lamp is lit continuously the tire pressure on one or more tires is signif icantly too low The tire pressure monitor is not malfunctioning e if the warning lamp flashes for around a minute and then remains lit constantly the tire pressure monitor is malfunctioning In addition to the warning lamp a mes sage appears in the multifunction display Further information can be found on gt page 245 If the tire pressure monitor is malfunctioning it may take more than ten minutes for the tire pressure warning lamp to inform you of the malfunction by flashing for approximately one D D 2 o o Wheels and tires minute and then remainin
165. a fire e lose its hold function There is a risk of fire and an accident Release the parking brake fully before driving off H Warm up the engine quickly Do not use the engine s full performance until it has reached operating temperature Only shift the automatic transmission to the desired drive position when the vehicle is stationary Where possible avoid spinning the drive wheels when pulling away on slippery roads You could otherwise damage the drive train H AMG vehicles avoid full load operation and engine speeds greater than 5000 rpm when the engine is cold This helps to pro tect the engine and avoids uncomfortable driving ain 0 To remove the SmartKey shift the transmission to position P 1 Power supply for some consumers such as the windshield wipers 2 Ignition power supply for all consumers and drive position 3 To start the engine Driving and parking The SmartKey can be turned in the igni tion lock even if it is not the correct Smart Key for the vehicle The ignition is not switched on The engine cannot be started Important safety notes Z WARNING Combustion engines emit poisonous exhaust gases such as carbon monoxide Inhaling these exhaust gases leads to poisoning There is a risk of fatal injury Therefore never leave the engine running in enclosed spaces with out sufficient ventilation Z WARNING Flammable materials
166. a risk of an accident PLUS will not brake for these If you wish to exit the vehicle always turn off the HOLD function and secure the vehicle against rolling away te Driving systems Driving and parking Hi if DISTRONIC PLUS or the HOLD function is activated the vehicle brakes automati cally in certain situations To prevent dam age to the vehicle deactivate DISTRONIC PLUS and the HOLD function in the follow ing or other similar situations e when towing the vehicle e in the car wash Deactivating the HOLD function gt page 182 General notes The HOLD function can assist the driver in the following situations e when pulling away especially on steep slopes e when maneuvering on steep slopes e when waiting in traffic The vehicle is kept stationary without the driver having to depress the brake pedal The braking effect is canceled and the HOLD function deactivated when you depress the accelerator pedal to pull away Activation conditions You can activate the HOLD function if e the vehicle is stationary e the engine is running or if it has been auto matically switched off by the ECO start stop function e the driver s door is closed or your seat belt is fastened e the electric parking brake is released e the transmission position D R or N is engaged while driving a vehicle with an automatic transmission e DISTRONIC PLUS is deactivated Activating the HOLD function Example vehicles
167. abdo men This applies particularly to pregnant women If necessary push the lap belt down to your hip joint and pull it tight using the shoulder section of the belt e the seat belt is not routed across sharp pointed or fragile objects If you have such items located on or in your clothing e g pens keys or eyeglasses store these in a suitable place e only one person is using a seat belt at a time Infants and children must never travel sit ting on the lap of a vehicle occupant In the event of an accident they could be crushed between the vehicle occupant and seat belt e objects are never secured with a seat belt if the seat belt is also being used by one of the vehicle s occupants Seat belts are only intended to secure and restrain vehicle occupants Always observe the Loading guidelines for securing objects luggage or loads gt page 266 Fastening and adjusting the seat belts Observe the safety notes on the seat belt gt page 44 and the notes on correct use of seat belts gt page 45 gt Adjust the seat gt page 96 The seat backrest must be in an almost vertical position gt Pull the seat belt smoothly from belt outlet gt Engage seat belt tongue 2 in belt buckle Q gt If necessary pull upwards on the shoulder section of the seat belt to tighten the belt across your body The shoulder section of the seat belt must always be routed across the center of the shoulder A
168. able pressure gauge to check the tire pressure The outer appearance of a tire does not permit any reliable conclusion about the tire pressure The tire temperature and pressure increase when the vehicle is in motion This is depend ent on the driving speed and the load Therefore you should only correct tire pres sures when the tires are cold The tires are cold e if the vehicle has been parked without direct sunlight on the tires for at least three hours and e if the vehicle has not been driven further than 1 mile 1 6 km The tire temperature changes depending on the outside temperature the vehicle speed and the tire load If the tire temperature changes by 18 F 10 C the tire pressure changes by approximately 10 kPa 0 1 bar 1 5 psi Take this into account when check Py Wheels and tires le Wheels and tires ing the pressure of warm tires Only correct the tire pressure if it is too low for the current operating conditions If you check the tire pressure when the tires are warm the result ing value will be higher than if the tires were cold This is normal Do not reduce the tire pressure to the value specified for cold tires The tire pressure would otherwise be too low Observe the recommended tire pressures for cold tires e onthe Tire and Loading Information placard on the B pillar on the driver s side e inthe tire pressure table on the inside of the fuel filler flap Underinflation A WARNI
169. according to the manufacturer s instructions Introduction Top Tether provides an additional connection between a child restraint system secured with a LATCH type ISOFIX child seat mount and the rear seat This helps reduce the risk of injury even further If the child restraint sys tem is equipped with a Top Tether belt this should always be used Children in the vehicle ae Important safety notes WARNING If the rear seat backrests are not locked they could fold forwards in the event of an acci dent heavy braking or sudden changes of direction As a result child restraint systems cannot perform their intended protective function Rear seat backrests that are not locked can also cause additional injuries e g in the event of an accident This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury Always lock rear seat backrests after instal ling a Top Tether belt Observe the lock veri fication indicator Adjust the rear seat backr ests so that they are in an upright position If the rear backrest is not engaged and locked the red lock verification indicator will be visible gt page 270 Top Tether anchorages The Top Tether anchorages are located on the rear side of the rear seat backrests Ei Children in the vehicle Vehicles with adjustable head restraints gt Move head restraint Q upwards gt Route Top Tether belt under head restraint Q between the two head restraint bars
170. ades H Only fold the windshield wipers away from the windshield when vertical Otherwise you will damage the hood H Do not use dry cloths abrasive products solvents or cleaning agents containing sol vents to clean the inside of the windows Do not touch the insides of the windows with hard objects e g an ice scraper or ring There is otherwise a risk of damaging the windows H Clean the water drainage channels of the windshield and the rear window at regular intervals Deposits such as leaves petals and pollen may under certain circumstan ces prevent water from draining away This can lead to corrosion damage and damage to electronic components gt Clean the inside and outside of the win dows with a damp cloth and a cleaning product that is recommended and approved by Mercedes Benz Cleaning wiper blades Z WARNING You could become trapped by the windshield wipers if they start moving while cleaning the windshield or wiper blades There is a risk of injury Always switch off the windshield wipers and the ignition before cleaning the windshield or wiper blades H Only fold the windshield wipers away from the windshield when vertical Otherwise you will damage the hood H Do not pull the wiper blade Otherwise the wiper blade could be damaged H Do not clean wiper blades too often and do not rub them too hard Otherwise the graphite coating could be damaged This could cause wiper noise g
171. age 369 Driving tips Hilltops When driving up an uphill gradient slightly reduce pressure on the accelerator immedi ately before reaching the brow of the hill Make use of the vehicle s own impetus to travel over the brow This style of driving prevents e the vehicle from lifting off the ground on the brow of a hill e the vehicle from traveling too quickly down the other side Driving downhill e Drive slowly e Do not drive at an angle down steep inclines Steer into the line of fall and drive with the front wheels aligned straight Oth erwise the vehicle could slip sideways tip and rollover e Shift to a lower gear using the left hand paddle shifter before tackling steep down hill gradients e Activate DSR If this is not sufficient brake gently When doing so make sure that the vehicle is facing in the direction of the line of fall e Check that the brakes are working normally after a long downhill stretch Off road ABS is activated when the off road program is selected At speeds below 18 mph 30 km h the front wheels lock cyclically during braking The digging in effect achieved in the proc ess reduces the stopping distance on off road terrain The steerability of the vehicle is considerably reduced if the wheels lock E Driving and parking Driving systems Driving and parking Driving systems General notes Cruise control maintains a constant road speed for you It brakes a
172. al Country specific differences are possible Please note that your vehicle may not be equipped with all features described This also applies to safety related systems and functions Read the information on qualified special ist workshops gt page 28 Overview of climate control systems Observe the settings recommended on the following pages The windows could other wise fog up To prevent the windows from fogging up e switch off climate control only briefly e switch on air recirculation mode only briefly e switch on the cooling with air dehumidifi cation function e switch on the defrost windshield function briefly if required The air conditioning system dual zone auto matic climate control regulates the tempera ture and the humidity of the vehicle interior and filters out undesirable substances from the air The air conditioning system dual zone auto matic climate control can only be operated when the engine is running Optimum opera tion is only achieved with the side windows and panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel closed The residual heat function can only be acti vated or deactivated with the ignition switched off gt page 137 Always keep the ventilation flaps behind the side trim panel in the cargo compartment clear gt page 119 Otherwise the vehicle will not be ventilated correctly Ventilate the vehicle for a brief period during warm weather e g using the con
173. alculates the route and sub sequently starts the route guidance with the address entered If you select No the address can be saved in the address book If you have sent more than one destina tion address each individual destination must be confirmed separately Destination addresses are loaded in the same order as the order in which they were sent If you own multiple Mercedes Benz vehi cles with mbrace and activated mbrace accounts If multiple vehicles are registered under the same e mail address the destination will be sent to all the vehicles Vehicle remote opening You can use the vehicle remote opening if you have unintentionally locked your vehicle and a replacement SmartKey is not available The vehicle can be opened by the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center The vehicle can be immediately opened remotely within four days of the ignition being turned off After this time the remote unlock ing may be delayed by 15 to 60 minutes After 30 days the vehicle can no longer be opened remotely gt Contact the following service hotlines e USA Mercedes Benz Customer Assis tance Center at 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 or 1 866 990 9007 e Canada Customer Service at 1 888 923 8367 You will be asked for your password gt Return to your vehicle at the time agreed upon with the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center USA only alternatively the vehicle can be opened via e the Inte
174. alfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the sys tem detects a malfunction the warning lamp will flash for approximately a minute and then remain continuously illuminated This sequence will be repeated every time the vehi cle is started as long as the malfunction exists When the malfunction indicator is illu minated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of incom patible replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate Tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly Tire pressure Se It is the driver s responsibility to set the tire pressure to that recommended for cold tires which is suitable for the operating situation gt page 328 Note that the correct tire pres sure for the current operating situation must first be taught in to the tire pressure monitor If there is a substantial loss of pressure the warning threshold for the warning message is aligned to the reference values taught in Restart the tire pressure monitor after adjust ing the pressure of the cold tires gt page 334 The current pressures are saved as new reference values As a result
175. amp lights up If you manually apply or release the electric parking brake the red park USA only Canada only indicator lamp flashes The electric parking brake is malfunctioning It is not possible to apply the electric parking brake manually gt Shift the transmission to P gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The yellow warning lamp lights up The red park USA only Canada only indicator lamp flashes for about ten seconds after the electric parking brake has been applied or released It then goes out or remains lit The electric parking brake is malfunctioning e g because of over voltage or undervoltage gt Remove the cause for the overvoltage or undervoltage e g by charging the battery or restarting the engine gt Engage or release the electric parking brake If it remains impossible to apply or release the electric parking brake gt Switch off the ignition and turn it back on gt Engage or release the electric parking brake If the electric parking brake still cannot be released gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop If the electric parking brake still cannot be applied gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The yellow warning lamp lights up and the red park USA only Canada only indicator lamp flashes It is not possible to apply the electric parking brake manual
176. an emergency help will have to be summoned by other means Have the system checked at the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center or contact the following service hotlines e USA Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center at 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 or 1 866 990 9007 e Canada Customer Service at 1 888 923 8367 Emergency call Important safety notes WARNING It can be dangerous to remain in the vehicle even if you have pressed the SOS button in an emergency if e you see smoke inside or outside of the vehi cle e g if there is a fire after an accident e the vehicle is on a dangerous section of road e the vehicle is not visible or cannot easily be seen by other road users particularly when dark or in poor visibility conditions There is a risk of an accident and injury Leave the vehicle immediately in this or simi lar situations as soon as it is safe to do so Move to a safe location along with other vehi cle occupants In such situations secure the vehicle in accordance with national regula tions e g with a warning triangle You must have a license agreement to acti vate the mbrace service Make sure that your system is activated and operational To reg ister press the Q i MB Info call button If any of the steps mentioned are not carried out the system may not be activated If you have questions about the activation contact one of the following telephone hot lines
177. and Loading Information placard on the driver s side B pillar or the tire pressure table in the fuel filler flap for values gt To increase the tire pressure switch on the tire inflation compressor a Pad boda gt To reduce the tire pressure depress pressure release button next to pres sure gauge 10 gt When the tire pressure is correct unscrew the filler hose from the valve of the sealed tire gt Screw the valve cap onto the tire valve of the sealed tire gt Pull the tire sealant bottle out of the tire inflation compressor The filler hose remains attached to the tire sealant bottle gt Stow the tire sealant bottle and the tire inflation compressor gt Drive to the nearest qualified specialist workshop and have the tire changed there gt Have the tire sealant bottle replaced as soon as possible at a qualified specialist workshop gt Have the tire sealant bottle replaced every four years at a qualified specialist work shop Battery vehicle Important safety notes Special tools and expert knowledge are required when working on the battery e g removal and installation You should there fore have all work involving the battery car ried out at a qualified specialist workshop Battery vehicle eae Z WARNING Work carried out incorrectly on the battery can lead for example to a short circuit and thus damage the vehicle electronics This can lead to function restrictions ap
178. and optional equipment available for the vehi cle regardless of whether it is actually instal led on the vehicle or not Rim This is the part of the wheel on which the tire is mounted GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating The GAWR is the maximum gross axle weight rating The actual load on an axle must never exceed the gross axle weight rating The gross axle weight rating can be found on the vehicle identification plate on the B pillar on the driver s side al Wheels and tires _ Wheels and tires Definition of terms for tires and loading The speed rating is part of the tire identifica tion It specifies the speed range for which the tire is approved The gross vehicle weight includes the weight of the vehicle including fuel tools the spare wheel accessories installed occupants lug gage and the drawbar noseweight if applica ble The gross vehicle weight must not exceed the gross vehicle weight rating GVWR as specified on the vehicle identification plate on the B pillar on the driver s side The GVWR is the maximum permissible gross weight of a fully loaded vehicle the weight of the vehicle including all accessories occu pants fuel luggage and the drawbar nose weight if applicable The gross vehicle weight rating is specified on the vehicle iden tification plate on the B pillar on the driver s The maximum weight is the sum of e the curb weight of the vehicle e the weight of the accessories e the
179. and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions Do not continue driving under any circumstances gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 159 gt Do not add brake fluid Adding more will not remedy the mal function gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display ABS Anti lock Braking System is deactivated due to a malfunc tion Therefore BAS Brake Assist COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS ESP Electronic Stability Program the HOLD function and hill start assist for example are also deactivated ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated Z WARNING The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above The wheels could therefore lock if you brake hard for example The steerability and braking characteristics may be severely affec ted The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can increase If ESP is not operational ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop If the ABS control unit is faulty there is also a possibility that other systems such as the navigation system or the automatic trans mission will n
180. and turn it back on gt Apply the electric parking brake manually If the red park USA only Canada only indicator lamp continues to flash gt Do not drive on gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 349 gt Shift the transmission to P gt Turn the front wheels towards the curb gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop The yellow warning lamp lights up The red Park USA only Canada only indicator lamp flashes for about ten seconds after the electric parking brake has been applied or released It then goes out or remains lit The electric parking brake is malfunctioning gt Switch off the ignition and turn it back on gt Apply the electric parking brake If it is not possible to engage the electric parking brake gt Shift the transmission to P gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop If it is not possible to release the electric parking brake gt Release the electric parking brake automatically gt page 160 If the electric parking brake still cannot be released gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop Display messages Display messages PARK USA only Canada only Parking Brake Inop erative PARK USA only Canada only Turn On the Igni tion to Release the Parking Brake Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The yellow warning l
181. aneuvering aid It uses guide lines to show the area behind your vehicle in the Audio COMAND display The area behind the vehicle is displayed as a mirror image as in the rear view mirror The rear view camera is protected from rain drops and dust by means of a flap When the rear view camera is activated this flap opens Only once the maneuvering process has been completed and the rear view camera has switched off does the flap close again For technical reasons the flap may remain open briefly after the rear view camera has been deactivated If you switch off the engine the flap will also close The text of messages shown in the COMAND display depends on the language setting The following are examples of rear view camera messages in the COMAND display Observe the notes on cleaning gt page 302 Important safety notes The rear view camera is only an aid It is not a replacement for your attention to your imme diate surroundings You are always responsi ble for safe maneuvering and parking When maneuvering or parking make sure that there are no persons animals or objects in the area in which you are maneuvering Under the following circumstances the rear view camera will not function or will function in a limited manner e the tailgate is open e in heavy rain snow or fog e at night or in very dark places e if the camera is exposed to very bright light e if the area is lit by fluorescent light or LED
182. arning lamp sesser 252 Warning lamp function eee 47 Seats Adjusting AMG Performance SEALE vscsssessseiassdehcesisisentsscateceuecessieess 100 Adjusting electrically eee 98 Adjusting manually c ceeeeeees 98 Adjusting the 4 way lumbar sup PONE csveceesecesdeeccdetesssassvbeiagccscdesseeess 100 Adjusting the head restraint 98 Calling up a stored setting mem ory function Cleaning the cover Correct driver s seat position Important safety notes Seat heating problem Storing settings memory func tion Switching seat heating on off Selecting a gear see Automatic transmission Selector lever see Automatic transmission Sensors cleaning instructions Service Center see Qualified specialist workshop Service menu on board com puter Service products Brake fluid Coolant engine Engine oil Fuel Important safety notes Refrigerant air conditioning sys tem Washer fluid Setting a speed see Cruise control Settings Factory on board computer On board COMpUTEF sssi Setting the air distribution Setting the airflow 0 ee SETUP on board computer Side impact air bag Side marker lamp display mes sage Side windows Cleaning Convenience closing feature Convenience opening feature Important safety information Opening closing Problem malfunction Resetting Reversing feature Sliding sunroof see Panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel SmartKey Changing
183. as well as steering and braking may be greatly impaired There is a risk of an accident gt Stop the vehicle without making any sudden steering or braking maneuvers Pay attention to the traffic conditions as you do so gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 159 gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display gt Check the tires and if necessary follow the instructions for a flat tire gt page 306 gt Check the tire pressure gt page 332 gt f necessary correct the tire pressure The tire pressure monitor is faulty A WARNING The system is possibly unable to recognize or register low tire pressure There is a risk of an accident gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Py On board computer and displays Useful information Loading guidelines Stowage areas ceeceecseeeeeeeeee Features soc ee e e nS E Stowage and features Pal Loading guidelines Useful information This Operator s Manual describes all 4 Stowage and features models and all standard and optional equip ment of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator s Manual Country specific differences are possible Please note that your vehicle may not be equipped with all features described This also applies to safety related systems and functions Read the information o
184. asily identify the affected tires The TIN consists of the manufacturer identi fication code 2 tire size tire type code and manufacturing date DOT Department of Transportation tire symbol Q indicates that the tire complies with the requirements of the Canadian Trans port Ministry Manufacturer identification code manu facturer identification code 2 provides details on the tire manufacturer New tires have a code with two symbols Retreaded tires have a code with four symbols Further information about retreaded tires gt page 324 Tire size identifier describes the tire size Tire type code tire type code can be used by the manufacturer as a code to describe specific characteristics of the tire Date of manufacture date of manufacture provides information about the age of a tire The first and second positions represent the week of manufacture starting with 01 for the first calendar week Positions three and four represent the year of manufacture For example a tire that is marked with 3208 was manufactured in week 32 in 2008 Tire data is vehicle specific and may devi ate from the data in the example Tire characteristics This information describes the tire cord and the number of layers in sidewall and under tire tread Tire data is vehicle specific and may devi ate from the data in the example Definition of terms for tires and load ing Tire ply com
185. assenger front air bag 2 deploys in front of and above the glove box When deployed the front air bags offer addi tional head and thorax protection for the occupants in the front seats The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF and PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamps inform you about the status of the front passenger front air bag gt page 43 Front passenger front air bag 2 will only deploy if e the system based on the OCS weight sen sor readings detects that the front passenger seat is occupied gt page 51 The PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamp is lit gt page 51 e the restraint system control unit predicts a high accident severity Knee bags Es Occupant safety Safety Driver s knee bag Q deploys under the steer ing column and front passenger knee bag 2 under the glove box The driver s and front passenger knee bags are triggered together with the front air bags The driver s and front passenger knee bags offer additional thigh knee and lower leg pro tection for the occupants in the front seats Side impact air bags Z WARNING Unsuitable seat covers could restrict or even prevent the deployment of the air bags inte grated into the seats Consequently the air bags cannot protect vehicle occupants as they are designed to do In addition the func tion of the Occupant Classification System OCS could be restricted This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury You should only
186. at your thighs are lightly supported gt Turn handwheel 2 forwards or backwards Head restraint height Seat cushion angle Seat height Seat fore and aft adjustment Backrest angle You can store the seat settings using the memory function gt page 106 A WARNING You could lose control of your vehicle if you do the following while driving e adjust the driver s seat head restraint steering wheel or mirrors e fasten the seat belt There is a risk of an accident Adjust the driver s seat head restraint steer ing wheel and mirror and fasten your seat belt before starting the engine Z WARNING If head restraints are not installed and adjus ted correctly they cannot provide protection as intended There is an increased risk of injury in the head and neck area e g in the event of an accident or when braking Always drive with the head restraints instal led Before driving off make sure for every vehicle occupant that the center of the head restraint supports the back of the head at about eye level Using the fore and aft adjustment adjust the head restraint so that it is as close as possible to your head General notes For vehicles with sports seats you cannot adjust the front head restraints or the outer rear head restraints Adjusting the head restraints manually Adjusting the head restraint height gt To raise pull the head restraint up to the desired position
187. atabase with over 15 million points of interest POls These can be downloaded on the navigation system in your vehicle If you know the destination the address can be downloaded Alternatively you can obtain the location of Points of Interest POIs impor tant destinations in the vicinity Furthermore you can download routes with up to 20 way points N oO Sn 5 oO oO me c oO oO oO oO z e N a Features a Stowage and features You are prompted to confirm route guidance to the address entered The system calculates the route and subse quently starts the route guidance with the address entered If you select No the address can be saved in the address book The destination download function is available if the relevant mobile phone net work is available and data transfer is pos sible The destination download function can only be used if the vehicle is equipped with a navigation system Route Assistance This service is part of the mbrace PLUS Pack age and cannot be purchased separately You can also use the Route Assistance function if your vehicle is not equipped with a navigation system Within the framework of this service you receive a professional and reliable form of navigation support without having to leave your vehicle The customer service representative finds a suitable route depending on your vehicle s current position and the desired destination You will then
188. atasecasaeseaeabesteas 43 Side impact air bag sese 50 Window curtain air bag eee 50 Air conditioning system see Climate control Air vents Important safety notes oo 138 PROG geet cae es Ace E 139 SOINE 2 ae enki weenie 138 Setting the center air vents 138 Setting the side air vents 138 see Air vents Alarm ATA Anti Theft Alarm system 73 Switching off ATA eessen 73 Switching the function on off ATA eias ssa cececoteatesesareenceracataciteseses 73 Alarm system see ATA Anti Theft Alarm system All wheel drive see 4MATIC permanent all wheel drive Ambient lighting Setting the brightness on board COMPUTER eioen nE 216 AMG Performance Seat csceeeseeetees 100 AMG menu on board computer 218 Anti lock braking system see ABS Anti lock Braking System Anti skid chains see Snow chains Anti Theft Alarm system see ATA Anti Theft Alarm system Approach departure angle 170 Ashtray sei sistecsttetets tices geese 275 Assistance display on board com Puter 20sec nce eieedestitess 213 Assistance menu on board com puter renin EE ERN 213 ASSYST PLUS Displaying a service message 297 Hiding a service message 297 NOEGS rtir ie ieee 296 Resetting the service interval dis play erccsvseccteraesaessessrersacscadtonevanes 297 Service MESSAZE sisenes 296 Special service requirements 297 ATA Anti Theft Alarm
189. ate Audio or rest vehicles with automatic transmis COMAND Operating Instructions sion Stowage compartment under the driver s seat and front passenger seat Z WARNING If you exceed the maximum load for the stow age compartment the cover may not be able to restrain the items Items may be thrown out of the stowage compartment and hit vehicle occupants There is a risk of injury particu larly in the event of sudden braking or a sud den change in direction Never exceed the maximum permissible load Vehicles with DIRECT SELECT lever for the stowage compartment Stow and gt To open press the marking on cover Q secure heavy objects in the cargo compart ment You can remove the non slip mat and the insert for cleaning When removing the The maximum permissible load of the stow insert you will have to overcome some age compartment is 2 6 Ibs 1 5 kg slight resistance Stowage compartment under the armrest gt To open pull handle Q up and fold cover 2 forwards gt To open on vehicles with moveable armr ests make sure that the armrest is in the rearmost position gt Press button and fold the armrest up Depending on the vehicle equipment the armrest can be moved backwards or for wards in a longitudinal direction Depending on the vehicle equipment a USB connection or a Media Interface is installed in the stowage compartment A Media Interface is a universal interface for
190. ate control on off gt page 131 To set the temperature right gt page 133 To activate deactivate maximum cooling gt page 135 To switch cooling with air dehumidification on off gt page 131 To reduce the airflow gt page 134 To switch the rear window defroster on off gt page 136 To switch the ZONE function on off gt page 134 Sm c oO oO Climate control ast Canada only To set the temperature left gt page 133 Overview of climate control systems 8 Lal WE pa Pe Se To set climate control to automatic gt page 133 To defrost the windshield gt page 135 To increase the airflow gt page 134 To set the air distribution gt page 134 Display To activate deactivate air recirculation mode gt page 137 To switch climate control on off gt page 131 To set the temperature right gt page 133 To switch the residual heat function on off gt page 137 To switch cooling with air dehumidification on off gt page 131 To reduce the airflow gt page 134 To switch the rear window defroster on off gt page 136 To switch the ZONE function on off gt page 134 Optimum use of dual zone automatic climate control Automatic climate control The following contains instructions and rec ommendations to enable you to get the most out of your dual zone automatic climate con trol e
191. aterials such as leaves Diagnostics connection The diagnostics connection is only intended for the connection of diagnostic equipment at a qualified specialist workshop A WARNING grass or twigs can gather between the underbody and the underbody paneling If these materials come in contact with hot If you connect equipment to the diagnostics connection in the vehicle it may affect the operation of the vehicle systems As a result b gt the operating safety of the vehicle could be affected There is a risk of an accident Do not connect any equipment to a diagnos tics connection in the vehicle A WARNING Objects in the driver s footwell can restrict the pedal travel or obstruct a depressed pedal The operating and road safety of the vehicle is jeopardized There is a risk of an accident Make sure that all objects in the vehicle are stowed correctly and that they cannot enter the driver s footwell Install the floormats securely and as specified in order to ensure sufficient clearance for the pedals Do not use loose floormats and do not place floormats on top of one another H If the engine is switched off and equip ment on the diagnostics connection is used the starter battery may discharge Connecting equipment to the diagnostics connection can lead to emissions monitoring information being reset for example This may lead to the vehicle failing to meet the requirements of the next emissions test dur in
192. ation can thus increase If ESP is not operational ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident gt Carefully drive a short distance on a suitable stretch of road making slight steering movements at a speed above 12 mph 20 km h If the display message disappears the functions mentioned above are available again If the display message continues to be displayed gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Fy On board computer and displays Ea Display messages Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions ESP BAS the HOLD function and hill start assist are unavailable ee due to a malfunction COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS may also have failed In addition the and amp warning lamps light up in the instrument cluster ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated Z WARNING Inoperative See Operator s Manual The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can thus increase If ESP is not operational ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop 6 EBD electronic brake force distribution ABS ESP BAS the HOLD function and hill start assist are not available due to a
193. aust system can become very hot Working in the engine compartment poses a risk of injury Where possible let the engine cool down and touch only the components described in the following Example gt Pull oil dipstick Q out of the dipstick guide tube gt Wipe off oil dipstick gt Slowly slide oil dipstick Q into the guide tube to the stop and take it out again If the level is between MIN mark and MAX mark 2 the oil level is correct gt If the oil level has dropped to MIN mark 3 or below add 1 1 US qt 1 0 liter of engine oil Adding engine oil Z WARNING Certain components in the engine compart ment such as the engine radiator and parts of the exhaust system can become very hot Working in the engine compartment poses a risk of injury Where possible let the engine cool down and touch only the components described in the following a Engine compartment Checking the oil level using the oil dip Z WARNING If engine oil comes into contact with hot com ponents in the engine compartment it may ignite There is a risk of fire and injury Make sure that engine oil is not spilled next to the filler neck Let the engine cool down and thoroughly clean the engine oil off the com ponents before starting the engine Q Environmental note When adding oil take care not to spill any If oil enters the soil or waterways it is harmful to the environment H Only use engine oils and o
194. ay also occur after the vehicle has been washed or driven through deep water You have to depress the brake pedal more firmly Maintain a greater distance from the vehicle in front After driving on a wet road or having the vehi cle washed brake firmly while paying atten tion to the traffic conditions This will warm up the brake discs thereby drying them more quickly and protecting them against corro sion Limited braking performance on salt treated roads If you drive on salted roads a layer of salt residue may form on the brake discs and brake pads This can result in a significantly longer braking distance e Brake occasionally to remove any possible salt residue Make sure that you do not endanger other road users when doing so e Carefully depress the brake pedal and the beginning and end of a journey e Maintain a greater distance to the vehicle ahead Servicing the brakes H If the red brake warning lamp lights up in the instrument cluster and you hear a warn ing tone while the engine is running the brake fluid level may be too low Observe additional warning messages in the multi function display The brake fluid level may be too low due to brake pad wear or leaking brake lines Have the brake system checked immedi ately This work should be carried out at a qualified specialist workshop H A function or performance test should only be carried out on a 2 axle dynamom eter If you are planning to have the
195. battery with the positive ter minal facing upwards Use a lint free cloth to do so gt Make sure that the surface of the battery is free of lint grease and other contaminants gt Insert the front tabs of battery tray cover and then press to close it gt Insert mechanical key into the SmartKey gt page 77 gt Check the function of all SmartKey buttons on the vehicle Opening and closing g ee SmartKey Opening and closing b Problem You cannot lock or unlock the vehicle using the SmartKey You have lost a Smart Key You have lost the mechanical key Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The SmartKey battery is discharged or nearly discharged gt Try again to lock unlock the vehicle using the remote control function of the SmartKey Point the tip of the SmartKey at the driver s door handle from close range and press the or button If this does not work gt Check the SmartKey battery and replace it if necessary gt page 78 gt Unlock gt page 83 or lock gt page 83 the vehicle using the mechanical key There is interference from a powerful source of radio waves gt Try again to lock unlock the vehicle using the remote control function of the SmartKey Point the tip of the Suey at the riven s door handle from close range and press the button The SmartKey is faulty gt Unlock gt page 83 or lock gt page 83 the v
196. belt When triggered seat belt force limiters help to reduce the force exerted by the seat belt on the vehicle occupant The seat belt force limiters for the front seats are synchronized with the front air bags which absorb part of the deceleration force This can reduce the force exerted on the vehi cle occupants during an accident H If the front passenger seat is unoccupied do not insert the belt tongue into the buckle of the front passenger seat This may oth erwise lead to the triggering of the Emer gency Tensioning Device in the event of an accident which will then need to be replaced Important safety notes The use of seat belts and child restraint sys tems is required by law in e all 50 states e the U S territories e the District of Columbia e all Canadian provinces Even where this is not required by law all vehicle occupants should correctly fasten their seat belts before starting the journey Z WARNING If the seat belt is incorrectly fastened it can not protect as intended Furthermore an incorrectly fastened seat belt can cause addi tional injury for example in an accident dur ing braking or when abruptly changing direc tion This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury Make sure that all vehicle occupants are seated properly with a correctly fastened seat belt Z WARNING The seat belt does not offer the intended level of protection if you have not moved the back
197. ble lie flat against the backrest of the front passenger seat The child restraint system must not touch the roof or be put under strain by the head restraint Adjust the angle of the seat backrest and the head restraint position accordingly Always make sure that the shoul der belt strap is correctly routed from the vehicle belt sash guide to the shoulder belt guide on the child restraint system The shoul der belt strap must be routed forwards and downwards from the vehicle belt sash guide If necessary adjust the vehicle belt sash guide and the front passenger seat accord ingly Always observe the child restraint system manufacturer s installation and operating instructions Child proof locks Important safety notes Z WARNING If children are traveling in the vehicle they could e open doors thus endangering other people or road users e exit the vehicle and be caught by oncoming traffic e operate vehicle equipment and become trapped There is a risk of an accident and injury Always activate the child proof locks and override feature if children are traveling in the vehicle When leaving the vehicle always take the key with you and lock the vehicle Never leave children unattended in the vehicle Override feature for e the rear doors gt page 64 e the rear side windows gt page 64 A WARNING If you leave children unsupervised in the vehi cle they could set it in motion by for example e
198. board computer gt page 214 If ATTENTION ASSIST is active you will be warned no sooner than 20 minutes after your journey has begun You then hear an intermittent warning tone twice and the Attention Assist Take a Break message appears in the multifunction dis play gt If necessary take a break gt Press the OK or amp button to confirm the message On long journeys take regular breaks in good time to allow yourself to rest properly If you do not take a break you will be warned again after 15 minutes at the earliest The precon dition for this is that ATTENTION ASSIST still detects typical indicators of fatigue or increasing lapses in concentration ATTENTION ASSIST is reset when you con tinue your journey and starts assessing your tiredness again if e you switch off the engine e you take off your seat belt and open the driver s door e g for a change of drivers or to take a break When ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated the o Symbol appears in the multifunction display in the assistance graphic display General notes The Lane Tracking package consists of Blind Spot Assist gt page 198 and Lane Keeping Assist gt page 200 Blind Spot Assist General notes Blind Spot Assist uses a radar sensor system to monitor the areas on both sides of your vehicle It supports you from a speed of approximately 20 mph 30 km h A warning display in th
199. board computer and displays Display messages Key Does Not Belong to Vehicle fi Take Your Key from Ignition Obtain a New Key Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions You have put the wrong SmartKey in the ignition lock gt Use the correct SmartKey The SmartKey is in the ignition lock gt Remove the SmartKey The SmartKey needs to be replaced gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster Problem 4 After starting the engine the red seat belt warning lamp lights up for six seconds 4 After starting the engine the red seat belt warning lamp lights up In addition a warn ing tone sounds for up to six seconds 4 The red seat belt warn ing lamp lights up after the engine starts as soon as the driver s or the front passenger door is closed Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The seat belt warning lamp reminds the driver and front passenger to fasten their seat belts gt Fasten your seat belt gt page 44 The driver s seat belt is not fastened gt Fasten your seat belt gt page 44 The warning tone ceases The driver or front passenger has not fastened their seat belt gt Fasten your seat belt gt page 44 The warning lamp goes out There are objects on the front passenger seat gt Remove the objects from the front passenger seat and stow them in a secure place The warnin
200. button on the multifunction steering wheel or gt Press the corresponding button for ending a phone call on the audio system or on COMAND MB Info call button gt Press MB Info call button 4 This initiates a call to the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center The indicator lamp in MB Info call button flashes while the connection is being made The multifunction display shows the Con necting Call message The audio system is muted If a connection can be made the Call Con nected message appears in the multifunction display If a mobile phone network and GPS reception are available the system transfers data to the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center for example e current location of the vehicle e vehicle identification number The audio system or COMAND display indicates that a call is active During the call you can change to the navigation menu by pressing the NAVI button on COMAND for example Voice output is not available A voice connection is established between the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center and the vehicle occupants You receive information about operating your vehicle about the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center and about other prod ucts and services from Mercedes Benz USA only you can find further information on the mbrace system under Owners Online at http www mbusa com The system has not been able to initiate an MB Info call if
201. can switch off the ECO start stop function by pressing the ECO button gt page 146 Operating the climate control sys tems General notes When the climate control is switched off the air supply and air circulation are also switched off The windows could fog up Therefore switch off climate control only briefly Air conditioning system gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 143 gt To switch on turn control clockwise to the desired position except position 0 gt page 127 gt To switch off turn control counter clockwise to position O gt page 127 Operating the climate control systems ee Dual zone automatic climate control gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 143 gt To activate press the button The indicator lamp in the auro button lights up Airflow and air distribution are set to automatic mode AUTO or gt Press the OFF button The indicator lamp in the OFF button goes out The previously selected settings are restored gt To deactivate press the The indicator lamp in the up button button lights OFF OFF Dual zone automatic climate control switch on climate control primarily using the auto button General notes If you deactivate the Cooling with air dehu midification function the air insid
202. ccident Have the tightening torque immediately checked at a qualified specialist workshop after a wheel is changed oI Wheels and tires Wheel and tire combinations _ Wheels and tires gt Place the ratchet wrench onto the hexagon nut of the jack so that the letters AB are visible gt Turn the ratchet wrench until the vehicle is once again standing firmly on the ground gt Place the jack to one side gt Tighten the wheel bolts evenly in a cross wise pattern in the sequence indicated to The specified tightening torque is 96 Ib ft 130 Nm gt Turn the jack back to its initial position gt Stow the jack and the rest of the vehicle tools in the vehicle again gt Check the tire pressure of the newly moun ted wheel and adjust it if necessary Observe the recommended tire pressure gt page 328 Vehicles with tire pressure monitor all wheels mounted must be equipped with functioning sensors Wheel and tire combinations H For safety reasons Mercedes Benz rec ommends that you only use tires and wheels which have been approved by Mercedes Benz specifically for your vehi cle These tires have been specially adapted for use with the control systems such as ABS or ESP and are marked as follows e MO Mercedes Benz Original e MOE Mercedes Benz Original Extended tires featuring run flat characteristics e MO1 Mercedes Benz Original only cer tain AMG tires Mercedes
203. ce received including interference that may cause undesired oper ation Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for com pliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Canada The wireless devices of this vehicle comply with Industry Canada license exempt RSS standard s Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 These devices may not cause interference and 2 These devices must accept any interference includ ing interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Never tamper with the wiring as well as elec tronic components or their software You should have all work to electrical and elec tronic equipment carried out at a qualified specialist workshop If you make any changes to the vehicle elec tronics the general operating permit is ren dered invalid H There is a risk of damage to the vehicle if e the vehicle becomes stuck e g ona high curb or an unpaved road e you drive too fast over an obstacle e g a curb or a hole in the road e a heavy object strikes the undercarriage or parts of the chassis In situations like this the body the under carriage chassis parts wheels or tires could be damaged without the damage being visible Components damaged in this way can unexpectedly fail or in the case of an accident no longer withstand the strain they are designed to If the underbody paneling is damaged combustible m
204. cle has been washed in an automatic car wash wax or other residues may be the reason for this Clean the windshield using washer fluid after washing the vehicle in an automatic car wash Combination switch 1 0 Windshield wiper off 2 Intermittent wipe low rain sensor set to low sensitivity 3 Intermittent wipe high rain sensor set to high sensitivity Continuous wipe slow 5 Continuous wipe fast 7 Singlewipe lt To wipe the wind shield using washer fluid 4 gt Switch on the ignition gt Turn the combination switch to the corre sponding position H Vehicles with a rain sensor if the wind shield becomes dirty in dry weather condi tions the windshield wipers may be activa ted inadvertently This could then damage the windshield wiper blades or scratch the windshield For this reason you should always switch off the windshield wipers in dry weather Vehicles with a rain sensor in the or position the appropriate wiping fre quency is automatically set according to the intensity of the rain In the position the rain sensor is more sensitive than in the position causing the windshield wipers to wipe more frequently If the wiper blades are worn the windshield will no longer be wiped properly This could prevent you from observing the traffic condi tions
205. contacted at a later time by another means e g by e mail or phone Further functions of the vehicle remote mal function diagnosis include for example e transfer of service data to the Customer Assistance center If a service is overdue the COMAND display shows a message about various special offers at your work shop e monthly status information e mail on oil level air pressure maintenance brakes etc If applicable you will receive informa tion on special offers in the e mail USA only this information can also be called up under Owners Online at http www mbusa com Information on Roadside Assistance gt page 25 Downloading routes Downloading routes allows you to transfer and save predefined routes in the navigation system To do this an SD memory card must be inserted into the COMAND system If no SD memory card is inserted you must insert the card into the card slot on the COMAND system before saving A route can be prepared and sent either by a customer service representative or via the mbrace portal on the Internet Each route can include up to 20 way points Once a route has been received by the navi gation system you will see the lt route name gt has been saved to memory card Do you want to start route guidance message in the COMAND display The route is saved to the SD memory card gt To start route guidance select Yes An overview of the route is shown in the display If you
206. cteristics are The ECO display assists you in achieving the most economical driving style for the selec ted settings and prevailing conditions Your driving style can significantly influence the vehicle s consumption Example ECO display The ECO display consists of three bars e Acceleration e Constant e Coasting The percent value is the average value of the three bars The three bars and the mean value begin at the value of 50 A higher percent age indicates a more economical driving style The ECO display does not indicate the actual fuel consumption A fixed percentage count in the ECO display does not indicate a fixed consumption Driving and parking wi ving e Driving and parking Apart from driving style consumption is dependent on many factors such as e g e load e tire pressure e cold start e choice of route e electrical consumers switched on These factors are not included in the ECO dis play The evaluation of your driving style is carried out using the following three categories e Acceleration evaluation of all accelera tion processes The bar fills up moderate acceleration especially at higher speeds The bar empties sporty acceleration e Constant assessment of driving behavior at all times The bar fills up constant speed and avoidance of unnecessary acceleration and deceleration The bar empties fluctuations in speed e Coasting assessment of all decel
207. ctioning ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle Additionally further driv ing safety systems are deactivated This increases the risk of skidding and an accident Drive on carefully Have ESP checked at a qualified specialist workshop H If you test the parking brake using a brake dynamometer switch the ignition off Application of the brakes by ESP may oth erwise destroy the brake system H Vehicles with 4MATIC switch off the igni tion when the electric parking brake is being tested on a brake dynamometer Application of the brakes by ESP may oth erwise destroy the brake system H Vehicles with 4MATIC function or per formance tests may only be carried out on a 2 axle dynamometer Before you operate the vehicle on such a dynamometer please consult a qualified workshop You could Driving safety systems re otherwise damage the drive train or the brake system H Do not tow vehicles with 4MATIC with the front or rear axle raised Vehicles without 4MATIC when towing your vehicle with the front axle raised it is impor tant that you observe the notes on ESP gt page 319 Vehicles with 4MATIC when towing your vehicle with both axles on the ground it is important that you observe the notes on ESP gt page 319 ESP is deactivated if the ESP OFF warning lamp in the instrument cluster lights up continuously when the engine is running If the amp ESP warning lamp and the amp
208. cut ting action for better traction on loose sur faces e traction control is still activated e ESP still provides support when you brake Deactivating activating ESP AMG vehicles Important safety notes Observe the Important safety notes sec tion gt page 64 You can select between the following states of ESP e ESP is activated e SPORT handling mode is activated e ESP is deactivated Z WARNING When SPORT handling mode is activated there is a greater risk of skidding and acci dents Only activate SPORT handling mode in the sit uations described in the following A WARNING If you deactivate ESP ESP no longer sta bilizes the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident Only deactivate ESP in the situations descri bed in the following In the following situations it may be better to activate SPORT handling mode or deactivate ESP e when using snow chains e in deep snow e on sand or gravel e on designated roads when the vehicle s own oversteering and understeering char acteristics are desired Driving in SPORT handling mode or without ESP requires an extremely qualified and experienced driver Activate ESP as soon as the situations described above no longer apply ESP will otherwise not be able to stabilize the vehi cle if the vehicle starts to skid or a wheel starts to spin H Avoid spinning the driven wheels for an extended
209. d in an accident can no longer protect as intended The child cannot then be restrained in the event of an accident heavy braking or sudden changes of direction There is an increased risk of injury possibly even fatal Replace child restraint systems which have been damaged or subjected to a load in an accident as soon as possible Have the secur ing systems on the child restraint system checked at a qualified specialist workshop before you install a child restraint system again Securing systems for the child restraint sys tem are e the seat belt system e the ISOFIX LATCH type securing rings e the Top Tether anchorages If itis absolutely necessary to carry a child on the front passenger seat be sure to observe the information on the Occupant Classification System OCS gt page 51 There you will also find information on deactivating the front passenger front air bag All child restraint systems must meet the fol lowing standards e U S Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Stand ards 213 and 225 e Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards 213 and 210 2 Confirmation that the child restraint system corresponds to the standards can be found on an instruction label on the child restraint system This confirmation can also be found in the installation instructions that are inclu ded with the child restraint system Observe the warning labels in the vehicle inte rior and on the child restraint system LATCH t
210. d maintaining current SPCC ic ss 5 chlecisacdiee a eisstecaseeaeeeeress 172 Cup holder Center CONSOLE setesi siergras 274 Important safety notes 0 0 273 Rear compartment ssie 274 see Cup holder Customer Assistance Center CAG EE EE E 28 Customer Relations Department 28 C Dashboard see Cockpit Dashboard lighting see Instrument cluster lighting Data see Technical data Daytime running lamp mode see Daytime running lamps Daytime running lamps Display message senec 237 Switching on off on board com PUTET ieiet erani Jeeves cteviecetveceeaves 216 Switching on off switch 111 Declarations of conformity 27 Delayed switch off Exterior lighting on board com puter Interior lighting ce eeeeseeeeeeeeees Diagnostics connection Digital speedometer DIRECT SELECT lever Automatic transmission Display cleaning instructions Display messages ASSYST PLUS Calling up on board computer Driving systems ENQiMe ss scssecececscvscopst cous tenet evetessnceans General M TES ieiet Hiding on board computer Eh tS renn ER Safety SySteMS s ccssesscccosevsseseeees SIMANER CY sos R Tires VehiC lE siririn Distance control see DISTRONIC PLUS Distance recorder ccceeeeees see Odometer see Trip odometer Distance warning function Function notes Warning lamp DISTRONIC PLUS Activation conditions 0 0 0 0 eee Cruise control lever eeeee
211. d scrolling press and hold the A or W button until desired track has been reached If you press and hold A or W the rapid scrolling speed is increased Not all audio drives or data carriers support this function If track information is stored on the audio device or medium the multifunction display will show the number and title of the track The current track does not appear in audio AUX mode Auxiliary audio mode external audio source connected Video DVD operation DVD changer display example gt Switch on the audio system or COMAND and select video DVD see the separate operating instructions gt Press the 4 or button onthe steer ing wheel to select the Audio menu gt To select the next previous scene briefly press the A or W button gt To select a scene from the scene list rapid scrolling press and hold the A or Y button until desired scene has been reached Telephone menu Introduction Z WARNING If you operate information systems and com munication equipment integrated in the vehi cle while driving you will be distracted from traffic conditions You could also lose control of the vehicle There is a risk of an accident Only operate the equipment when the traffic situation permits If you are not sure that this is poss
212. d the tailgate are locked gt Insert mechanical key into the SmartKey gt page 77 If you lock the vehicle as described above the fuel filler flap is not locked The anti theft alarm system is not armed Cargo compartment A WARNING Combustion engines emit poisonous exhaust gases such as carbon monoxide If the tailgate is open when the engine is running particu larly if the vehicle is moving exhaust fumes could enter the passenger compartment There is a risk of poisoning Turn off the engine before opening the tail gate Never drive with the tailgate open H The tailgate swings upwards and to the rear when opened Therefore make sure that there is sufficient clearance above and behind the tailgate Cargo compartment ra Opening and closing Fy oo Opening and closin The opening dimensions of the tailgate can be found in the Vehicle data section gt page 368 You should preferably place luggage or loads in the cargo compartment Observe the load ing guidelines gt page 266 Do not leave the SmartKey in the cargo com partment You could otherwise lock yourself out The tailgate can be e opened and closed manually from outside e opened closed automatically from outside e opened closed automatically from inside e unlocked from inside with the mechanical key On vehicles with tailgate remote closing fea ture the tailgate is equipped with automatic obstacle
213. d wheel bolts or damaged wheel bolts hub threads can cause the wheel bolts to come loose As a result you could lose a wheel while driving There is a risk of accident Never oil or grease wheel bolts In the event of damage to the threads contact a qualified specialist workshop immediately Have the damaged wheel bolts or hub threads replaced renewed Do not continue driving Z WARNING If you tighten the wheel bolts or wheel nuts when the vehicle is raised the jack could tip over There is a risk of injury Only tighten the wheel bolts or wheel nuts when the vehicle is on the ground Always pay attention to the instructions and safety notes in the Changing a wheel sec tion gt page 348 Only use wheel bolts that have been designed for the wheel and the vehicle For safety rea sons Mercedes Benz recommends that you only use wheel bolts which have been Changing a wheel approved for Mercedes Benz vehicles and the respective wheel H To prevent damage to the paintwork hold the wheel securely against the wheel hub while screwing in the first wheel bolt Ped teen ddcdn gt Clean the wheel and wheel hub contact surfaces gt Place the new wheel on the wheel hub and push it on gt Tighten the wheel bolts until they are fin ger tight Lowering the vehicle A WARNING The wheels could work loose if the wheel nuts and bolts are not tightened to the specified tightening torque There is a risk of a
214. de temperature eeeeee 205 Setting climate control 133 Through loading eeeeeeeeneeeee 269 Time see separate operating instructions Timing RACETIMER eeeee 219 Tiredness assistant see ATTENTION ASSIST TIREFIT Kit ssccctcssssssccoveincciccenuavsivets 308 Tire pressure Calling up on board computer 332 Checking manually nsss 331 Display message eccere 245 Important safety notes 0 0 332 Not reached TIREFIT 0 0 eee 310 Reached TIREFIT c ccsseeeseeeees 310 RECOMMENED ccceeceeeeeeeeeeees 328 see Tire pressure Tire pressure loss warning sys tem General notes 0 0 cceseeseeeeteeeeees 331 Important safety notes 331 REStartiNg eee eeeeeeeeseceeeeneeeeeeeees 331 Tire pressure monitor Checking the tire pressure elec TROMIGAIIY secccsscs aecosseercevasseseeaseeseatiens FUNCTION NOLES s5ccscseo0ecese5es008s General notes oc eeeeeseeeeee Restarting ennn aa Warning lamp ssssitisseniiisesssererisstss Warning message seee Tires Aspect ratio definition s s s 346 Average weight of the vehicle occupants definition cee 345 Bar definition sisisi 345 Changing a wheel siisii 347 Characteristics occ eeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 345 CHECKINS aneron 325 Curb weight definition 346 Definition of terMS eeeeeeseeeeees 345 Direction of rotation sese 348 Display message cecer 245 Distribution
215. des Benz according to MB Approval 331 0 Information about approved brake fluid can be obtained at any qualified specialist work shop or on the Internet at http bevo mercedes benz com Engine oil viscosity Have the brake fluid regularly replaced at a qualified specialist workshop and the replacement confirmed in the Maintenance Viscosity describes the flow characteristics Booklet of a fluid If an engine oil has a high viscosity this means that it is thick a low viscosity means that it is thin ee ee Py Technical data Select an engine oil with an SAE classification mportant safety notes viscosity suitable for the prevailing outside temperatures The table shows you which Z WARNING SAE classifications are to be used The low If antifreeze comes into contact with hot com temperature characteristics of engine oils ponents in the engine compartment it may can deteriorate significantly e g as a result ignite There is a risk of fire and injury of aging soot and fuel deposits Itistherefore Letthe engine cool down before you add anti strongly recommended that youcarry outreg freeze Make sure that antifreeze is not spilled ular oil changes using an approved engine oil next to the filler neck Thoroughly clean the with the appropriate SAE classification antifreeze from components before starting the engine H Only add coolant that has been premixed with the desired antifreeze protection You co
216. ding a speed of 130mph 210km h The speed rating of tires mounted at the fac tory may be higher than the maximum speed that the electronic speed limiter permits Make sure that your tires have the required speed rating e g when buying new tires The required speed rating for your vehicle can be found in the Tires section gt page 352 Further information about reading tire data can be obtained from any qualified specialist workshop D Son ao 2 o Tire labeling _ Wheels and tires In addition to the load bearing index load index Q may be imprinted after the letters that identify speed index gt page 342 on the sidewall of the tire e If no specification is given no text as in the example above represents a standard load SL tire e XL or Extra Load represents a reinforced tire e Light Load represents a light load tire e C D E represents a load range that depends on the maximum load that the tire can carry at a certain pressure Tire data is vehicle specific and may devi ate from the data in the example Canadian tire regulations prescribe that every new tire manufacturer or retreader has to imprint a TIN in or on the sidewall of each tire produced The TIN is a unique identification number The TIN makes it easier for tire manufacturers or retreaders to notify customers of recalls or other safety related matters It makes it pos sible for the purchaser to e
217. disarm unlock the vehicle with the SmartKey or gt Insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock A visual and audible alarm is triggered if the alarm system is armed and you open e the vehicle with the mechanical key e a door e the tailgate e the hood ee E Useful information c ec 76 SmartKey a ee eters estcess 76 DOOM o E eee 81 Cargo compartment 0 0 83 Side windows csssssssessssssssseesseeeens 87 7 Panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel je eee ees 90 O Q o ge b0 oO ox O SmartKey Useful information This Operator s Manual describes all models and all standard and optional equip ment of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator s Manual Country specific differences are possible Please note that your vehicle may not be equipped with all features described This also applies to safety related systems and Do not attach any heavy or large objects to the SmartKey Remove any bulky key rings before inserting the SmartKey into the ignition lock E Keep the SmartKey away from strong magnetic fields Otherwise the remote control function could be affected Strong magnetic fields can occur in the vicinity of powerful electrical installations Do not keep the SmartKey functions i p e with electronic devices e g a mobile phone or another SmartKey e with metallic objects e g coins or metal foil R
218. display In daylight the displays in the instrument cluster are not illuminated Z WARNING Opening the hood when the engine is over heated or when there is a fire in the engine compartment could expose you to hot gases or other service products There is a risk of injury Let an overheated engine cool down before opening the hood If there is a fire in the engine compartment keep the hood closed and contact the fire department H A display message is shown if the coolant temperature is too high If the coolant temperature is over 248 F 120 C do not continue driving The engine will otherwise be damaged The coolant temperature gauge is in the instrument cluster on the right hand side Under normal operating conditions and with the specified coolant level the coolant tem perature may rise to 248 F 120 C H Do not drive in the overrewving range as this could damage the engine The red band in the tachometer indicates the engine s overrevving range The fuel supply is interrupted to protect the engine when the red band is reached You should pay special attention to road con ditions when temperatures are around freez ing point Bear in mind that the outside temperature display indicates the temperature measured and does not record the road temperature The outside temperature display is in the mul tifunction display Changes in the outside temperature are dis played after a short delay The s
219. djust the belt outlet if necessary gt To raise slide the belt outlet upwards The belt outlet will engage in various posi tions gt To lower hold belt outlet release Q and slide the belt outlet downwards gt Let go of belt outlet release Q in the desired position and make sure that the belt outlet engages All seat belts except the driver s seat belt are equipped with a special seat belt retractor to securely fasten child restraint systems in the vehicle Further information can be found under Special seat belt retractor gt page 59 Releasing seat belts H Make sure that the seat belt is fully rolled up Otherwise the seat belt or belt tongue will be trapped in the door or in the seat mechanism This could damage the door the door trim panel and the seat belt Dam aged seat belts can no longer fulfill their protective function and must be replaced Visit a qualified specialist workshop Occupant safety gt Press release button Q hold belt tongue firmly and guide it back towards belt outlet Belt warning for the driver and front passenger The amp seat belt warning lamp in the instru ment cluster is a reminder that all occupants must fasten their seat belts It may light up continuously or flash In addition there may be a warning tone Regardless of whether the driver s seat belt has already been fastened the 2 seat belt warning lamp lights up for six seconds each time
220. dle shifter is pulled the automatic transmission immediately shifts into the next gear down or up AMG vehicles you can activate drive pro gram M RACE START gt page 183 using the steering wheel paddle shifters You can only change gear with the steer ing wheel paddle shifters when the trans mission is in position D For further information on the manual drive program see gt page 154 Drive program E drive program C on MAG vehicles is characterized by the following e comfort oriented engine settings e optimal fuel consumption resulting from the automatic transmission shifting up sooner Driving and parking ae Automatic transmission __ Driving and parking e the vehicle pulling away more gently in forward and reverse gears unless the accelerator pedal is depressed fully e increased sensitivity This improves driving stability on slippery road surfaces for example e the automatic transmission shifting up sooner This results in the vehicle being driven at lower engine speeds and the wheels being less likely to spin Drive program S is characterized by the fol lowing e sporty engine settings e the automatic transmission shifting up later e the fuel consumption possibly being higher as a result of the later automatic transmis sion shift points Manual drive program l Introduction In manual drive program M you can change gear yourself by using the steering wheel pad
221. driving when operating the on board computer Z WARNING If the instrument cluster has failed or mal functioned you may not recognize function restrictions in systems relevant to safety The operating safety of your vehicle may be impaired There is a risk of an accident Drive on carefully Have the vehicle checked at a qualified specialist workshop immedi ately The on board computer only shows messages or warnings from certain systems in the mul tifunction display You should therefore make sure your vehicle is operating safely at all times Otherwise a vehicle that is not oper ating safely may cause an accident If the operating safety of your vehicle is impaired pull over as soon as it is safe to do so Contact a qualified specialist workshop For an overview see the instrument panel illustration gt page 33 Displays and operation The lighting in the instrument cluster in the displays and the controls in the vehicle inte rior can be adjusted using the brightness con trol knob The brightness control knob is located on the bottom left of the instrument cluster gt page 33 gt Turn the brightness control knob clockwise or counter clockwise If the light switch is set to auto 00 lt or 2 the brightness is dependent upon the brightness of the ambient light The light sensor in the instrument cluster automatically controls the brightness of the multifunction
222. dry them as soon as possible e if the seat covers are damp or wet do not switch on the seat heating The seat heating should also not be used to dry the seats e clean the seat covers as recommended see the Interior care section e do not transport heavy loads on the seats Do not place sharp objects on the seat cushions e g knives nails or tools The seats should only be occupied by passengers if possible e when the seat heating is in operation do not cover the seats with insulating mate Seats steering wheel and mirrors 1 Seats steering wheel and mirrors E rials e g blankets coats bags seat cov ers child seats or booster seats H Make sure that there are no objects in the footwell under or behind the seats when moving the seats back There is a risk that the seats and or the objects could be dam aged Further related subjects e cargo compartment enlargement fold ing down the rear seats gt page 270 Seat fore and aft adjustment gt Lift handle and slide the seat forwards or backwards gt Release lever Q again Make sure that you hear the seat engage in position Backrest angle gt Relieve the pressure on the backrest gt Turn handwheel forwards or backwards Seat height gt Pull handle upwards or push it down repeatedly until the seat has reached the desired height 1 Not available on vehicles with sports seats Seat cushion angle Adjust the angle so th
223. ds If transmission position D is selected gt Drive to a qualified specialist workshop without shifting the transmission from position D If transmission position R N or P is selected gt Notify a qualified specialist workshop or breakdown service The vehicle is moving gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Shift the transmission to position P The automatic transmission is malfunctioning You cannot back up gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The automatic transmission is malfunctioning gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The automatic transmission is malfunctioning gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 159 gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop The automatic transmission has overheated gt Drive on carefully The automatic transmission is available again when the display message goes out If the display message continues to be displayed gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 159 gt Wait until the automatic transmission has cooled down and the display message has disappeared Display messages ee Py On board computer and displays a D
224. e If you sell your Mercedes please leave the entire literature in the vehicle so that it is available to the next owner If you have purchased a used car please send us the Notification of Used Car Purchase in the Service and Guarantee booklet or simply call the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center USA at the hotline number 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 or Customer Service Canada at 1 800 387 0100 Vehicle operation outside the USA and Canada If you plan to operate your vehicle in foreign countries please be aware that e service facilities or replacement parts may not be readily available e unleaded fuel for vehicles with a catalytic converter may not be available Leaded fuel may cause damage to the catalytic con verter e the fuel may have a considerably lower octane rating Unsuitable fuel can cause engine damage Some Mercedes Benz models are available for delivery in Europe through our European Delivery Program For details consult an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or write to one of the following addresses In the USA Mercedes Benz USA LLC European Delivery Department One Mercedes Drive Montvale NJ 07645 0350 In Canada Mercedes Benz Canada Inc European Delivery Department 98 Vanderhoof Avenue Toronto Ontario M4G 4C9 Sports Utility Vehicle Z WARNING Due to the high center of gravity the vehicle may start to skid and roll over in the event of an abrupt steering maneuve
225. e 1 6 km The part of the tire that comes into contact with the road Wheels and tires The tire bead ensures that the tire sits securely on the wheel There are several steel wires in the bead to prevent the tire from coming loose from the wheel rim The part of the tire between the tread and the bead The combined weight of those optional extras that weigh more than the replaced standard part and more than 2 3 kg 5 lbs These optional extras such as high performance brakes level control a roof rack or a high performance battery are not included in the curb weight and the weight of the accesso ries Changing a wheel This is a unique identifier which can be used by a tire manufacturer to identify tires for example for a product recall and thus identify the purchasers The TIN is made up of the manufacturer s identity code tire size tire type code and the manufacturing date The load bearing index also load index is a code that contains the maximum load bearing capacity of a tire Traction is the result of friction between the tires and the road surface Narrow bars tread wear bars that are dis tributed over the tire tread If the tire tread is level with the bars the wear limit of 16 in 1 6 mm has been reached The distribution of occupants in a vehicle at their designated seating positions Nominal load and luggage load plus 68 kilograms 150 Ib multiplied by the num ber of seats in the
226. e the set temperature is maintained automatically at a constant level The system automatically regulates the tem perature of the dispensed air the airflow and the air distribution The automatic mode functions optimally when the Cooling with air dehumidification function is activated If necessary cooling with air dehumidification can be deactivated If you deactivate the Cooling with air dehu midification function the air inside the vehi cle will not be cooled The air inside the vehi cle will also not be dehumidified The win dows can fog up more quickly Therefore only deactivate the Cooling with air dehumidifi cation function briefly Setting climate control to automatic gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 143 gt Set the desired temperature gt To activate press the button The indicator lamp in the auto button lights up Automatic air distribution and airflow are activated AUTO Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Cooling with air dehumidification has been deactivated due to a gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop gt To switch to manual mode press the MQDE button MOpE OF or gt Press the 8 or button The indicator lamp in the auto button goes out Automatic air distribution and airflow are deactivated Setting the temperature Air conditioning
227. e Parking Assist see PARKTRONIC Parking aid Active Parking Assist cesses 189 see Exterior mirrors see PARKTRONIC Parking assistance see PARKTRONIC Parking brake Display message eeeeseeeeeeeeee 224 Electric parking brake esee 160 Warning lamp scsscessscscsssdscsisssaceneceiss 259 see Parking brake Parking lamps Switching On Off sssrini 112 PARKTRONIC Deactivating activating 188 Driving System sunina 186 Function notes 006 186 Important safety notes 186 Problem malfunction 189 Range of the Sensors see 187 Warning display seese 188 PASSENGER AIR BAG Indicator IAMPS isssiisissesriirieiiiias 43 PASSENGER AIR BAG indicator lamp Problem malfunction 0 0 eee 233 Permanent all wheel drive see 4MATIC permanent all wheel drive Pets in the vehicle 008 64 Plastic trim cleaning instruc WHOMS E EEE 303 Power washers assesseer 299 Power windows see Side windows Program selector button 152 Protection against theft ATA Anti Theft Alarm system 73 Immobilizer ensesine 72 see ATA Anti Theft Alarm system Protection of the environment General notes cccccscscceeceeeeeeeees 23 Pulling away Automatic transmission 0 6 144 Qualified specialist workshop RACE START AMG vehicles 183 RACETIMER on board computer 219 Radio Selecting a station ccceseeeeee 2
228. e engine when the vehicle is stationary e drive carefully and maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front e avoid frequent sudden acceleration and braking Introduction rs Protection of the environment e change gear in good time and use each gear only up to of its maximum engine speed e switch off the engine in stationary traffic e keep an eye on the vehicle s fuel consump tion Environmental concerns and recom mendations Wherever the operating instructions require you to dispose of materials first try to regen erate or re use them Observe the relevant environmental rules and regulations when disposing of materials In this way you will help to protect the environment Genuine Mercedes Benz parts Environmental note Daimler AG also supplies reconditioned major assemblies and parts which are of the same quality as new parts They are covered by the same Limited Warranty entitlements as new parts H Air bags and Emergency Tensioning Devi ces as well as control units and sensors for these restraint systems may be installed in the following areas of your vehicle e doors e door pillars e door sills e seats e cockpit e instrument cluster e center console Do not install accessories such as audio systems in these areas Do not carry out repairs or welding You could impair the operating efficiency of the restraint sys tems Have aftermarket accessories installed at a qualified spec
229. e exterior mirrors draws your attention to vehicles detected in the moni tored area If you then switch on the corre sponding turn signal to change lanes you will also receive a visual and audible collision warning For this purpose Blind Spot Assist uses sensors in the rear bumper Important safety notes A WARNING Blind Spot Assist does not react to e vehicles overtaken too closely on the side placing them in the blind spot area e vehicles which approach with a large speed differential and overtake your vehicle As a result Blind Spot Assist may not give warnings in such situations There is a risk of an accident Always observe the traffic conditions care fully and maintain a safe lateral distance Blind Spot Assist is only an aid It may fail to detect some vehicles and is no substitute for attentive driving USA only This device has been approved by the FCC as a Vehicular Radar System The radar sensor is intended for use in an automotive radar system only Removing tampering with or altering the device will void any warranties and is not permitted by the FCC Do not tamper with alter or use in any non approved way Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Monitoring range of the sensors In particular the detection of obstacles can be impaired if e dirt on the sensors or anything else cover ing the sensors e there is poor visibility
230. e in accord ance with MB Specifications for Service Prod ucts 310 1 When the vehicle is first delivered it is fil led with a coolant mixture that ensures el Service products and filling capacities adequate antifreeze and corrosion protec tion The coolant is checked with every main tenance interval at a qualified specialist workshop Filling capacities Model AMG vehicles Capacity Approx 12 6 US qt 11 91 Approx 8 2 US qt 7 8 1 All other models Use MB 325 0 or MB 326 0 approved antifreeze corrosion inhibitor Windshield washer system Important safety notes Z WARNING Windshield washer concentrate could ignite if it comes into contact with hot engine compo nents or the exhaust system There is a risk of fire and injury Make sure that no windshield washer con centrate is spilled next to the filler neck H Only use washer fluid that is suitable for plastic lamp lenses e g MB SummerFit or MB WinterFit Unsuitable washer fluid could damage the plastic lenses of the headlamps H Do not add distilled or de ionized water to the washer fluid container Otherwise the level sensor may be damaged H Only MB SummerFit and MB WinterFit washer fluid should be mixed together The spray nozzles may otherwise become blocked Comply with the important safety notes for service products when handling washer fluid gt page 361 Service products and filling capacities At temperatur
231. e jump starting connection point is in the engine compartment gt page 315 Battery vehicle ae oO c N N C z pej is oO Sem co Breakdown assistance af Battery vehicle gt Open the hood gt Connect the battery charger to the positive terminal and ground point in the same order as when connecting the donor bat tery in the jump starting procedure gt page 315 If at low temperatures the indicator lamps warning lamps in the instrument cluster do not light up it is highly likely that the dis charged battery has frozen In this case you may neither jump start the vehicle nor charge the battery The service life of a thawed out battery may be shorter The starting charac teristics can be impaired particularly at low temperatures Have the thawed out battery checked at a qualified specialist workshop Only charge the installed battery with a bat tery charger which has been tested and approved by Mercedes Benz An accessory battery charge unit specially adapted for Mercedes Benz vehicles and tested and approved by Mercedes Benz is available It permits the charging of the battery in its installed position Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for further informa tion and availability Read the battery charg er s operating instructions before charging the battery erp startng is Jump starting For the jump starting procedure use only the jump starting connection po
232. e on a steep incline at an angle or turn when driving on an incline the vehicle could slip sideways tip and rollover There is a risk of an accident Always drive on a steep incline in the line of fall straight up or down and do not turn the vehicle e Observe the warnings for off road driving gt page 168 e Follow the line of fall when driving on slopes and steep inclines e Before driving on extreme uphill and down hill gradients select the off road program gt page 186 e Drive slowly e Accelerate gently and make sure that the wheels are gripping e Avoid high engine speeds except when driving on sandy and muddy routes with high driving resistance e Use the left hand steering wheel paddle shifter to shift to a lower gear appropriate to the gradient e Use the left hand paddle shifter to shift into a lower gear in good time on long and steep downhill gradients Hill start assist will aid you when pulling away on a hill For further information about hill start assist see gt page 144 Do not switch to transmission position N when driving off road If you try to brake the vehicle using the service brake you could lose control of the vehicle If the gradient is too steep for your vehicle drive back down in reverse gear Always observe the approach departure angle values gt page 369 Maximum gradient climbing capability Always observe the maximum gradient climb ing ability values gt p
233. e operating instructions Multifunction display FUNCTION NOteS sereisas 206 Permanent display seeeeeeeeeee 216 Multifunction steering wheel Operating the on board computer 205 OVEIVIEW a sistiriiid aipear rer EENI 35 C Navigation Menu on board computer 209 see separate operating instructions Notes on breaking in a new vehi Lass ccs TE E E EEE 142 Occupant Classification System OCS GOMGINON S iere 51 FQUIts ccccscesssecececcceeesescesseseeeaaeeeees 55 Operation eee System self test Occupant safety Automatic measures after an acci fo eerie T 58 Children in the vehicle 00 58 Important safety notes eee 43 Pets in the VENICE sessirnir 64 OCS Conditions Faults iiris Operation System self test scsi 53 Off road driving Approach departure angle 369 Checklist after driving off road 170 Checklist before driving off road 169 General information 0 0 eee 169 Important safety notes s s s 168 Maximum gradient climbing abil TEV csdsceasehccssesceeasescdesteccaareauerarschieticas Maximum water depth Traveling uphill sisisi Off road program eneee Off road system DSR svvcsvesicasvervecsersesestuateastnanececenees 184 Off 1Oad FETS ss scasezsasedesscseseteseeacszecs 69 Offroad ABS eirese nns 65 Off road drive program s es 186 Offroad ESPO snossusresninsiiss 72 Oil see Engine oil On board computer AMG MeN
234. e the vehi cle will not be cooled The air inside the vehi cle will also not be dehumidified The win dows can fog up more quickly Therefore only deactivate the Cooling with air dehumidifi cation function briefly The Cooling with air dehumidification func tion is only available when the engine is run ning The air inside the vehicle is cooled and dehumidified according to the temperature selected Condensation may drip from the underside of the vehicle when it is in cooling mode This is normal and not a sign that there is a malfunc tion Climate control 4 Climate control po Operating the climate control systems Activating deactivating gt To activate press the 4 button The indicator lamp in the ae button lights up gt To deactivate press the ase button The indicator lamp in the ae button goes out The Cooling with air dehumidification function has a delayed switch off feature Operating the climate control systems ee Problems with the Cooling with air dehumidification function Problem The indicator lamp in the ac button flashes three times or remains off The Cook ing with air dehumidifi cation function cannot be switched on malfunction Setting climate control to automatic General notes The automatic function is only available in conjunction with dual zone automatic climate control In automatic mod
235. e the vehicle will take with the steering wheel in its cur rent position Parking space marking gt While the vehicle is at a standstill turn the steering wheel in the direction of the park ing space until the red lane reaches parking space marking gt Keep the steering wheel in that position and back up carefully Ph al hi Backing up with the steering wheel turned Red lane indicating the route the vehicle will take with the steering wheel in its cur rent position gt Stop the vehicle when it is almost exactly in front of the parking space The white lane should be as close to parallel with the parking space marking as possi ble pre Driving to the final position White lane at current steering wheel angle Parking space marking gt Turn the steering wheel to the center posi tion while the vehicle is stationary Red guide line at a distance of approx imately 10 in 0 25 m from the rear of the vehicle White lane with steering wheel straight End of parking space gt Back up carefully until you have reached the final position Red guide line is then at end of parking space The vehicle is almost parallel in the parking space ATTENTION ASSIST General notes ATTENTION ASSIST helps you during long monotonous journeys such as on highways It is active in the range between 50 mph 80 km h and 112 mph 180 km h If ATTENTION ASSIST detects typical ind
236. e trapped dur ing automatic closing of the tailgate More over people e g children may be standing in the closing area or may enter the closing area during the closing process There is a risk of injury Make sure that nobody is in the vicinity of the closing area during the closing process Use one of the following options to stop the closing process e press the 5 button on the SmartKey e press the remote operating switch on the driver s door e press the close button or STOP button on the tailgate pull the handle on the tailgate Z WARNING Combustion engines emit poisonous exhaust gases such as carbon monoxide If the tailgate is open when the engine is running particu larly if the vehicle is moving exhaust fumes could enter the passenger compartment There is a risk of poisoning Turn off the engine before opening the tail gate Never drive with the tailgate open H The tailgate swings upwards and to the rear when opened Therefore make sure that there is sufficient clearance above and behind the tailgate The opening dimensions of the tailgate can be found in the Vehicle data section gt page 368 Opening the tailgate automatically You can open the tailgate automatically with the SmartKey or the handle in the tailgate Cargo compartment ca gt Press the 5 button on the SmartKey until the tailgate opens or gt If the tailgate is unlocked pull the ha
237. e vehicle rectified immediately at a quali fied specialist workshop Do not switch to transmission position N when driving off road If you try to brake the vehicle using the service brake you could lose control of the vehicle If the gradient is too steep for your vehicle drive back down in reverse gear General notes Q Environmental note Protection of the environment is of primary importance Treat nature with respect Observe all prohibiting signs Read this section carefully before driving your vehicle off road Off road driving is only possible with the Off Road Engineering package gt page 186 The following driving systems are specially adapted for driving over easily negotiable off road terrain e Off road program gt page 186 e Off road ABS gt page 65 e Off road 4ETS gt page 69 e Off road ESP gt page 72 e DSR Downhill Speed Regulation gt page 184 Observe the following notes e Stop the vehicle before starting to drive along an off road route If necessary acti vate the off road program gt page 186 e To avoid damaging the vehicle make sure there is always sufficient ground clearance e Check that items of luggage and loads are stowed safely and are well secured gt page 271 e Always keep the engine running and in gear when driving on a downhill gradient Acti vate DSR gt page 184 laevis ir e Drive slowly and evenly if necessary at a walking pace e
238. eactivated the front passenger air bag gt page 51 e the Front Passenger Airbag Enabled See Operator s Manual or Front Passenger Airbag Disabled See Oper ator s Manual display messages must not be shown in the multifunction display gt Wait for a period of at least 60 seconds until the necessary sys tem checks have been completed gt Make sure that the display messages do not appear in the mul tifunction display If these conditions are fulfilled the front passenger seat can be occupied again Whether the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF or ON indicator lamps remain lit or go out depends on how OCS classifies the occupant If the conditions are not fulfilled the system is not operating cor rectly gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately For further information about the Occupant Classification System see gt page 51 Display messages about LEDs This display message will only appear if all LEDs have failed Display messages W Check Left Corner ing Light or Check Right Cornering Light W Check Left Low Beam or Check Right Low Beam Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The left or right hand cornering light is defective gt Check whether you are permitted to replace the bulb yourself gt page 117 or gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The left or right hand low beam headlamp is defective gt Check whether you are permitted to replace the bulb yourself gt
239. ead the information on qualified special ist workshops gt page 28 e inside metallic objects e g a metal case SmartKey Opening and closing E Z WARNING If children are left unsupervised in the vehicle they could e open the doors thus endangering other people or road users e get out and disrupt traffic e operate the vehicle s equipment Additionally children could set the vehicle in motion if for example they MOM Mi e release the parking brake e shifting the automatic transmission out of To lock the vehicle park position P To open the tailgate e Start the engine To unlock the vehicle There is a risk of an accident and injury When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Never leave children or animals unattended in the vehicle Always keep the SmartKey out of reach of children gt To unlock centrally press button If you do not open the vehicle within approx imately 40 seconds of unlocking e the vehicle is locked again e protection against theft is reactivated A WARNING gt To lock centrally press button Q If you attach heavy or large objects to the SmartKey the SmartKey could be uninten tionally turned in the ignition lock This could cause the engine to be switched off There is a risk of an accident The SmartKey centrally locks unlocks e the doors e the tailgate e the f
240. eat is occupied e Window curtain air bags on the driver s and front passenger side in certain situations when the vehicle rolls over if the system determines that deployment can offer addi tional protection to that provided by the seat belt Not all air bags are deployed in an acci dent The different air bag systems work independently of each other Occupant safety A Y Ge N Ea Children in the vehicle Safety How the air bag system works is deter mined by the severity of the accident detec ted especially the vehicle deceleration or acceleration and the apparent type of acci dent e frontal collision e side impact e rollover Immediately after an accident the following measures are implemented depending on the type and severity of the impact e the hazard warning lamps are activated e the emergency lighting is activated e the vehicle doors are unlocked e the front side windows are lowered e the engine is switched off e the fuel supply is cut off e vehicles with mbrace automatic emer gency call Children in the vehicle Accident statistics show that children secured in the rear seats are safer than chil dren secured in the front passenger seat For this reason Mercedes Benz strongly advises that you install a child restraint system on a rear seat Children are generally better pro tected there If a child younger than 12 years and under 5 ft 1 50 m in height is traveling in
241. eck whether you are permitted to replace the bulb yourself gt page 117 or gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The left or right hand tail lamp is defective gt Check whether you are permitted to replace the bulb yourself gt page 117 or gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The left or right front side marker lamp is defective gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Display messages Display messages W Check Rear Left Sidemarker Lamp or Check Rear Right Sidemarker Lamp Check Left Daytime Running Light or Check Right Day time Running Light Active Headlamps 3 QS D sej for co lt D Eo Malfunction See Operator s Manual O NA Auto Lamp Function E 3 O D sel for ct lt D O NA Switch Off Lights Adaptive Highbeam Assist Inoperative Adaptive Highbeam Assist Currently Unavailable See Operator s Manual Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The rear left or right side marker lamp is defective gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The left hand or right hand daytime running lamp is faulty gt Check whether you are permitted to replace the bulb yourself gt page 117 or gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The active light function is defective gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The exterior lighting is defective gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The light sen
242. ed at a qualified spe cialist workshop Blind Spot Assist may oth erwise not work properly Indicator and warning display Blind Spot Assist is not active at speeds below approximately 20 mph 30 km h Vehicles in the monitoring range are then not indicated Yellow indicator lamp red warning lamp When Blind Spot Assist is activated indicator lamp in the exterior mirrors lights up yel low at speeds of up to 20 mph 30 km h At speeds above 20 mph 30 km h the indica tor lamp goes out and Blind Spot Assist is operational If a vehicle is detected within the monitoring range of Blind Spot Assist at speeds above 20 mph 30 km h then warning lamp Q on the corresponding side lights up red This warning is always emitted when a vehicle oo pen 13 a To c 00 S aA pal Driving systems _ Driving and parking enters the blind spot monitoring range from behind or from the side When you overtake a vehicle the warning only occurs if the differ ence in speed is less than 7 mph 12 km h The yellow indicator lamp goes out if reverse gear is engaged In this event Blind Spot Assist is no longer active The brightness of the indicator warning lamps is adjusted automatically according to the ambient light Collision warning Ifa vehicle is detected in the monitoring range of Blind Spot Assist and you switch on the corresponding turn signal a double warning tone sounds Red war
243. ed to secure a load Bag hook Stowage well under the cargo com partment floor Important safety notes Z WARNING If you drive when the cargo compartment floor is open objects could be flung around thus striking vehicle occupants There is a risk of injury particularly in the event of sudden braking or a sudden change in direction Always close the cargo compartment floor before a journey E The maximum load capacity of the stow age well under the cargo compartment floor is 55 Ibs 25 kg Opening closing the cargo compart ment floor There is a stowage area for TIREFIT the vehi cle tool kit a folding box etc underneath the trunk floor gt To open open the tailgate gt Holding ribbing 2 press handle Q down wards Handle folds up You will find information on the maximum roof load in the Technical data section gt page 368 An incorrectly secured roof carrier or roof load may become detached from the vehicle You must therefore ensure that you observe the roof carrier manufacturer s installation instructions 2 Attaching the roof carrier Q gt Using handle swing the trunk floor gt Secure the roof carrier to the roof rails In 2 upwards as far as side flaps then over doing so observe the manufacturer s g come the resistance of flaps installation instructions 3 gt Place the trunk floor on side flaps S gt To close press the trunk floor do
244. edly while the vehicle is in motion This could cause you to lose control of the vehicle There is a risk of an accident Always make sure that the driver s seat is engaged before starting the engine A WARNING You could lose control of your vehicle if you do the following while driving e adjust the driver s seat head restraint steering wheel or mirrors e fasten the seat belt There is a risk of an accident Adjust the driver s seat head restraint steer ing wheel and mirror and fasten your seat belt before starting the engine Z WARNING If you adjust the seat height carelessly you or other vehicle occupants could be trapped and thereby injured Children in particular could accidentally press the electrical seat adjust ment buttons and become trapped There is a risk of injury While moving the seats make sure that your hands or other body parts do not get under the lever assembly of the seat adjustment sys tem Z WARNING When you adjust a seat you or other vehicle occupants could become trapped e g on the seat guide rail There is a risk of injury Make sure when adjusting a seat that no one has any body parts in the sweep of the seat Observe the safety notes on Air bags gt page 48 and Children in the Vehicle gt page 58 H To avoid damage to the seats and the seat heating observe the following information e keep liquids from spilling on the seats If liquid is spilled on the seats
245. eed Average fuel consumption gt Pressthe lt or button onthe steer ing wheel to select the Trip menu gt Press the A or W button to select From Start or From Reset The values in the From Start submenu are calculated from the start of a journey whilst the values in the From Reset submenu are calculated from the last time the submenu was reset gt page 208 The From Start trip computer is automati cally reset when Fra On board computer and displays e the ignition has been switched off for more than four hours e 999 hours have been exceeded e 9 999 miles have been exceeded The From Reset trip computer is automati cally reset if the value exceeds 9 999 hours or 99 999 miles ECO display Example ECO display The ECO display is not available for AMG vehi cles gt Pressthe lt or gt buttonon the steer ing wheel to select the Trip menu gt Press the A or W button to select ECO DISPLAY If the ignition remains switched off for longer than four hours the ECO display will be auto matically reset Further information on the ECO display gt page 163 Displaying the range and current fuel consumption gt Pressthe lt q lor gt button on the steer ing wheel to select the Trip menu gt Pressthe A or W button to select the approximate range Q and the cu
246. eeeeeee Deactivating Display message eec Displays in the multifunction dis play aa ER DFIVINS TIPS secs asesssevestersdceeesteeatees Function notes Important safety notes Setting the specified minimum distaNCE seers tertre aiee ei Warning lamp Doors Automatic locking on board com puter Automatic locking switch Central locking unlocking SmartKey Control panel Display message Emergency locking Emergency unlocking Important safety notes Opening from inside Drinking and driving Drive program Automatic Display Display DIRECT SELECT lever Manual SETUP on board computer Driver s door see Doors Driver s seat see Seats Driving abroad Mercedes Benz Service Symmetrical low beam Driving in mountainous terrain Approach departure angle Driving off road see Off road driving Driving on flooded roads Driving safety systems ABS Anti lock Braking System ADAPTIVE BRAKE Adaptive Brake Assist BAS Brake Assist System COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST Distance warning function EBD electronic brake force distri bution ESP Electronic Stability Pro gram Important safety information Overview STEER CONTROL Driving systems Active Parking Assist ATTENTION ASSIST Blind Spot Assist Cruise control Display message DISTRONIC PLUS HOLD function Lane Keeping Assist Lane Tracking package PARKTRONIC RACE START AMG vehicles Rear view camera Driving tips Automatic transmission Brakes Break in period Checking brake
247. eels do not spin when driving on steep ter rain If the load on the front axle is reduced when pulling away on a steep uphill slope the front wheels have a tendency to spin 4ETS recognizes this and brakes the wheels accordingly The rear wheel torque is increased making it easier to drive off For further information about the maximum gradient climbing ability see gt page 171 a Technical data
248. eer ing wheel to select the Sett menu gt Pressthe W or A button to select the Convenience submenu gt Press OK to confirm gt Pressthe W or A button to select the Auto Mirror Folding function If the Auto Mirror Folding function is activated the vehicle s exterior mirror is displayed in orange in the multifunction display gt Press the OK button to save the setting Restoring the factory settings gt Pressthe lt or gt button on the steer ing wheel to select the Sett menu gt Pressthe W or A button to select the Factory Setting submenu gt Press OK to confirm The Reset All Settings message appears gt Pressthe W or A or Yes gt Press OK to confirm the selection If you have selected Yes the multifunction display shows a confirmation message button to select No For safety reasons the Daytime Running Lamps function in the Light submenu is only reset if the vehicle is stationary AMG menu in AMG vehicles AMG displays Digital speedometer Gear indicator Upshift indicator Engine oil temperature Coolant temperature Transmission fluid temperature gt Press lt or gt on the steering wheel to select the AMG menu Upshift indicator UP indicates that the engine has reached the overrewing range
249. ehicle that arises from culpable contraventions against these instructions is not covered either by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty or by the New or Used Vehicle Warranty Data stored in the vehicle Data recording This vehicle is capable of recording diagnostic information relating to vehicle operation mal functions and user settings This may include Introduction ra information about the performance or status of various systems including but not limited to engine throttle steering or brake sys tems that is stored and can be read out with suitable devices particularly when the vehi cle is serviced The data obtained is used to properly diagnose and service your vehicle or to further optimize and develop vehicle func tions COMAND mbrace Canada TELEAID If the vehicle is equipped with COMAND or mbrace additional data about the vehicle s operation the use of the vehicle in certain situations and the location of the vehicle may be compiled through COMAND or the mbrace system For additional information please refer to the COMAND User Manual and or the mbrace Terms and Conditions Event data recorders This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder EDR The main purpose of an EDR is to record data that will assist in under standing how a vehicle s systems performed in certain crash or near crash like situations such as during air bag deployment or when hitting a road obstacle The EDR is desi
250. ehicle using the mechanical key gt Have the SmartKey checked at a qualified specialist workshop gt Have the SmartKey deactivated at a qualified specialist work shop gt Report the loss immediately to the vehicle insurers gt If necessary have the locks changed as well gt Report the loss immediately to the vehicle insurers gt If necessary have the locks changed as well Problem Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The engine cannot be The on board voltage is too low started using the SmartKey gt Switch off non essential consumers e g seat heating or interior lighting and try to start the engine again If this does not work gt Check the starter battery and charge it if necessary gt page 311 or gt Jump start the vehicle gt page 315 or gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop The engine cannot be The steering lock is mechanically blocked started using the SmartKey A WARNING If children are left unsupervised in the vehicle they could e open the doors thus endangering other people or road users e get out and disrupt traffic e operate the vehicle s equipment Additionally children could set the vehicle in motion if for example they e release the parking brake e shifting the automatic transmission out of park position P e Start the engine There is a risk of an accident and injury When leaving the vehicle always take
251. el changes as a result of a loss of pressure a corresponding warning message will appear in the multifunction dis play You can recognize the tire pressure loss warn ing in the multifunction display in the Serv menu by the Run Flat Indicator Active Press OK to Restart message Further information on the message display can be found under Restarting the tire pressure loss warning system gt page 331 Important safety notes The tire pressure warning system does not warn you of an incorrectly set tire pressure Observe the notes on the recommended tire pressure gt page 328 The tire pressure loss warning does not replace the need to regularly check the tire pressure An even loss of pressure on several tires at the same time cannot be detected by the tire pressure loss warning system The tire pressure monitor is not able to warn you of a sudden loss of pressure e g if the tire is penetrated by a foreign object In the event of a sudden loss of pressure bring the vehicle to a halt by braking carefully Avoid abrupt steering maneuvers The function of the tire pressure loss warning system is limited or delayed if e snow chains are mounted on your vehicle s tires e road conditions are wintry e you are driving on sand or gravel e you adopt a very sporty driving style cor nering at high speeds or driving with high rates of acceleration e you are driving with a heavy load in the vehicle or on
252. elevant systems and func tions The equipment in your vehicle may therefore differ from that shown in the descriptions and illustrations The original purchase agreement lists all sys tems installed in your vehicle Should you have any questions concerning equipment and operation please consult an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Introduction The Operator s Manual and Maintenance Booklet are important documents and should be kept in the vehicle Service and vehicle operation Warranty The implied warranty for your vehicle applies in accordance with the warranty terms and conditions in the Service and Warranty Infor mation booklet Your authorized Mercedes Benz Center will replace and repair all factory installed parts in accordance with the following warranty terms and conditions e New Vehicle Limited Warranty e Emission System Warranty e Emission Performance Warranty e California Connecticut Maine Massachu setts New York Pennsylvania Rhode Island and Vermont Emission Control Sys tem Warranty e State warranty enforcement laws lemon laws Replacement parts and accessories are cov ered by the Mercedes Benz Parts and Acces sories warranties These are available at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center Should you lose your Service and War ranty Information booklet have an author ized Mercedes Benz Center arrange for a replacement The new Service and War ranty Information booklet will be posted
253. els BA 8 0 J x 19 H2 Wheel offset 1 71 in 43 5 mm Wheels BA 7 0 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 81 in 46 mm Wheels BA 8 0 J x 19 H2 Wheel offset 1 71 in 43 5 mm Wheels BA 6 5 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 50 in 38 mm Pay Wheels and tires Wheels BA 7 0 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 81 in 46 mm Wheels BA 8 0 J x 19 H2 Wheel offset 1 71 in 43 5 mm 7 Use of snow chains not permitted Observe the notes in the Snow chains section 6 Also available as MOExtended tires Wheels and tires Winter tires R17 Tires BA 215 60 R17 96 HM S AA R18 Tires BA 215 55 R18 95 H M S amp BA 235 50 R18 97 H M S A 7 R19 Tires BA 235 45 R19 95 H M S 4 7 All weather tires R18 Tires BA 235 50 R18 97 H67 R19 Tires BA 235 45 R19 95 H 7 6 Also available as MOExtended tires Wheel and tire combinations Wheels BA 6 5 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 50 in 38 mm Wheels BA 6 5 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 50 in 38 mm BA 7 0 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 81 in 46 mm Wheels BA 8 0 J x 19 H2 Wheel offset 1 71 in 43 5 mm Wheels BA 7 0 x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 81 in 46 mm Wheels BA 8 0 x 19 H2 Wheel offset 1 71 in 43 5 mm 7 Use of snow chains not permitted Observe the notes in the Snow chains section Wheel and tire combinations GLA 45 AMG 4MATIC Summer tires R19 Wheels BA 8 0 J x 19 H2 Wheel offset 1 71 in 43 5 mm
254. emergency braking situation can thus increase If ESP is not operational ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop ESP BAS the HOLD function and hill start assist are temporarily unavailable COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS may also have failed ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated Self diagnosis is not yet complete A WARNING The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can thus increase If ESP is not operational ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident gt Carefully drive a suitable distance making slight steering move ments at a speed above 12 mph 20 km h The functions mentioned above are available again when the warning lamp goes out If the warning lamp is still on gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster Ea Problem park USA only Canada only The red indicator lamp for the electric parking brake flashes or lights up and or the yellow warning lamp for the electric parking b
255. ences and gt Solutions The engine oil level has dropped to the minimum level A warning tone also sounds gt Check the oil level when next refueling at the latest gt page 293 gt If necessary add engine oil gt page 294 gt Have the engine checked at a qualified specialist workshop if engine oil needs to be added more often than usual H Avoid long journeys with too little engine oil The engine will otherwise be damaged Information on approved engine oils can be obtained from any qualified specialist workshop or on the Internet at http bevo mercedes benz com The engine oil level has dropped to the minimum level gt Check the oil level when next refueling at the latest gt page 294 gt If necessary add engine oil gt page 294 gt Have the engine checked at a qualified specialist workshop if engine oil needs to be added more often than usual H Avoid long journeys with too little engine oil The engine will otherwise be damaged Information on approved engine oils can be obtained from any qualified specialist workshop or on the Internet at http bevo mercedes benz com The oil level is too low There is a risk of engine damage gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely and switch off the engine paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 159 gt Check the engine oil level gt page 294 gt If necessary add engine oi
256. eployment of an air bag nor do they provide an indication of air bag deployment The vehicle can be deformed considerably without an air bag being deployed This is the case if only parts which are relatively easily deformed are affected and the rate of decel eration is not high Conversely air bags may be deployed even though the vehicle suffers only minor deformation This is the case if for example very rigid vehicle parts such as lon gitudinal body members are hit and sufficient deceleration occurs as a result If the restraint system control unit detects a side impact or that the vehicle is rolling over the relevant restraint system components are activated independently of one another depending on the apparent type of accident If the system determines a need for additional protection for the vehicle occupants the Emergency Tensioning Devices are deployed e Side impact air bags on the side of impact independently of the Emergency Tension ing Device and the use of the seat belt on the driver s seat and outer seats in the sec ond row The side impact air bag on the front passenger side front deploys in the fol lowing situations the OCS system detects that the front passenger seat is occupied or the belt tongue is engaged in the belt buckle of the front passenger seat e Window curtain air bag on the side of impact independently of the use of the seat belt and independently of whether the front passenger s
257. er AMG vehicles H In manual drive program M the automatic transmission does not shift up automati cally even when the engine limiting speed for the current gear is reached When the engine limiting speed is reached the fuel supply is cut to prevent the engine from overrevving Always make sure that the engine speed does not reach the red area of the tachometer There is otherwise a risk of engine damage Gear indicator Upshift indicator Before the engine speed reaches the red area an upshift indicator will be shown in the mul tifunction display gt If the color in the speedometer multifunc tion display changes to red and the UP dis play message is shown shift up a gear Downshifting gt Pull the left hand steering wheel paddle shifter gt page 153 The automatic transmission shifts down to the next gear If you slow down or stop without shifting down the automatic transmission auto matically shifts down For maximum acceleration pull the left hand steering wheel paddle shifter until the transmission selects the optimum gear for the current speed If the engine exceeds the maximum engine speed when shifting down the auto matic transmission protects against engine damage by not shifting down Automatic transmission ie oo pen a ge c 00 S m a Automatic transmission Driving and parking Kickdown AMG vehicles it is only possible t
258. er seat A WARNING If the backrest of the front passenger seat is folded forward rear seat passengers can come in contact with parts of the seat mech anism particularly in the event of an accident heavy braking or a sudden change of direc tion There is a risk of injury m Stowage and features gt To open fold down seat armrest 1 gt Pull the cover which can now be seen for wards by the grip until it lies on armrest Q gt Pull the center head restraint on the rear bench seat into the uppermost position gt page 98 gt Slide locking mechanism 3 in the direc tion of the arrow gt Swing flap fully to the side Flap is held open by a magnet gt To close swing flap in the cargo com partment back until it engages gt Fold the cover forwards until it engages into armrest 1 gt Fold armrest Q up fully if necessary Important safety notes Z WARNING If the rear bench seat rear seat and seat backrest are not engaged they could fold for wards e g when braking suddenly or in the event of an accident e The vehicle occupant would thereby be pushed into the seat belt by the rear bench seat rear seat or by the seat backrest The seat belt can no longer offer the intended level of protection and could even cause injuries e Objects or loads in the trunk cargo com partment cannot be restrained by the seat backrest There is an increased risk of injury Before every
259. eration processes The bar fills up anticipatory driving keeping your distance and early release of the accelerator The vehicle can coast without use of the brakes The bar empties frequent braking An economical driving style specially requires driving at moderate engine speeds To achieve a higher value in the categories Acceleration and Constant e observe the gearshift recommendations e drive in drive program E On long journeys at a constant speed e g on the highway only the bar for Constant will change The ECO display summarizes the driving characteristics from the start of the journey to its completion For this reason the bars change dynamically at the beginning of the journey On longer journeys there are fewer changes For more dynamic changes carry out a manual reset For further information on the ECO display see gt page 208 Important safety notes Z WARNING If you shift down on a slippery road surface in an attempt to increase the engine s braking effect the drive wheels could lose their grip There is an increased danger of skidding and accidents Do not shift down for additional engine brak ing on a slippery road surface Downhill gradients H On long and steep gradients you must reduce the load on the brakes by shifting to a lower gear in good time This allows you to take advantage of the engine s braking effect For this you need to have selected manual dri
260. ercedes Benz cannot accept responsibility for this type of damage A WARNING Damaged tires can cause tire inflation pres sure loss As a result you could lose control of your vehicle There is a risk of accident Check the tires regularly for signs of damage and replace any damaged tires immediately A WARNING M S tires with a tire tread depth of less than Y in 4 mm are not suitable for use in winter and do not provide sufficient traction There is a risk of an accident M S tires with a tread depth of less than Y in 4 mm must be replaced immediately At temperatures below 45 F 7 C use win ter tires or all season tires Both types of tire are identified by the M S marking Only winter tires bearing the amp snowflake symbol in addition to the M S marking pro vide the best possible grip in wintry road con ditions Only these tires will allow driving safety systems such as ABS and ESP to function optimally in winter These tires have been developed specifically for driving in snow Use M S tires of the same make and tread on all wheels to maintain safe handling charac teristics Always observe the maximum permissible speed specified for the M S tires you have mounted Once the winter tires are mounted gt Check the tire pressures gt page 331 gt Restart the tire pressure loss warning sys tem gt page 331 or restart the tire pres sure monitor gt page 334 Z WARNING If snow
261. errupt convenience opening release the a button Z WARNING When the convenience closing feature is oper ating parts of the body could become trapped in the closing area of the side window and the sliding sunroof There is a risk of injury Observe the complete closing procedure when the convenience closing feature is oper ating Make sure that no body parts are in close proximity during the closing procedure When you lock the vehicle you can simulta neously e close the side windows e close the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel sce wincows oo On vehicles with a panorama roof with power the side window has been reset correctly If tilt sliding panel you can then close the this is not the case repeat the steps above roller sunblinds again The SmartKey must be close to the driv er s door handle gt Point the tip of the SmartKey at the driver s door handle gt Press and hold the button until the side windows and the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel are fully closed gt Make sure that all the side windows and the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel are closed On vehicles with a panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel Opening and closing E gt Press and hold the button again until the roller sunblinds of the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel close gt To interrupt convenience closi
262. ers Android Vehicle damage caused by failure to follow Please note that the Mercedes Benz Guides instructions is not covered by the Mercedes App may not yet be available in your country Benz Limited Warranty The technical documentation team at The equipment or product designation of your Daimler AG wishes you safe and pleasant vehicle may vary depending on motoring e model Mercedes Benz USA LLC order Mercedes Benz Canada Inc e country specification A Daimler Company e availability Mercedes Benz therefore reserves the right to introduce changes in the following areas e design e equipment e technical features The equipment in your vehicle may therefore differ from that shown in the descriptions and illustrations The following are integral components of the vehicle e Operator s Manual e Maintenance Booklet e Equipment dependent supplements Keep these documents in the vehicle at all times If you sell the vehicle always pass all documents on to the new owner You can also use the GLA Guide smartphone app Apple iOS 1565843700 MI TAIMIINININTTIAUI IATA Lights and windshield wipers 109 _ _ _ gt ___ _L__ _S_ Sy Climate control eeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 125 e 7 o fo D a 3 me c kL D S a N p D lt 77 N o wo 12 V socket see Sockets 4ETS Electronic Traction System see ETS 4ETS Electronic Trac tion Sys
263. es 0 0 116 Manual Control sesser 116 OVEIVIEW speisen eresien 115 Reading lamp sissriessesisisstsrstssiessssss 115 Setting the brightness of the ambient lighting on board com PUTET sees eisai ieee 216 Jack Storage location ceeeeeeeeeeees 306 USINE eeren ekaticauseneans 349 Jump starting engine 0 0 315 C Kickdown DF IVINS EIPS rre cvsecensscacesnsnceceseces 152 Manual drive program sses 156 Kjee Dag i scscssccssssncaussesiesstceatvexesetseestes 49 Lamps see Warning and indicator lamps Lane detection automatic see Lane Keeping Assist Lane Keeping Assist Activating deactivating 214 Display message seee 242 Function information cccee 200 Lane Tracking package 198 Lap time RACETIMER 04 219 LATCH type ISOFIX child seat ANGHOFMS eers asinine 60 License plate lamp display mes SABO oere 236 Light function active Display message secere 237 Lights Activating deactivating the inte rior lighting delayed switch off 217 Automatic headlamp mode 111 Cornering light function 113 Display MeSSage sisirin 234 Driving abroad sssr 110 FOS AMPS eesccnnn eneee 111 Fog lamps extended 0 114 Hazard warning lamps seee 113 High beam flasher ee eeeeeseeeees 113 High beam headlamps Light switch Low beam headlamps Parking lamps Rear fog lamp Setting the brightness of
264. es above freezing gt Fill the washer fluid reservoir with a mixture of water and windshield washer fluid e g MB SummerFit Add 1 part MB SummerFit to 100 parts water At temperatures below freezing gt Fill the washer fluid reservoir with a mixture of water and washer fluid e g MB Winter Fit Adapt the mixing ratio to the outside temper ature e Down to 14 F 10 C mix 1 part MB Win terFit to 2 parts water e Down to 4 F 20 C mix 1 part MB Win terFit to 1 part water e Down to 20 2 F 29 C mix 2 parts MB WinterFit to 1 part water Add windshield washer fluid e g MB SummerFit or MB WinterFit to the washer fluid all year round Important safety notes The climate control system of your vehicle is filled with refrigerant R 134a The instruction label regarding the refrigerant type used can be found on the left on the underside of the hood H Only the refrigerant R 134a and the PAG oil approved by Mercedes Benz may be used The approved PAG oil may not be mixed with any other PAG oil that is not approved for R 134a refrigerant Other wise the climate control system may be damaged Service work such as topping up refrigerant or replacing components may only be carried out by a qualified specialist workshop All applicable regulations must be adhered to SAE standard J639 included Always have work on the climate control sys tem carried out at a qualified specialist work
265. es and corresponding pres sures for tires mounted at the factory 2 The vehicle identification plate is on the B pillar on the driver s side The vehicle identification plate informs you of the gross vehicle weight rating It is made up of the vehicle weight all vehicle occu pants the fuel and the cargo You can also find information about the maximum gross axle weight rating on the front and rear axle The maximum gross axle weight rating is the maximum weight that can be carried by one axle front or rear axle Never exceed the maximum load or the maxi mum gross axle weight rating for the front or rear axle wee er oe i See SS ee ee m geen T g PGE g gt Specification for maximum gross vehicle weight is listed in the Tire and Loading Information placard The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kilograms or XXX Ibs The gross weight of all vehicle occupants load luggage and trailer load noseweight if applicable must not exceed the specified value The specifications shown on the Tire and Loading Information placard in the illustra tion are examples The maximum permis sible load is vehicle specific and may devi ate from the data shown here The maxi Loading the vehicle mum permissible load that applies for your vehicle can be found on your vehicle s Tire and Loading Information placard Pai eh a Maximum number of seats Q indicates the maximum
266. es places greater demands on your vehicle than driving on normal roads After driving off road check the vehicle This allows you to detect damage promptly and reduce the risk of an accident to yourself and other road users Driving on sand Observe the following rules when driving on sand e Select the off road program gt page 186 e Avoid high engine speeds e Use the left hand steering wheel paddle shifter to shift to a lower gear appropriate to the terrain e Drive quickly to overcome the rolling resist ance Otherwise the vehicle s wheels could become stuck in loose ground e Drive in the tracks of other vehicles if pos sible Make sure that the tire ruts are not too deep the sand is sufficiently firm the ground clearance of the vehicle is sufficient Tire ruts and gravel roads H Check that the ruts are not too deep and that your vehicle has sufficient clearance Otherwise your vehicle could be damaged or bottom out and get stuck Observe the following rules when driving along ruts in off road terrain or on roads with loose gravel e Activate the off road program gt page 186 e Avoid high engine speeds e Shift to a lower gear using the left hand steering wheel paddle shifter e Drive slowly e Where ruts are too deep drive with the wheels of one side on the center grassy area if possible Traveling uphill Approach departure angle A WARNING If you driv
267. es that the seat belt will not slacken once the child restraint system has been secured Installing a child restraint system gt Always comply with the child restraint sys tem manufacturer s installation instruc tions gt Pull the seat belt smoothly from the belt outlet gt Engage the seat belt tongue in the belt buckle Activating the special seat belt retractor gt Pull the seat belt out fully and let the inertia reel retract it again While the seat belt is retracting you should hear a ratcheting sound The special seat belt retractor is activated gt Push the child seat restraint system down so that the seat belt is tight and does not loosen Removing a child restraint system deactivat ing the special seat belt retractor gt Always comply with the child restraint sys tem manufacturer s installation instruc tions gt Press the release button on the belt buckle hold the belt tongue firmly and guide it back towards the belt outlet The special seat belt retractor is deactiva ted Child restraint system The use of seat belts and child restraint sys tems is required by law in e all 50 states e the U S territories e the District of Columbia e all Canadian provinces You can obtain further information about the correct child restraint system from any authorized Mercedes Benz Center Z WARNING If the child restraint system is installed incor rectly on a suitable seat it cannot
268. es with P button Park position with parking lock R Reverse gear N Neutral D Drive v Transmission position and drive pro gram display Example Transmission position display Drive program display The current transmission position and drive program appear in the multifunction display Engaging park position P u b O gt When the vehicle is stationary press P but ton Transmission positions P Park position Do not shift the transmission into position P gt page 159 unless the vehicle is stationary The parking lock should not be used as a brake when parking Always apply the electronic parking brake in addi tion to the parking lock in order to secure the vehicle If the vehicle electronics are mal functioning the transmission may be locked in position P Have the vehicle electronics checked immediately at a qualified specialist workshop R Reverse gear Only shift the transmission to R when the vehicle is stationary Automatic transmission fed N Neutral No power is transmitted from the engine to the drive wheels Releasing the brakes will allow you to move the vehicle freely e g to push it or tow it If ESP is deactivated or faulty only shift the transmission to posi tion N if the vehicle is in danger of skidding e g on icy roads When you switch off the engine the automatic transmission automati cally s
269. ess OK to confirm e Restarting the tire pressure loss warning gt Pressthe Y or A button to select the system gt page 331 Display Unit Speed Odometer func i i tion e Checking the t lect ll sole er Uae arenes ee ew You will see the selected setting km or miles e Calling up the service due date gt page 296 gt Press the OK button to save the setting i On board computer and displays The selected unit of measurement for dis tance applies to Settings menu e the digital speedometer in the Trip menu Introduction e the odometer and the trip odometer meen ThE trip computer e the current consumption and the range e navigation instructions in the Navi menu e cruise control e DISTRONIC PLUS e ASSYST PLUS service interval display In the Sett menu you have the following Switching the additional speedometer options on off e Changing the instrument cluster settings The Speedometer km h or Speedometer e Changing the light settings mph function allows you to choose whether the multifunction display in the status area always shows the speed in km h or in mph instead of the outside temperature gt Pressthe lt q or button onthe steer ing wheel to select the Sett menu gt Press the W or A button to select the Instrument Cluster submenu gt Press OK to confirm e Changing the vehicle settings e Changing the convenience settings e Restoring the factory set
270. est contour To lower the backrest contour To harden the backrest contour 2 Only in conjunction with electrically adjustable seats AMG Performance Seat To adjust the contour of the seat and for improved lateral support you can individually adjust the front seats Adjusting the side bolsters of the seat cushion gt To set the side bolsters of the seat cushion narrower press button Q gt To set the side bolsters of the seat cushion wider press button 2 Adjusting the seat backrest side bol sters gt To set the side bolsters of the seat backrest narrower press button G gt To set the side bolsters of the seat backrest wider press button Switching the seat heating on off Activating deactivating A WARNING Repeatedly switching on the seat heating can cause the seat cushion and backrest pads to become very hot The health of persons with limited temperature sensitivity or a limited ability to react to excessively high tempera tures may be affected or they may even suffer burn like injuries There is a risk of injury Therefore do not switch the seat heating on repeatedly The three red indicator lamps in the button indicate the heating level you have selected The system automatically switches down from level 3 to level 2 after approximately eight minutes The system automatically switches down from level 2 to level 1 after approximately ten minutes The system automatically switche
271. estarted message appears in the multifunction dis play After driving for a few minutes the system checks whether the current tire pressures are within the specified range The new tire pressures are then accepted as reference values and monitored If you wish to cancel the restart gt Press the button The tire pressure values stored at the last restart will continue to be monitored Loading the vehicle Radio type approval for the tire pres sure monitor Country Radio type approval number USA FCC ID MRXMW2433A FCC ID MRXGG4 FCC ID MRXMC34MA4 Canada IC 2546A MW2433A IC 2546A GG4 IC 2546A MC34MA4 Loading the vehicle Z WARNING Overloaded tires can overheat causing a blowout Overloaded tires can also impair the steering and driving characteristics and lead to brake failure There is a risk of accident Observe the load rating of the tires The load rating must be at least half of the GAWR of your vehicle Never overload the tires by exceeding the maximum load B pillar driver s side Two instruction labels on your vehicle show the maximum possible load 1 The Tire and Loading Information placard is on the B pillar on the driver s side The Tire and Loading Information placard shows the maximum permissible number of occupants and the maximum permis sible vehicle load It also contains details Wheels and tires _ Wheels and tires of the tire siz
272. ety notes sec tion for driving safety systems gt page 64 Z WARNING The distance warning function does not react e to people or animals e to oncoming vehicles e to crossing traffic e when cornering Thus the distance warning function cannot provide a warning in all critical situations There is a risk of an accident Always pay careful attention to the traffic sit uation and be ready to brake A WARNING The distance warning function cannot always clearly identify objects and complex traffic situations In such cases the distance warning function may give an unnecessary warning e not give a warning There is a risk of an accident Always pay careful attention to the traffic sit uation and do not rely solely on the distance warning function Function gt To activate deactivate activate or deac tivate the distance warning function in the on board computer gt page 214 If the distance warning function is not activa ted the X s symbol appears in the assis tance graphics display The distance warning function can help you to minimize the risk of a front end collision with a vehicle ahead or reduce the effects of such a collision If the distance warning function detects that there is a risk of a collision you will be warned visually and acoustically Starting at a speed of around 4 mph 7 km h the distance warning function warns you if you rapidly approach a vehicle in front An intermittent warni
273. ever place your hands and feet under the raised vehicle e Do not lie under the vehicle e Do not start the engine when the vehicle is raised e Never open or close a door or the tailgate when the vehicle is raised e Make sure that no persons are present in the vehicle when the vehicle is raised gt Using lug wrench Q loosen the bolts on the wheel you wish to change by about one Changing a wheel full turn Do not unscrew the bolts com pletely Pad Heidi ji The jacking points are located just behind the wheel housings of the front wheels and just in front of the wheel housings of the rear wheels arrows gt Take the ratchet wrench out of the tire changing tool kit and place it on the hexa gon nut of the jack so that the letters AUF are visible Pad iiih Ji gt Position jack at jacking point Pag H S Example gt Make sure the foot of the jack is directly beneath the jacking point gt Turn ratchet wrench until jack sits completely on jacking point 2 and the base of the jack lies evenly on the ground gt Turn ratchet wrench until the tire is raised a maximum of 1 2 in 3 cm from the ground Removing a wheel H Do not place wheel bolts in sand or on a dirty surface The bolt and wheel hub threads could otherwise be damaged when you screw them in gt Unscrew the wheel bolts gt Remove the wheel Mounting a new wheel A WARNING Oiled or grease
274. f donor battery to ground point of your vehicle using the jumper cable connecting the jumper cable to battery of other vehicle first gt Start the engine gt Before disconnecting the jumper cables let the engine run for several minutes gt First remove the jumper cables from ground point and negative terminal then from positive clamp and positive terminal Begin each time at the contacts on your own vehicle first gt Close cover Q of positive terminal 2 after removing the jumper cables gt Have the battery checked at a qualified specialist workshop Jump starting is not considered to be a normal operating condition Jumper cables and further information regarding jump starting can be obtained at any qualified specialist workshop Z WARNING If the weight of the vehicle to be towed or tow started is greater than the permissible gross weight of your vehicle Towing and tow starting Z WARNING Functions relevant to safety are restricted or no longer available if D Breakdown assistance e the towing eye could detach itself e the vehicle trailer combination could roll over There is a risk of an accident e the engine is not running e the brake system or the power steering is malfunctioning e there is a malfunction in the voltage supply or the vehicle s electrical system If your vehicle is being towed much more force may be necessary to steer or brake There is a ri
275. for that purpose Only install spare Replacing bulbs bulbs of the same type and the specified volt age Marks on the glass tube reduce the service life of the bulbs Do not touch the glass tube with your bare hands If necessary clean the glass tube when cold with alcohol or spirit and rub it off with a lint free cloth Protect bulbs from moisture during opera tion Do not allow bulbs to come into contact with liquids There are bulbs other than the Xenon bulbs that you cannot replace Replace only the bulbs listed gt page 117 Have the bulbs that you cannot replace yourself changed at a qualified specialist workshop If you require assistance changing bulbs con sult a qualified specialist workshop If the new bulb still does not light up consult a qualified specialist workshop Bulbs and lamps are an important aspect of vehicle safety You must therefore make sure that these function correctly at all times Have the headlamp setting checked regularly You can change the following bulbs The bulb type can be found in the legend Vehicles with halogen headlamps Turn signal lamp PY 21 W High beam headlamps daytime running lights H15 55 W 15 W Low beam headlamps parking lamps standing lamps H7 55 W Lights and windshield wipers Pq a Replacing bulbs Lights and windshield wipers E Vehicles with Bi Xenon headlamps Cornering lamp H7 55 W Tail lamps vehicles with halogen headlamps
276. from the brake pedal The vehicle is then held for about a second gt Pull away Hill start assist is not active if e you are pulling away ona level road or ona downhill gradient e the transmission is in position N e the electric parking brake is applied e ESP is malfunctioning Further information on holding the vehicle stationary on uphill gradients gt page 151 ECO start stop function Introduction The ECO start stop function switches the engine off automatically if the vehicle is stop ped under certain conditions The engine starts automatically when the driver wants to pull away again The ECO start stop function thereby helps you to reduce the fuel consumption and emissions of your vehicle Important safety notes Z WARNING If the engine is switched off automatically and you exit the vehicle the engine is restarted automatically The vehicle may begin moving There is a risk of accident and injury If you wish to exit the vehicle always turn off the ignition and secure the vehicle against rolling away General notes ECO start stop display If the engine has been switched off automat ically by the ECO start stop function the binges ECO symbol is shown in the multifunction display The stop start function is automatically acti vated each time you start the engine with the SmartKey AMG vehicles the ECO start stop function is only available in drive program C A
277. front reading imately 35 mph 55 km h and no other lamp on off road users have been detected x To switch the front interior lighting The high beam headlamps are switched on on automatically The E0 indicator lampin L To switch the on off the instrument cluster also lights up a To switch the front interior lighting If you are driving at speeds below approx automatic interior lighting control off imately 30 mph 45 km h or other road gH To switch the right hand front read users have been detected or the roads are ing lamp on off adequately lit To switch the automatic interior lighting The high beam headlamps are switched off control on automatically The 2D indicator lamp in the instrument cluster goes out The p indicator lamp in the multifunction display remains lit gt To switch off move the combination switch back to its normal position or move the light switch to another position The indicator lamp in the multifunc tion display goes out n e Lights and windshield wip Rear compartment overhead control panel vehi cles with a panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel amp To switch the reading lamp on off Rear compartment overhead control panel vehi cles without a panorama roof with power tilt slid ing panel amp To switch the left hand reading lamp on off To switch the
278. frosting function You should only select this setting until the windshield is clear again A C Operating the climate control systems ee Sem c oO t oO amp ea Operating the climate control systems Climate control i Dual zone automatic climate control gt Activate the ae Cooling with air dehu midification function gt Activate automatic mode auto gt If the windows continue to fog up activate the g Windshield defrosting function You should only select this setting until the windshield is clear again Windows fogged up on the outside gt Activate the windshield wipers gt Set the air distribution to or 14 You should only select this setting until the windshield is clear again General notes The rear window defroster has a high current draw You should therefore switch it off as soon as the rear window is clear Otherwise the rear window defroster switches off auto matically after several minutes If the battery voltage is too low the rear win dow defroster may switch off Activating deactivating gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 143 gt Press the S button The indicator lamp in the RB button lights up or goes out Operating the climate control systems Problems with the rear window defr
279. fuel filler flap Fuel consumption The energy content of E85 fuel is less than that of the same amount of premium grade gasoline The amount of fuel consumed when operating the vehicle with E85 fuel is there fore higher than with premium grade gaso line Maintenance Inform your authorized Mercedes Benz Cen ter that you are operating or have operated the vehicle with E85 fuel Low outside temperatures If the outside temperature is below 32 F 0 C the starting procedure can take notice ably longer when operating with E85 fuel E85 fuel is not suitable for use at outside temperatures under 4 F 20 C ee Service products and filling capacities Engine oil General notes H Never use engine oil or an oil filter of a specification other than is necessary to ful fill the prescribed service intervals Do not change the engine oil or oil filter in order to achieve longer replacement intervals than those prescribed You could otherwise cause engine damage or damage to the exhaust gas aftertreatment Follow the instructions in the service inter val display regarding the oil change Other wise you may damage the engine and the exhaust gas aftertreatment When handling engine oil observe the impor tant safety notes on service products gt page 361 The engine oils are matched to the perform ance of Mercedes Benz engines and service intervals You should therefore only use engine oils and oil filters that a
280. fuel filler flap Observe the notes on recommended tire pressures under various operating conditions gt page 328 Check tire pressures regularly and only when the tires are cold Comply with the mainte nance recommendations of the tire manufac turer in the vehicle document wallet Wheel and tire combinations Ea Notes on the vehicle equipment always equip the vehicle with e tires of the same size on a given axle left right e the same type of tires at a given time Sum mer tires winter tires MOExtended tires Exception it is permissible to install a dif ferent type or make in the event of a flat tire Observe the MOExtended tires tires with run flat characteristics section gt page 307 Vehicles equipped with MOExtended tires are not equipped with a TIREFIT kit at the factory It is therefore recommended that you additionally equip your vehicle with a TIREFIT kit if you mount tires that do not feature run flat properties e g winter tires A TIREFIT kit can be obtained from a quali fied specialist workshop The following pages contain information on approved wheel rim and tire sizes for equipping your vehicle with winter tires Winter tires are not available at the factory as standard equipment or optional extras If you want to equip your vehicle with approved winter tires it may be necessary to obtain wheel rims in the corresponding size The size of the approved winter tires may differ from t
281. function is impaired due to heavy rain or snow e the radar sensor system is outside the operating temperature range e the radar sensor system is temporarily inoperative e g due to electromagnetic radiation emitted by nearby TV or radio sta tions or other sources of electromagnetic radiation The yellow A indicator lamps also light up in the exterior mir rors When the causes stated above no longer apply the display mes sage disappears Blind Spot Assist is operational again If the display message does not disappear gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 159 gt Clean the sensors gt page 301 gt Restart the engine Display messages ES Display messages Blind Spot Assist inoperative Park Assist Can celed Park Assist Inoper ative DISTRONIC PLUS Off DISTRONIC PLUS Now Available Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Blind Spot Assist is defective The yellow A indicator lamps also light up in the exterior mir rors gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The driver s door is open and the driver s seat belt has not been fastened gt Repeat the parking process with the seat belt fastened and the driver s door closed You have inadvertently touched the multifunction steering wheel while steering intervention was active
282. g components such as the fan rotation area e remove jewelry and watches e keep items of clothing and hair for exam ple away from moving parts A WARNING The ignition system and the fuel injection sys tem work under high voltage If you touch components which are under voltage you could get an electric shock There is a risk of injury Never touch components of the ignition sys tem or fuel injection system when the ignition is switched on Opening the hood Z WARNING Certain components in the engine compart ment such as the engine radiator and parts of the exhaust system can become very hot Working in the engine compartment poses a risk of injury Where possible let the engine cool down and touch only the components described in the following Z WARNING When the hood is open and the windshield wipers are set in motion you can be injured by the wiper linkage There is a risk of injury Always switch off the windshield wipers and the ignition before opening the hood Engine compartment H Make sure that the windshield wipers are not folded away from the windshield You could otherwise damage the windshield wipers or the hood gt Make sure that the windshield wipers are switched off gt Pull release lever 4 on the hood The hood is released gt Reach into the gap between the hood and the radiator trim and press hood catch lever 2 to the left gt Raise the hood gt Pul
283. g lamp goes out Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster Problem 4 The red seat belt warn ing lamp flashes and an intermittent audible warning sounds Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The driver or front passenger has not fastened their seat belt The vehicle is being driven faster than 15 mph 25 km h or has briefly been driven faster than 15 mph 25 km h gt Fasten your seat belt gt page 44 The warning lamp goes out and the intermittent warning tone ceases There are objects on the front passenger seat The vehicle is being driven faster than 15 mph 25 km h or has briefly been driven faster than 15 mph 25 km h gt Remove the objects from the front passenger seat and stow them in a secure place The warning lamp goes out and the intermittent warning tone ceases Fy On board computer and displays a Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster Le On board computer and displays Safety systems Problem prake USA only Canada only The red brake system warning lamp comes on while the engine is run ning A warning tone also sounds The yellow ABS warning lamp is lit while the engine is running Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions There is not enough brake fluid in the brake fluid reservoir A WARNING The braking effect may be impaired There is a risk of an accident gt Pull over
284. g lit When the mal function has been rectified the tire pressure warning lamp goes out after a few minutes of driving The tire pressure values indicated by the on board computer may differ from those meas ured at a gas station with a pressure gauge The tire pressures shown by the on board computer refer to those measured at sea level At high altitudes the tire pressure val ues indicated by a pressure gauge are higher than those shown by the on board computer In this case do not reduce the tire pressures The operation of the tire pressure monitor can be affected by interference from radio trans mitting equipment e g radio headphones two way radios that may be being operated in or near the vehicle Checking the tire pressure electroni cally gt Make sure that the SmartKey is in position 2 in the ignition lock gt page 143 gt Pressthe lt or gt buttonon the steer ing wheel to select the Serv menu gt Press the A or W button to select Tire Pressure gt Press the OK button The current tire pressure of each tire is shown in the multifunction display If the vehicle was parked for longer than 20 minutes the Tire pressure will be displayed after driving a few minutes message is shown After a teach in process the tire pressure monitor automatically detects new wheels or new sensors As long as a clear allocation of the tire pressure value to
285. g standards If LT precedes the size description these are light truck tires according to U S manu facturing standards If T precedes the size description these are compact emergency spare wheels at high tire pressure to be used only temporarily in an emergency Tire width tire width Q shows the nominal tire width in millimeters Nominal aspect ratio aspect ratio is the size ratio between the tire height and the tire width and is shown in percent The aspect Tire labeling ratio is calculated by dividing the tire width by the tire height Tire code tire code 8 specifies the tire type R represents radial tires D represents diagonal tires B represents diagonal radial tires Optionally tires with a maximum speed of over 149mph 240km h may have ZR in the size description depending on the man ufacturer e g 245 40 ZR 18 Rim diameter rim diameter is the diam eter of the bead seat not the diameter of the rim flange The rim diameter is specified in inches in Load bearing index load bearing index is a numerical code which specifies the maxi mum load bearing capacity of a tire Do not overload the tires by exceeding the specified load limit The maximum permissi ble load can be found on the vehicle s Tire and Loading Information placard on the B pillar on the driver s side gt page 335 Example A load bearing index of 91 indicates a maxi mum load of 1 356lb 615kg that can be
286. g the interior light ing delayed switch off If you activate the Interior Lighting Delay function the interior lighting remains on for 20 seconds after you remove the key from the ignition lock gt Press the lt or button onthe steer ing wheel to select the Sett menu gt Press the W or A button to select the Light submenu gt Press OK to confirm gt Press the W or A button to select the Interior Lighting Delay function Ifthe Interior Lighting Delay function has been switched on the vehicle interior is displayed in orange in the multifunction display gt Press the OK button to save the setting Vehicle Activating deactivating the automatic door locking mechanism gt Press the lt or button onthe steer ing wheel to select the Sett menu gt Press the W or A button to select the Vehicle submenu gt Press OK to confirm gt Press the W or A button to select the Automatic Door Lock function When the Automatic Door Lock function is activated the vehicle doors are displayed in orange in the multifunction display gt Press the OK button to save the setting If you activate the Automatic Door Lock function the vehicle is centrally locked above a speed of approximately 9 mph 15 km h For further information on the automatic lock ing feature see gt page 82
287. g the main inspection Qualified specialist workshop An authorized Mercedes Benz Center is a qualified specialist workshop It has the nec essary specialist knowledge tools and quali fications to correctly carry out the work required on your vehicle This is especially the case for work relevant to safety Observe the notes in the Maintenance Book let Always have the following work carried out at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center e work relevant to safety e service and maintenance work e repair work Ea Introduction e alterations installation work and modifica tions e work on electronic components Correct use If you remove any warning stickers you or others could fail to recognize certain dangers Leave warning stickers in position Observe the following information when driv ing your vehicle e the safety notes in this manual e the Technical Data section in this manual e traffic rules and regulations e laws and safety standards pertaining to motor vehicles Problems with your vehicle If you should experience a problem with your vehicle particularly one that you believe may affect its safe operation we urge you to con tact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately to have the problem diagnosed and rectified If the problem is not resolved to your satisfaction please discuss the problem again with a Mercedes Benz Center or con tact us at one of the following addresses In the USA Custome
288. g too quickly If DISTRONIC PLUS detects that there is a risk of a collision you will be warned visually and acoustically DISTRONIC PLUS cannot pre vent a collision without your intervention An intermittent warning tone will then sound and the distance warning lamp will light up in the instrument cluster Brake immediately in order to increase the distance to the vehicle in front or take evasive action provided it is safe to do so DISTRONIC PLUS operates in range between O mph 0 km h and 120 mph 200 km h Do not use DISTRONIC PLUS while driving on roads with steep gradients As DISTRONIC PLUS transmits radar waves it can resemble the radar detectors of the responsible authorities You can refer to the relevant chapter in the Operator s Manual if questions are asked about this This device complies with RSS 2 10 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful inter ference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Removal tampering or altering of the device will void any warranties and is not permitted Do not tamper with alter or use in any non approved way Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Important safety notes A WARNING DISTRONIC PLUS does not react to e people or animals e stationa
289. garage door opener in the rear view mirror is cleared Calling up the compass The compass displays in which compass direction the vehicle is currently traveling N NE E SE S SW W or NW Fii M FEJ To receive a correct display in rear view mir ror Q the compass must be calibrated and the magnetic field zone set Setting the compass gt Determine your position using the following zone maps South America zone map gt Push a round pen into opening gt page 289 for approximately three sec onds The zone currently selected appears in compass display 2 gt page 289 gt To select the zone push a round pen into opening 3 gt page 289 until the desired zone is selected If after a few seconds the display in com pass display 2 gt page 289 changes direction the zone has been selected Features ee E Stowage and features Eat Features e Stowage and features Calibrating the compass gt Make sure that there is sufficient space for you to drive in a circle without impeding traffic In order to calibrate the compass correctly do the following e calibrate the compass in the open and not in the vicinity of steel structures or high voltage transmission lines e switch off electrical consumers such as the climate control windshield wipers or rear gt Slide the seat backwards window defroster gt To install place the floormat in the foot e close all doors and t
290. ge 362 General information The fuel filler flap is unlocked or locked auto matically when you open or close the vehicle with the SmartKey The position of the fuel filler cap is displayed f in the instrument cluster The arrow on the filling pump indicates the side of the vehi cle Opening the fuel filler flap To open the fuel filler flap Tire pressure table To insert the fuel filler cap Fuel type to be used gt Switch the engine off gt Remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock gt Press the fuel filler flap in the direction of arrow Q The fuel filler flap swings up gt Turn the fuel filler flap counter clockwise and remove it gt Insert the fuel filler cap into holder on the inside of fuel filler flap gt Completely insert the filler neck of the fuel pump nozzle into the tank hook in place and refuel gt Only fill the tank until the pump nozzle switches off Do not add any more fuel after the pump stops filling for the first time Otherwise fuel may leak out Closing the fuel filler flap gt Replace the cap on the filler neck and turn clockwise until it engages audibly gt Close the fuel filler flap Close the fuel filler flap before locking the vehicle If you are driving with the fuel filler cap open the W reserve fuel warning lamp flashes A message appears in the multi function display gt page 240 In addition the Chec
291. gement e in the fuel injection system e in the exhaust system e in the ignition system e in the fuel system The emission limit values may be exceeded and the engine may be in emergency mode gt Have the vehicle checked as soon as possible at a qualified specialist workshop In some states you must immediately visit a qualified special ist workshop as soon as the yellow Check Engine warning lamp lights up This depends on the locally applicable legal require ments If in doubt check whether such legal regulations apply in the state in which you are currently driving The fuel level has dropped into the reserve range gt Refuel at the nearest gas station The fuel system pressure is too low The fuel filler cap is not closed correctly or the fuel system is leaking gt Check that the fuel filler cap is correctly closed gt If the fuel filler cap is not correctly closed close the fuel filler cap gt If the fuel filler cap is closed visit a qualified specialist work shop The temperature sensor for the coolant temperature gage is defec tive The coolant temperature is no longer being monitored There is a risk of engine damage if the coolant temperature is too high gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely and switch off the engine paying attention to road and traffic conditions Do not continue driving under any circumstances gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 159 gt Consult a
292. gned to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time typically 30 seconds or less The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as e how various systems in your vehicle are operating e whether or not the driver and passenger seat belts are fastened e how far if at all the driver is depressing the accelerator and or brake pedal and e how fast the vehicle is traveling This data can help provide a better under standing of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur NOTE EDR data is recorded by your vehicle only if a non trivial crash situation occurs no data is recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data e g name gender age and crash location are recorded However other parties such as law enforcement can combine the EDR data with the type of per sonal identification data routinely acquired during a crash investigation To read data recorded by an EDR special equipment is required and access to the vehi cle or the EDR is needed In addition to the vehicle manufacturer other parties that have the special equipment such as law enforce ment can read the information by accessing the vehicle or the EDR EDR data may be used in civil and criminal matters as a tool in accident reconstruction accident claims and vehicle safety Since the Crash Data Retrieval CDR tool that is used to extract data from the EDR is commercia
293. gt page 159 gt Switch off all electrical consumers gt Turn the SmartKey to position 0 in the igni tion lock and remove it gt page 143 All indicator lamps in the instrument cluster must be off The fuses are located in various fuse boxes e Fuse box in the engine compartment on the left hand side of the vehicle when viewed in the direction of travel e Fuse box in the front passenger footwell The fuse allocation chart is on the fuse box in the front passenger footwell gt page 322 A WARNING When the hood is open and the windshield wipers are set in motion you can be injured by the wiper linkage There is a risk of injury Always switch off the windshield wipers and the ignition before opening the hood H Make sure that no moisture can enter the fuse box when the cover is open H When closing the cover make sure that it is lying correctly on the fuse box Moisture seeping in or dirt could otherwise impair the operation of the fuses gt Open the hood gt Use a dry cloth to remove any moisture from the fuse box gt To open open clamps 2 gt Fold up cover in the direction of the arrow and remove it gt To close check whether the seal is seated correctly in cover Q gt Insert cover Q at the back into openings on the fuse box gt Fold down cover Q gt Hook clamps 2 into the fuse box and close gt Close the hood D Breakdown assistance
294. h your skin eyes or clothing and that it is not swallowed Do not inhale fuel vapors Keep fuel away from children If you or others come into contact with fuel observe the following e Wash away fuel from skin immediately using soap and water e If fuel comes into contact with your eyes immediately rinse them thoroughly with clean water Seek medical assistance with out delay e If fuel is swallowed seek medical assis tance without delay Do not induce vomit ing e Immediately change out of clothing which has come into contact with fuel Tank capacity Model Total capa city Models with 4MATIC 14 8 US gal 56 0 I All other models 13 2 US gal 50 0 I ss Service products and filling capacities Model Of which reserve AMG vehicles Approx 2 1 US gal 8 0 I All other models Approx 1 6 US gal 6 0 I Gasoline Fuel grade H Do not use diesel to refuel vehicles with a gasoline engine Do not switch on the igni tion if you accidentally refuel with the wrong fuel Otherwise the fuel will enter the fuel system Even small amounts of the wrong fuel could result in damage to the fuel system and the engine Notify a quali fied specialist workshop and have the fuel tank and fuel lines drained completely H Only refuel using unleaded premium grade gasoline with at least 91 AKI 95 RON H Only use the fuel recommended Operat ing the vehicle with other fuels can lead to engine failure H Do not use the follow
295. he Important safety notes section in the description of ESP gt page 69 A WARNING If you deactivate ESP ESP no longer sta bilizes the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident Only deactivate ESP in the situations descri bed in the following It may be best to deactivate ESP in the fol lowing situations e when using snow chains e in deep snow e on sand or gravel Activating deactivating ESP on AMG vehi cles gt page 70 For further information about ESP see gt page 68 gt Start the engine gt Press the lt lt or button onthe steer ing wheel to select the DriveAssist menu gt Press the A or W button to select ESP il On board computer and displays a Menus and submenus bus On board computer and displays gt Press the OK button The current selection is displayed gt To activate deactivate press the button again ESP is deactivated if the warning lamp in the instrument cluster lights up continuously when the engine is running If the amp warning lamp and the _ amp warn ing lamp are lit continuously ESP is not available due to a malfunction Observe the information on warning lamps gt page 256 Observe the information on display messages gt page 222 OK Activating deactivating COLLISION PREVENTION A
296. he center of the head restraint Observe the safety guidelines on steering wheel adjustment gt page 102 gt Make sure that steering wheel is adjus ted properly Adjusting the steering wheel gt page 102 When adjusting the steering wheel make sure that e you can hold the steering wheel with your arms slightly bent e you can move your legs freely e you can see all the displays in the instru ment cluster clearly Observe the safety guidelines for seat belts gt page 44 gt Check whether you have fastened seat belt 2 properly gt page 46 The seat belt should e fit snugly across your body e be routed across the middle of your shoulder e be routed in your pelvic area across the hip joints gt Before starting off adjust the rear view mir ror and the exterior mirrors gt page 103 in such a way that you have a good view of road and traffic conditions gt Vehicles with a memory function save the seat and exterior mirror settings gt page 106 portant safety notes Z WARNING Children could become trapped if they adjust the seats particularly when unattended There is a risk of injury When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Never leave children unsupervised in the vehicle The seats can still be adjusted when there is no SmartKey in the ignition lock A WARNING If the driver s seat is not engaged it could move unexpect
297. he brake pedal You have attempted to shift the transmission to position R or D without starting the engine gt Start the engine gt Depress the brake pedal It is only possible to shift the transmission from position P to the desired position if you depress the brake pedal Only then can the parking lock be deactivated If you do not depress the brake pedal the DIRECT SELECT lever can still be moved but the parking lock remains engaged Attransmission fluid temperatures below 4 F 20 C you can only shift out of position P into another transmission position when the engine is running You have attempted to move the transmission selector lever to position R N or D without depressing the brake pedal gt Depress the brake pedal The driver s door is open and the transmission is in position R N or D A warning tone also sounds A WARNING The vehicle may roll away There is a risk of an accident gt Shift the transmission to position P gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 159 Display messages Service Required Do Not Shift Gears Visit Dealer OnillyeShiiite come when Vehicle is Stationary Reversing Not Pos sible Service Required Transmission Mal function Transmission Mal function Stop Stop vehicle Shift to P Leave engine running Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions You cannot change the transmission position due to a malfunction A warning tone also soun
298. he child restraint system rests on the seat cushion of the front passenger seat The backrest of the forward facing child restraint system must lie as flat as pos sible against the backrest of the front passenger seat If nec essary adjust the position of the front passenger seat gt When installing the child restraint system make sure that the seat belt is tight Do not pull the seat belt tight using the front passenger seat adjustment This could result in the seat belt and the child restraint system being pulled too tightly gt Check for correct installation of the child restraint system Make sure that the head restraint does not apply a load to the child restraint system If necessary adjust the head restraint accordingly gt Make sure that no objects are applying additional weight onto the seat gt f the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp remains off and or the PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamp lights up do not install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat It is recommended that you install the restraint system on a suitable rear seat gt Have OCS checked as soon as possible at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center A Safet Deployment of Emergency Tensioning Devices and air bags Important safety notes Z WARNING The air bag parts are hot after an air bag has been deployed There is a risk of injury Do not touch the air bag parts Have a deployed air bag replaced at a qualified spe c
299. he current speed the vehicle acceler ates or decelerates If you do not know the stored speed the vehicle could accelerate or brake unexpectedly There is a risk of an acci dent Pay attention to the road and traffic condi tions before calling up the stored speed If you do not know the stored speed store the desired speed again gt Briefly pull the cruise control lever towards you gt Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal The first time cruise control is activated it stores the current speed or regulates the speed of the vehicle to the previously stored speed Setting a speed Keep in mind that it may take a brief moment until the vehicle has accelerated or braked to the speed set gt Press the cruise control lever up for a higher speed or down for a lower speed gt To adjust the set speed in 1 mph incre ments 1 km h increments briefly press the cruise control lever up or down to the pressure point Every time the cruise control lever is pressed up C or down 2 the last speed stored is increased or reduced gt To adjust the set speed in 5 mph incre ments 10 km h increments briefly press the cruise control lever up or down to the pressure point Every time the cruise control lever is pressed up or down 2 the last speed stored is increased or reduced Driving and parking Cruise control is not deactivated if you depress the accelerator pedal For exam
300. he high beam headlamps Adaptive Highbeam Assist cannot take into account road weather or traffic conditions Adaptive Highbeam Assist is only an aid You are responsible for adjusting the vehicle s lighting to the prevailing light visibility and traffic conditions The system s optical sensor is located behind the windshield near the overhead control panel Interior lighting pa In particular the detection of obstacles can be restricted if there is ee i Certain climatic and physical conditions may e poor visibility e g due to fog heavy rain or cause moisture to form in the headlamp This snow moisture does not affect the functionality of e dirt on the sensors or the sensors are the headlamp obscured Switching Adaptive Highbeam Assist Interior lighting on off gt To switch on turn the light switch to auto gt Press the combination switch beyond the pressure point in the direction of arrow Q The indicator lamp in the multifunc tion display lights up when it is dark and the light sensor activates the low beam head lamps If you are driving at speeds above approx imately 28 mph 45 km h The headlamp range is set automatically depending on the distance between the vehicle and other road users Front overhead control panel Lights and windshield wipers 4 If you are driving at speeds above approx L To switch the left hand
301. he oil level again with the oil dip gt Check the coolant temperature display in stick gt page 294 the instrument cluster i f The coolant temperature must be below Further information on engine oil 104 F 40 C gt page 364 gt Turn the SmartKey to position 0 gt page 143 in the ignition lock gt Slowly turn cap half a turn counter clockwise to allow excess pressure to escape Checking coolant level gt Turn cap Q further counter clockwise and remove it WARNING p A i R If the coolant is at the level of marker bar The engine cooling system is pressurized par in the filler neck when cold there is enough ticularly when the engine is warm When coolant in coolant expansion tank opening the cap you could be scalded by hot gt ice coolant spraying out There is a risk of injury eee Sane coolant thal has Deenites ted and approved by Mercedes Benz gt Replace cap 1 and turn it clockwise as far as it will go Let the engine cool down before opening the cap Wear eye and hand protection when opening the cap Open the cap slowly half a turn to allow pressure to escape For further information on coolant see gt page 365 E The coolant may only be checked and cor rected when the engine is cool coolant temperature below 104 F 40 C Check ing the coolant when the coolant tempera Ee Maintenance Maintenance I Maintenance and care Windshield washer system A WA
302. he parking space is on a curb e the parking space is apparently blocked for example by foliage or grass paving blocks e the range of movement is too small e the parking space is bordered by an obsta cle which is not clearly defined such as a tree or a trailer Detected parking space on the left Parking symbol Detected parking space on the right Active Parking Assist is automatically activa ted when driving forwards The system is operational at speeds of up to approximately 22 mph 35 km h While in operation the system independently locates and measures parking spaces on both sides of the vehicle Active Parking Assist will only detect parking spaces e parallel or at right angles to the direction of travel e that are parallel to the direction of travel and at least 59 in 1 5 m wide e that are parallel to the direction of travel and at least 39 5 in 1 0 m longer than your vehicle e that are at right angles to the direction of travel and at least 39 5 in 1 0 m wider than your vehicle In the case of parking spaces that are at right angles to the direction of travel please ensure that the parking space is long enough to accommodate your vehicle When driving at speeds below 19 mph 30 km h you will see the parking symbol as a status indicator in the instrument cluster When a parking space has been detected an arrow towards the right or the left also appears By default Active Parking Assist on
303. he standard tires This is dependent on the model and the equip ment installed at the factory The tires and wheel rims as well as further information can be obtained at a qualified specialist workshop il Wheels and tires Not all wheel and tire combinations are available at the factory for all countries __ Wheels and tires Tires GLA 250 Summer tires R17 Tires BA 215 60 R17 96 V R18 Tires BA 235 50 R18 97 V7 R19 Tires BA 235 45 R19 95 V7 Winter tires R17 Tires BA 215 60 R17 96 H M S Ay R18 Tires BA 215 55 R18 95 H M S amp BA 235 50 R18 97 H M S 4 7 6 Also available as MOExtended tires a Wheel and tire combinations Wheels BA 6 5 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 50 in 38 mm Wheels BA 7 0 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 81 in 46 mm Wheels BA 8 0 J x 19 H2 Wheel offset 1 71 in 43 5 mm Wheels BA 6 5 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 50 in 38 mm Wheels BA 6 5 Jx 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 50 in 38 mm BA 7 0 J x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 81 in 46 mm 7 Use of snow chains not permitted Observe the notes in the Snow chains section Wheel and tire combinations ee R19 Tires BA 235 45 R19 95HM S A 7 All weather tires R18 Tires BA 235 50 R18 97 H67 R19 Tires BA 235 45 R19 95 H 7 GLA 250 4MATIC Summer tires R17 Tires BA 215 60 R17 96 V R 18 Tires BA 235 50 R18 97 V 7 R19 Tires BA 235 45 R19 95 V7 Whe
304. he tailgate well gt Switch on the ignition gt Press safety catch knobs onto retain gt Push a round pen into opening ers i gt page 289 for approximately six sec gt To remove pull the floormat off retain onds until symbol C is shown in compass ers display 2 gt page 289 gt Remove the floormat gt Drive your vehicle in a full circle at approx imately 3 mph 5 km h to 6 mph 10 km h When the calibration has successfully been completed the current direction is shown in compass display gt page 289 A WARNING Objects in the driver s footwellcan restrict the pedal travel or obstruct a depressed pedal The operating and road safety of the vehicle is jeopardized There is a risk of an accident Make sure that all objects in the vehicle are stowed correctly and that they cannot enter the driver s footwell Install the floormats securely and as specified in order to ensure sufficient clearance for the pedals Do not use loose floormats and do not place floormats on top of one another Useful information Engine compartment 05 292 Maintenance eee 296 Care ccssiies eee eee A 297 i Maintenance and care Maintenance and care models and all standard and optional equip ment of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator s Manual Country specific differences are possible Please note that your vehicle may not be equipped with
305. hecked gt Make sure that the air supply to the engine radiator is not blocked e g by snow slush or ice gt At coolant temperatures below 248 F 120 C drive to the nearest qualified specialist workshop gt Avoid subjecting the engine to heavy loads e g driving in moun tainous terrain and stop and go traffic Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions You are approaching a vehicle or a stationary obstacle in your line of travel at too high a speed gt Be prepared to brake immediately gt Pay careful attention to the traffic situation You may have to brake or take evasive action For further information about COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS gt page 66 Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster ae Tires Problem 0 The yellow tire pressure monitor warning lamp pressure loss malfunction is lit The yellow tire pressure monitor warning lamp pressure loss malfunction flashes for approximately one minute and then remains lit Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The tire pressure monitor has detected a loss of pressure in at least one of the tires A WARNING With tire pressures which are too low there is a risk of the fol lowing hazards e they may burst especially as the load and vehicle speed increase e they may wear excessively and or unevenly which may greatly impair tire traction e the driving characteristics
306. helf HM The maximum load which may be placed on the parcel shelf is 3 3 Ibs 1 5 kg gt To remove detach straps C from the tail gate gt Fold the parcel shelf downwards gt Pull the parcel shelf out to the rear 2 gt To install place the parcel shelf on the guide rails on the left and right gt Push the parcel shelf evenly forwards using both hands until it engages gt Fold the parcel shelf up gt Attach straps to the tailgate Stowage and features Securing cargo Cargo tie down rings Observe the following notes on securing loads e Observe the loading guidelines gt page 266 e Secure the load using the cargo tie down rings e Distribute the load on the cargo tie down rings evenly e Do not use elastic straps or nets to secure a load as these are only intended as an anti slip protection for light loads e Do not route tie downs across sharp edges or corners e Pad sharp edges for protection Stowage and features Cargo tie down rings Bag hook Z WARNING The bag hooks cannot restrain heavy objects or items of luggage Objects or items of lug gage could be flung around and thereby hit vehicle occupants when braking or abruptly changing directions There is a risk of injury Only hang light objects on the bag hooks Never hang hard sharp edged or fragile objects on the bag hooks Hl The bag hook can bear a maximum load of 6 6lbs 3kg and should not be us
307. her Turn signal left gt To indicate briefly press the combination switch briefly to the pressure point in the direction of arrow or The corresponding turn signal flashes three times gt To indicate press the combination switch beyond the pressure point in the direction of arrow or High beam headlamps gt To switch on the high beam headlamps turn the SmartKey in the ignition lock to position 2 or start the engine gt Turn the light switch to or AUTO gt Press the combination switch beyond the pressure point in the direction of arrow Q In the auto position the high beam head lamps are only switched on when it is dark and the engine is running The blue 2D indicator lamp in the instru ment cluster lights up when the high beam headlamps are switched on gt To switch off the high beam head lamps move the combination switch back to its normal position The blue 2D indicator lamp in the instru ment cluster goes out Vehicles with Adaptive Highbeam Assist when Adaptive Highbeam Assist is active it controls activation of the high beam head lamps gt page 114 High beam flasher gt To switch on turn the SmartKey in the ignition lock to position 1 or 2 or start the engine gt Pull the combination switch in the direction of arrow G The hazard warning lamps automatically switch on if e an air
308. hes gt To deactivate press again PANIC button A for at PANIC button or gt Insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock Occupant safety The restraint system reduces the risk of vehi cle occupants coming into contact with parts of the vehicle s interior in the event of an accident The restraint system can also reduce the forces to which vehicle occupants are subjected during an accident The restraint system comprises e Seat belt system e Air bags e Child restraint system e Child seat securing systems The components of the restraint system work in conjunction with each other They can only deploy their protective function if at all times all vehicle occupants e have fastened their seat belts correctly gt page 45 e have adjusted their seat and head restraint properly gt page 97 As the driver you also have to make sure that the steering wheel is adjusted correctly Observe the information relating to the cor rect driver s seat position gt page 96 You also have to make sure that an air bag can inflate properly if deployed gt page 48 An air bag supplements a correctly worn seat belt As an additional safety device the air bag increases the level of protection for vehi cle occupants in the event of an accident For example if in the event of an accident the protection offered by the seat belt is suffi cient the air bags are not deployed When an
309. hicle specific and may deviate from the values in the illustration Important safety notes Observe the Tire pressure information sec tion gt page 328 Information on air pressure for the tires on your vehicle can be found e on the vehicle s Tire and Loading Informa tion placard on the B pillar e on the tire pressure label on the fuel filler flap e in the Tire pressure information section Checking tire pressures manually To determine and set the correct tire pres sure proceed as follows gt Remove the valve cap of the tire that is to be checked gt Press the tire pressure gauge securely onto the valve gt Read the tire pressure and compare it with the recommended value on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the B pillar on the driver s side of your vehicle gt f necessary increase the tire pressure to the recommended value gt page 328 gt Ifthe tire pressure is too high release air by pressing down the metal pin in the valve using the tip of a pen for example Then check the tire pressure again using the tire pressure gauge gt Screw the valve cap onto the valve gt Repeat these steps for the other tires General notes While the vehicle is in motion the tire pres sure loss warning system monitors the set tire pressure using the rotational speed of the wheels This enables the system to detect significant pressure loss in a tire If the speed of rotation of a whe
310. hicle tool kit gt page 306 Vehicles with the TIREFIT kit the towing eye is beneath the tire inflation compres sor gt Press the mark on cover Q inwards in the direction of the arrow gt Take cover Q off the opening gt Screw in and tighten the towing eye clock wise to the stop Removing the towing eye gt Unscrew and remove the towing eye gt To fasten the front cover position the top of cover in the bumper and press it in at the bottom until it engages gt To fasten the rear cover position the left hand side of cover Q in the bumper and press it in on the right hand side until it engages gt Place the towing eye in the stowage well beneath the cargo compartment floor gt page 306 in the cargo compartment gt Vehicles with the TIREFIT kit put back the tire inflation compressor In order to signal a change of direction when towing with the hazard warning lamps switched on use the combination switch as usual In this case only the indicator lamps for the direction of travel flash After reset ting the combination switch the hazard warning lamp starts flashing again The automatic transmission automatically shifts to position P when you open the driver s or front passenger door or when you remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock In order to ensure that the automatic transmission stays in position N when towing the vehicle you must observe the following points gt Make
311. hifts into neutral N D Drive The automatic transmission changes gear automatically All forward gears are available Driving tips Changing gear The automatic transmission shifts to the indi vidual gears automatically when it is in trans mission position D This automatic gear shift ing behavior is determined by e the selected drive program gt page 152 e the position of the accelerator pedal gt page 151 e the road speed Accelerator pedal position Your style of driving influences how the auto matic transmission shifts gear e little throttle early upshifts e more throttle late upshifts Holding the vehicle stationary on uphill gradients Z WARNING If the clutch overheats the electronic man agement system is automatically deactivated b gt bo a ge c bo S m a Automatic transmission L_ Driving and parking This interrupts the power transmission The vehicle may for example roll backwards on gradients There is a risk of an accident Never hold the vehicle stationary on uphill gradients by depressing the accelerator The clutch may overheat if you hold the vehi cle stationary on uphill gradients by depress ing the accelerator pedal If the clutch over heats a warning tone sounds All vehicles except AMG vehicles the Stop Vehicle Shift to P Leave Engine Running display message appears in the mul tifunction display You will only be able to co
312. hould test every position for at least 25 seconds before trying another position Synchronizing the rolling code Pay attention to the Important safety notes gt page 286 If the garage door system uses a rolling code you will also have to synchronize the garage door system with the integrated garage door opener in the rear view mirror To do this you will need to use the programing button on the door drive control panel The programing but ton may be positioned at different locations depending on the manufacturer It is usually located on the door drive unit on the garage ceiling Familiarize yourself with the garage door drive operating instructions e g under Pro graming of additional remote controls before carrying out the following steps Your vehicle must be within reach of the garage door or gate opener drive Make sure that neither your vehicle nor any persons objects are present within the sweep of the door or gate gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 143 gt Get out of the vehicle gt Press the programing button on the door drive unit Usually you now have 30 seconds to ini tiate the next step gt Get into the vehicle gt Press previously programed button or on the integrated garage door opener until the door closes The rolling code synchronization is then complete Notes on programing the remote control Canadian radio frequency laws require
313. hout electrically folding exterior mirrors move the exterior mirror into the correct position manually gt Vehicles with electrically folding exte rior mirrors press and hold mirror folding button gt page 103 until you hear a click and then the mirrors engage in position The mirror housing is engaged again and you can adjust the exterior mirrors as usual gt page 103 Z WARNING Electrolyte may escape if the glass in an auto matic anti glare mirror breaks The electrolyte is harmful and causes irritation It must not come into contact with your skin eyes res piratory organs or clothing or be swallowed There is a risk of injury If you come into contact with the electrolyte observe the following e Rinse off the electrolyte from your skin immediately with water e Immediately rinse the electrolyte out of your eyes thoroughly with clean water e If the electrolyte is swallowed immediately rinse your mouth out thoroughly Do not induce vomiting e If electrolyte comes into contact with your skin or hair or is swallowed seek medical attention immediately e Immediately change out of clothing which has come into contact with electrolyte e If an allergic reaction occurs seek medical attention immediately The Automatic anti glare mirrors function is only available if the vehicle is equipped with the Mirrors package The rear view mirror and the exterior mirror on the driver s side automatically go i
314. ht rating of the vehicle including occu pants The values are specified on the vehi cle identification plate on the B pillar of the driver s door e The cargo compartment is the preferred place to carry objects e Position heavy loads as far forwards as pos sible and as low down in the cargo com partment as possible e The load must not protrude above the upper edge of the seat backrests e Always place the load against the rear or front seat backrests Make sure that the seat backrests are securely locked into place e Always place the load behind unoccupied seats if possible e Use the cargo tie down rings and the parcel nets to transport loads and luggage e Use cargo tie down rings and fastening materials appropriate for the weight and size of the load e The maximum load capacity of the stowage well under the cargo compartment floor is 55 Ibs 25 kg e Secure the load with sufficiently strong and wear resistant tie downs Pad sharp edges for protection H Do not position the load on one part of the folding cargo compartment floor only The maximum load capacity of the folding cargo compartment floor is 220 Ibs 100 kg Dis tribute the weight evenly to avoid damaging the cargo compartment floor Place a solid board under the load if necessary Please note that the load on the cargo compart ment floor will be increased when the load is lashed down Stowage areas Stowage space Important safety notes A
315. htening torque 351 Wheel Chock eee 349 see Wheel chock Wheels Changing a wheel siisii 347 CHECKING ncn acsisaei acne 325 CIGANING asisite si 300 Cleaning Warning oseese 348 General Notes ciiscsrcrseisisisisis 352 Important safety notes s s s 324 Information on driving seee 324 Interchanging changing 0 348 Mounting a new wheel seess 351 Mounting a wheel 0 0 ceeeeeeseeees 348 Removing a wheel seess 351 SNOW CAINS sissien hestaesasceaes 327 SLOPE sscctecannear ainda 348 Tightening torque ceeeeeeeeeeeeees 351 Wheel size tire size ceeeeeeeee 352 Window curtain air bag Display MeSSage seeeeseeteeeeees 231 Operation ccs ceeceeeseccesececasenesseeeess 50 Windows see Side windows Windshield Defrosting vce stevsvevivceceestcesoeeexetsseess 135 see Windshield Windshield washer system Adding washer fluid seses 296 Important safety notes 0 0 0 366 Windshield wipers Display message ssec 251 Problem malfunction s es 124 Rear WINdOW WIPE nsss 122 Replacing the wiper blades 122 Switching On Off sires 121 Winter driving Slippery road surfaces ss 167 SMOW CHAINS is siisienirissrei eestas 327 Winter operation General NOLES ssceccesesvessvessesensoceee 326 Winter tires MES CDOS Scctcessssscseseriesiiestveriaetosedess 326 Wiper blades CIG ANIM Ss svsnceceeecsssestassonscteviscectesses3s 301 Important safety notes 0 0 122 Replacing rear wi
316. ialist workshop You could jeopardize the operating safety of your vehicle if you use parts tires and wheels as well as accessories relevant to safety which have not been approved by Mercedes This could lead to malfunctions in safety rel evant systems e g the brake system Use only genuine Mercedes Benz parts or parts of equal quality Only use tires wheels and accessories that have been specifically approved for your vehicle Genuine Mercedes Benz parts are subject to strict quality control Every part has been spe cifically developed manufactured or selected for and adapted to Mercedes Benz vehicles Only genuine Mercedes Benz parts should therefore be used More than 300 000 different genuine Mercedes Benz parts are available for Mercedes Benz models All authorized Mercedes Benz Centers main tain a supply of genuine Mercedes Benz parts for necessary service and repair work In addi tion strategically located parts delivery cen ters provide quick and reliable parts service Always specify the vehicle identification num ber VIN when ordering genuine Mercedes Benz parts gt page 360 Operator s Manual Vehicle equipment This Operator s Manual describes all models and all standard and optional equipment of your vehicle available at the time of going to print Country specific differences are possi ble Bear in mind that your vehicle may not feature all functions described here This also applies to safety r
317. ialist workshop as soon as possible Z WARNING A deployed air bag no longer offers any pro tection and cannot provide the intended pro tection in an accident There is an increased risk of injury Have the vehicle towed to a qualified special ist workshop in order to have a deployed air bag replaced It is important for your safety and that of your passenger to have deployed air bags replaced and to have any malfunctioning air bags repaired This will help to make sure the air bags continue to perform their protective function for the vehicle occupants in the event of a crash Z WARNING Pyrotechnic Emergency Tensioning Devices that have been deployed are no longer opera tional and are unable to perform their inten ded protective function This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury Therefore have pyrotechnic Emergency Ten sioning Devices which have been triggered immediately replaced at a qualified specialist workshop If Emergency Tensioning Devices or air bags are deployed you will hear a bang and a small amount of powder may also be released The amp restraint system warning lamp lights up Only in rare cases will the bang affect your hearing The powder that is released gener ally does not constitute a health hazard but it may cause short term breathing difficulties in Ea Occupant safety people with asthma or other respiratory prob lems To avoid this you may wish to get
318. ible park the vehicle paying attention to traffic conditions and operate the equip ment when the vehicle is stationary When telephoning you must observe the legal requirements for the country in which you are currently driving gt Switch on the mobile phone see the sepa rate operating instructions gt Switch on the audio system or COMAND see the separate operating instructions gt Establish a Bluetooth connection to the audio system or COMAND see the sepa rate operating instructions gt Pressthe lt or gt button onthe steer ing wheel to select the Tel menu Menus and submenus Se ry On board computer and displays Menus and submenus Pd On board computer and displays You will see one of the following display mes sages in the multifunction display e Telephone Ready or the name of the net work provider the mobile phone has found a network and is ready to receive e Telephone No Service there is no net work available or the mobile phone is searching for a network Accepting a call Example incoming call gt Press the button on the steering wheel to accept an incoming call If someone calls you when you are in the Tel menu a display message appears in the mul tifunction display You can accept a call even if you are not in the Tel menu Rejecting or ending a call gt Press the wheel button on the steering You can
319. ica tors of fatigue or increasing lapses in con centration on the part of the driver it sug gests you take a break Important safety notes ATTENTION ASSIST is only an aid to the driver It might not always recognize fatigue or increasing inattentiveness in time or fail to recognize them at all The system is not a substitute for a well rested and attentive driver ATTENTION ASSIST assesses your level of fatigue or lapses in concentration by taking the following criteria into account e your personal driving style e g steering characteristics e journey details e g time of day and length of journey The functionality of ATTENTION ASSIST is restricted and warnings may be delayed or not occur at all e if the road condition is poor e g if the sur face is uneven or if there are potholes e if there is a strong side wind e if you have adopted a sporty driving style with high cornering speeds or high rates of acceleration e if you are predominantly driving slower than 50 mph 80 km h or faster than 112 mph 180 km h e if you are currently using COMAND or mak ing a telephone call with it e if the time has been set incorrectly e in active driving situations such as when you change lanes or change your speed Driving systems E Driving and parking fe Driving systems __ Driving and parking Warning and display messages in the multifunction display gt Activate ATTENTION ASSIST using the on
320. ical tips or further information that could be helpful to you gt This symbol indicates an instruction that must be followed gt Several of these symbols in succes sion indicate an instruction with sev eral steps gt This symbol tells you where you can page find more information about a topic gt This symbol indicates a warning or an instruction that is continued on the next page Dis This font indicates a display in the play multifunction display COMAND dis play Parts of the software in the vehicle are pro tected by copyright 2005 The FreeType Project http www freetype org All rights reserved Publication details Further information about Mercedes Benz vehicles and about Daimler AG can be found on the following websites http www mbusa com USA only http www mercedes benz ca Canada only Editorial office Daimler AG Not to be reprinted translated or otherwise reproduced in whole or in part without written permission from Daimler AG Vehicle manufacturer Daimler AG MercedesstraBe 137 70327 Stuttgart Germany As at 04 11 2013 Welcome to the world of Mercedes Benz We urge you to read this Operator s Manual carefully and familiarize yourself with the vehicle before driving For your own safety and a longer vehicle life follow the instruc tions and warning notices in this manual Ignoring them could result in damage to the vehicle or personal injury to you or oth
321. ice network is also available in other countries You can obtain further information from any author ized Mercedes Benz Center Care Environmental note Dispose of empty packaging and cleaning cloths in an environmentally responsible man ner H For cleaning your vehicle do not use any of the following e dry rough or hard cloths e abrasive cleaning agents e solvents e cleaning agents containing solvents Do not scrub Do not touch the surfaces or protective films with hard objects e g a ring or ice scraper You could otherwise scratch or damage the surfaces and protective film H Do not park the vehicle for an extended period straight after cleaning it particularly after having cleaned the wheels with wheel cleaner Wheel cleaners could cause increased corrosion of the brake discs and brake pads linings For this reason you Maintenance and care E Maintenance and care should drive for a few minutes after clean ing Braking heats the brake discs and the brake pads linings thus drying them The vehicle can then be parked Regular care of your vehicle is a condition for retaining the quality in the long term Use care products and cleaning agents rec ommended and approved by Mercedes Benz Automatic car wash Z WARNING Braking efficiency is reduced after washing the vehicle There is a risk of an accident After the vehicle has been washed brake carefully while paying attention to
322. ieces with a damp lint free cloth e g a microfiber cloth gt Heavy soiling use car care and cleaning products recommended and approved by Mercedes Benz Cleaning the seat covers General notes H Do not use microfiber cloths to clean gen uine leather artificial leather or DINAMICA covers If used often these can damage the cover Note that regular care is essential to ensure that the appearance and comfort of the covers is retained over time Genuine leather seat covers Leather is a natural product It exhibits natural surface characteristics for example e differences in the texture e marks caused by growth and injury e slight nuances of color These are characteristics of leather and not material defects Maintenance and care Maintenance and care H To retain the natural appearance of the leather observe the following cleaning instructions e Clean genuine leather covers carefully with a damp cloth and then wipe the cov ers down with a dry cloth e Make sure that the leather does not become soaked It may otherwise become rough and cracked e Only use leather care agents that have been tested and approved by Mercedes Benz You can obtain these from a quali fied specialist workshop Seat covers of other materials H Observe the following when cleaning e clean artificial leather covers with a cloth moistened with a solution containing 1 detergent e g dish washing liquid e c
323. il filters that have been approved for vehicles with a ser vice system You can obtain a list of the engine oils and oil filters tested and approved in accordance with the Mercedes Benz Specifications for Service Products at any Mercedes Benz Service center Damage to the engine or exhaust system is caused by the following e using engine oils and oil filters that have not been specifically approved for the service system e replacing engine oil and oil filters after the interval for replacement specified by the service system has been exceeded e using engine oil additives H Do not add too much oil adding too much engine oil can result in damage to the engine or to the catalytic converter Have excess engine oil siphoned off Engine compartment ee ture is above 104 F 40 C may result in damage to the engine or to the engine cool ing system Example engine oil cap v gt Turn cap Q counter clockwise and remove 5 it 8 gt Add engine oil Example If the oil level is at or below the MIN mark on Pacis veici levelu the oil dipstick add 1 1 US qt 1 0 I of anne akc canibaes v engine oil Only check the coolant level when the vehi 2 gt Replace cap on the filler neck and turn cle is ona level surface and the engine has slonkwise cooled down 5 Ensure that the cap locks into place gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni securely tion lock gt page 143 gt Check t
324. ime running lamps improve the visi bility of your vehicle during the day The day time running lamps function is required by law in Canada It cannot therefore be deactivated When the engine is running and the vehicle is stationary if you move the selector lever from a drive position to P the daytime running lamps low beam headlamps go out after three minutes When the engine is running the vehicle is stationary and in high ambient light bright ness if you turn the light switch to z002 you turn on the daytime running lamps and park ing lamps If the engine is running and you turn the light switch to 2 the manual settings take precedence over the daytime running lamps USA only The daytime running lamps improve the visi bility of your vehicle during the day To do this the daytime running lamps function must be switched on using the on board computer gt page 216 If the engine is running and you turn the light switch to 500 lt or the manual settings take precedence over the daytime running lamps Low beam headlamps Even if the light sensor does not detect that it is dark the parking lamps and low beam headlamps switch on when the ignition is switched on and the light switch is set to the 2 position This is a particularly useful function in the event of rain and fog gt To switch on the low beam headlamps turn the SmartKey in the ignit
325. in the direction of arrow Q gt Make sure that the child proof locks are working properly gt To deactivate press the child proof lock lever down in the direction of arrow Override feature for the rear side win dows gt To activate deactivate press button Q If indicator lamp is lit operation of the rear side windows is disabled Operation is only possible using the switches in the driv er s door If indicator lamp is off oper ation is possible using the switches in the rear compartment ey Driving safety systems Child proof locks for the rear doors Pets in the vehicle Z WARNING If you leave animals unattended or unsecured in the vehicle they could press buttons or switches for example As a result they could e activate vehicle equipment and become trapped for example e activate or deactivate systems thereby endangering other road users Unsecured animals could also be flung around the vehicle in the event of an accident or sud den steering or braking thereby injuring vehi cle occupants There is a risk of an accident and injury Never leave animals unattended in the vehi cle Always secure animals properly during the journey e g use a suitable animal trans port box Driving safety systems In this section you will find information about the following driving safety systems e ABS Anti lock Braking System gt page 65 e BAS Brake Assist System gt page 65
326. inal lane There is a risk of an accident You should always steer brake or accelerate yourself in particular if warned by Lane Keep ing Assist If you fail to adapt your driving style Lane Keeping Assist can neither reduce the risk of an accident nor override the laws of physics Lane Keeping Assist cannot take into account the road traffic and weather conditions Lane Keeping Assist is merely an aid You are responsible for the distance to the vehicle in front for vehicle speed for braking in good time and for staying in your lane The Lane Keeping Assist does not keep the vehicle in the lane The system may be impaired or may not func tion if e there is poor visibility e g due to insuffi cient illumination of the road or due to snow rain fog or spray e there is glare e g from oncoming traffic the sun or reflections e g when the road surface is wet e the windshield is dirty fogged up damaged or covered for instance by a sticker in the vicinity of the camera e there are no several or unclear lane mark ings for a lane e g in areas with road con struction work e the lane markings are worn away dark or covered up e g by dirt or snow e the distance to the vehicle in front is too small and the lane markings thus cannot be detected e the lane markings change quickly e g lanes branch off cross one another or merge e the road is narrow and winding e there are strong shadows cast on the lane
327. inflation pres sure loss As a result you could lose control of your vehicle There is a risk of accident Check the tires regularly for signs of damage and replace any damaged tires immediately Regularly check the wheels and tires of your vehicle for damage at least once a month as well as after driving off road or on rough roads Damaged wheels can cause a loss of tire pressure Pay particular attention to dam age such as e cuts in the tires e punctures e tears in the tires e bulges on tires e deformation or severe corrosion on wheels Regularly check the tire tread depth and the condition of the tread across the whole width of the tire gt page 325 If necessary turn the front wheels to full lock in order to inspect the inner side of the tire surface All wheels must have a valve cap to protect the valve against dirt and moisture Do not mount anything onto the valve other than the standard valve cap or other valve caps approved by Mercedes Benz for your vehicle Do not use any other valve caps or systems e g tire pressure monitoring systems Regularly check the pressure of all the tires particularly prior to long trips Adjust the tire pressure as necessary gt page 328 The service life of tires depends among other things on the following factors e Driving style e Tire pressure e Distance covered Z WARNING Insufficient tire tread will reduce tire traction The tire is no longer able to dissipate
328. ing s es 283 Roadside Assistance button 280 Search amp SEN riserts 282 SEOS t ereke ci teenies incotese deecvexe 278 Speed Alert cvcccsercscsscescavseacsssessecs 285 SYSTEM sssini e trisse raisi reser ai 278 Triggering the vehicle alarm 285 Vehicle remote malfunction diag NOSIS aA E RE 284 Vehicle remote unlocking 283 Mechanical key Function notes ceeeeseeceeeesseeeeeeee 77 INS MING einn 77 LOCKING VENICIE svipsssssesiteiitetsergertrs 83 Unlocking the driver s door 83 Media Interface see Separate operating instructions Memory card audio 211 Memory function cee eeeeeeeeeee 106 Message memory on board com PUTER oeiiceise ce ecisescses ieceres erreser tis 221 Messages see Display messages Mirrors see Exterior mirrors see Rear view mirror see Vanity mirror in the sun visor Mobile phone Menu on board computer 211 see Telephone Model type see Vehicle identification plate Modifying the programming SmartKey 00 0 eee eeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 77 MOExtended tires ccceeeeeees 307 Mounting wheels Lowering the vehicle ee0 351 Mounting a new wheel 05 351 Preparing the vehicle 0 348 Raising the vehicle Removing a wheel Securing the vehicle against roll ME AWAY oieri keserse enre 349 MP3 Operation vecivessccesleciceiecceaceeekee 211 see separat
329. ing e E85 gasoline with 85 ethanol e E100 100 ethanol e M15 gasoline with 15 methanol e M30 gasoline with 30 methanol e M85 gasoline with 85 methanol e M100 100 methanol e Gasoline with metalliferous additives e Diesel Do not mix such fuels with the fuel recom mended for your vehicle Do not use addi tives Otherwise engine damage may occur This does not include cleaning addi tives for the removal and prevention of res idue build up Gasoline may only be mixed with cleaning additives recommended by Mercedes Benz see Additives You can obtain further information from any author ized Mercedes Benz Center H To ensure the longevity and full perform ance of the engine only premium grade unleaded gasoline must be used If standard unleaded gasoline is unavaila ble and you have to refuel with unleaded gasoline of a lower grade observe the fol lowing precautions e Only fill the fuel tank to half full with reg ular unleaded gasoline and fill the rest with premium grade unleaded gasoline as soon as possible e Do not drive at the maximum speed e Avoid sudden acceleration and engine speeds over 3 000 rpm You will usually find information about the fuel grade on the pump If you cannot find the label on the pump ask the staff for assis tance For further information consult a quali fied specialist workshop or visit http www mbusa com USA only E10 fuel contains up to 10 bioethanol
330. int consisting of a positive terminal and a ground point in the engine compartment A WARNING Battery acid is caustic There is a risk of injury Avoid contact with the skin eyes or clothing Do not inhale any battery gases Do not lean over the battery Keep children away from batteries Wash battery acid immediately with water and seek medical attention A WARNING During charging and jump starting explosive gases can escape from the battery There is a risk of an explosion Particularly avoid fire open flames creating sparks and smoking Ensure there is sufficient ven tilation while charging and jump starting Do not lean over a battery Z WARNING During the charging process a battery produces hydrogen gas If a short circuit occurs or sparks are created the hydrogen gas can ignite There is a risk of an explosion e Make sure that the positive terminal of a connected battery does not come into contact with vehicle parts e Never place metal objects or tools on a battery e It is important that you observe the described order of the battery terminals when connecting and disconnecting a battery e When jump starting make sure that the battery poles with identical polarity are connected Oo Breakdown assistance e Itis particularly important to observe the described order when connecting and disconnecting the jumper cables e Never connect or disconnect the battery terminals while the engine is running Z WAR
331. ion is displayed gt To activate deactivate press the button again OK For further information about Blind Spot Assist see gt page 198 Activating deactivating Lane Keeping Assist gt Pressthe lt or gt button onthe steer ing wheel to select the Dri veAssist menu gt Press the A or W button to select Lane Keeping Assist gt Press the OK button The current selection is displayed gt Press OK to confirm gt Press the W or A Standard or Adaptive gt Press the OK button to save the setting When Lane Keeping Assist is activated the multifunction display shows the lane mark ings as bright lines in the assistance graphic button to set Off For further information about Lane Keeping Assist see gt page 200 Menus and submenus Ea Maintenance menu Instrument cluster Selecting the unit of measurement for dis tance You can determine whether the multifunction display shows some messages in miles or kilometers gt Pressthe lt or gt button onthe steer ing wheel to select the Sett menu In the Serv menu you have the following options gt Press the _W or A button to select the e Calling up display messages in message Instrument Cluster submenu memory gt page 221 gt Pr
332. ion lock to position 2 or start the engine gt Turn the light switch to The green 2 indicator lamp in the instru ment cluster lights up Front fog lamps In conditions where visibility is poor due to fog snow or rain the fog lamps improve vis ibility as well as making it easier for other road users to see you They can be operated together with the parking lamps or together with the parking lamps and low beam head lamps gt To switch on the front fog lamps turn the SmartKey in the ignition lock to position 2 or start the engine gt Turn the light switch to 2 or AUTO Exterior lighting ae Lights and windshield wipers T Exterior lighting Lights and windshield wipers bed gt Press the 40 button The green 40 indicator lamp in the instru ment cluster lights up gt To switch off the front fog lamps press the 0 button The green 40 indicator lamp in the instru ment cluster goes out Only vehicles with front fog lamps are equip ped with the fog lamp function information on the fog lamp function for vehicles with Intelligent Light System gt page 114 Rear fog lamp The rear fog lamp improves visibility of your vehicle for the traffic behind in the event of thick fog Please take note of the country specific regulations for the use of rear fog lamps gt To switch on the rear fog
333. ions After the system self test the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF or PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamp display the status of the front passenger front air bag gt page 51 For more information about the OCS see Problems with the Occupant Classification System gt page 55 Occupant safety Problems with the Occupant Classification System OCS Be sure to observe the notes on System self test gt page 53 Problem The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp lights up and remains lit even though the front passenger seat is occu pied by an adult ora person of a stature cor responding to that of an adult The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp does not light up and or does not stay on The front passenger seat is e unoccupied e occupied by the weight of a child up to 12 months old ina child restraint sys tem Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The classification of the person on the front passenger seat is incorrect gt Make sure the conditions for a correct classification of the per son on the front passenger seat are met gt page 51 gt f the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp remains lit the front passenger seat may not be used gt Have OCS checked as soon as possible at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Safety 1 OCS is malfunctioning gt Make sure there is nothing between the seat cushion and the child seat gt Make sure that the entire base of t
334. is poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury When the front passenger seat is occupied always ensure that e the classification of the person in the front passenger seat is correct and the front passenger front air bag is enabled or disa bled in accordance with the person in the front passenger seat e the person is seated properly with a cor rectly fastened seatbelt e the front passenger seat has been moved back as far back as possible If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp remains lit when it should not the front passenger seat may not be used Do not install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat Have the Occupant Classifi cation System OCS checked and repaired immediately at a qualified specialist work shop Z WARNING Objects between the seat surface and the child restraint system could affect OCS oper ation This could result in the front passenger air bag not functioning as intended during an accident This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury Do not place any objects between the seat surface and the child restraint system The entire base of the child restraint system must always rest on the seat cushion of the front passenger seat The backrest of the forwards facing child restraint system must as far as possible be resting on the backrest of the front passenger seat Always comply with the child restraint system manufacturer s instal lation instruct
335. isplay messages Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Trans 0il Overhea AMG vehicles the transmission oil has overheated ted Drive on with Manual drive program M and the temporarily active manual drive Care program are no longer available The engine power output is reduced gt Allow the vehicle to cool down Amatic Currently 4MATIC permanent all wheel drive has overheated The vehicle is Unavailable only driven by the front wheels gt Drive on The airflow cools 4MATIC more quickly When the display message goes out 4MATIC is available again and the vehicle is driven by all four wheels 4matic Inoperative 4MATIC is malfunctioning The vehicle is only driven by the front wheels gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The tailgate is open Z WARNING When the engine is running exhaust gases can enter the vehicle interior if the tailgate is open There is a risk of poisoning On board computer and displays gt Close the tailgate The hood is open A WARNING The open hood may block your view when the vehicle is in motion There is a risk of an accident gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Apply the electric parking brake gt Close the hood a At least one door is open A warning tone also sounds gt Close all the doors Display messages Eo Display messages Power
336. ist workshop gt Avoid subjecting the engine to heavy loads e g driving in moun tainous terrain and stop and go traffic The coolant is too hot A warning tone also sounds Z WARNING Do not drive when your engine is overheated This can cause some fluids which may have leaked into the engine compartment to catch fire Steam from the overheated engine can also cause serious burns which can occur just by opening the hood There is a risk of injury gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely and switch off the engine paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 159 gt Wait until the engine has cooled down gt Make sure that the air supply to the engine radiator is not blocked e g by snow slush or ice gt Do not start the engine again until the display message goes out and the coolant temperature is below 248 F 120 C Other wise the engine could be damaged gt Pay attention to the coolant temperature display gt If the temperature increases again visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately Under normal operating conditions and with the specified coolant level the coolant temperature may rise to 248 F 120 C Display messages ES Display messages See Operator s Man ual ee Stop Vehicle See Operator s Manual E Start Engine See Operator s Manual Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The battery is
337. ition e Outside temperature The driving distance possible in run flat mode may be reduced by extreme driving condi tions maneuvers or it can be increased through a moderate style of driving The maximum permissible distance which can be driven in run flat mode is counted from the moment the tire pressure loss warning appears in the multifunction display You must not exceed a maximum speed of 50 mph 80 km h When replacing one or all tires make sure that you use only tires e of the size specified for the vehicle and e marked MOExtended If a tire has gone flat and cannot be replaced with a MOExtended tire a stand ard tire may be used as a temporary meas ure Make sure that you use the proper size and type summer or winter tire aa Breakdown assistance ra Flat tire led Breakdown assistance Vehicles equipped with MOExtended tires are not equipped with a TIREFIT kit at the factory It is therefore recommended that you additionally equip your vehicle with a TIREFIT kit if you mount tires that do not feature run flat properties e g winter tires A TIREFIT kit can be obtained from a quali fied specialist workshop Important safety notes Z WARNING When driving in emergency mode the driving characteristics deteriorate e g when corner ing accelerating quickly and when braking There is a risk of an accident Do not exceed the stated maximum speed Avoid abrupt steering and driving maneu
338. ition is only displayed along with station 2 if this has been stored gt Switch on the audio system or COMAND and select Radio see the separate operat ing instructions gt Pressthe lt or gt button onthe steer ing wheel to select the Audio menu gt To select a stored station briefly press the A or W button gt To select a station from the station list press and briefly hold the A or Y button If no station list is received gt To select a station using the station search press and briefly hold the A or V button For information on changing waveband and storing stations see the separate oper ating instructions SIRIUS XM satellite radio functions like a normal radio For more information on satellite radio operation see the separate operating instructions Operating an audio player or audio media Example CD DVD changer display Current title Audio data from various audio devices or media can be played depending on the equip ment installed in the vehicle gt Switch on the audio system or COMAND and select audio CD or MP3 mode see the separate operating instructions gt Pressthe lt or gt button onthe steer ing wheel to select the Audio menu gt To select the next previous track briefly press the A or W button gt To select a track from the track list rapi
339. k Engine warning lamp may light up gt page 260 For further information on warning and indi cator lamps in the instrument cluster see gt page 260 rang Problem Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Fuel is leaking from the The fuel line or the fuel tank is faulty vehicle A WARNING Risk of explosion or fire gt Turn the SmartKey to position 0 in the ignition lock immediately and remove it gt page 143 gt Do not restart the engine under any circumstances gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop The fuel filler flap can not be opened or The fuel filler flap is not unlocked The SmartKey battery is discharged gt Unlock the vehicle gt page 76 or gt Unlock the vehicle using the mechanical key gt page 77 The fuel filler flap is unlocked but the opening mechanism is jam med gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop Z WARNING Flammable material such as leaves grass or twigs may ignite if they come into contact with hot parts of the exhaust system or exhaust gas flow There is a risk of fire Park the vehicle so that no flammable mate rials come into contact with parts of the vehi cle which are hot Take particular care not to park on dry grassland or harvested grain fields A WARNING If you leave children unsupervised in the vehi cle they could set it in motion by for example e release the parking brake
340. l gt page 294 The fuel level has dropped into the reserve range gt Refuel at the nearest gas station Display messages a Gas Cap Loose Driving systems Display messages Attention Assist Take a Break Attention Assist Inoperative o gt Inoperative Off Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions There is only a very small amount of fuel in the fuel tank gt Refuel at the nearest gas station without fail The fuel system pressure is too low The fuel filler cap is not closed correctly or the fuel system is leaking gt Check that the fuel filler cap is correctly closed If the fuel filler cap is not correctly closed gt Close the fuel filler cap If the fuel filler cap is correctly closed gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Based on certain criteria ATTENTION ASSIST has detected fatigue or a lack of concentration on the part of the driver A warning tone also sounds gt f necessary take a break During long journeys take regular breaks in good time so you get enough rest ATTENTION ASSIST is inoperative gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop DSR Downhill Speed Regulation is deactivated due to a malfunc tion gt Have DSR checked at a qualified specialist workshop The HOLD function is deactivated The vehicle is skidding A warning tone also sounds gt Reactivate the HOLD function later gt page
341. l panel 38 Ddo Door control panel cceeceees 39 z 32 Cockpit Oreo Ce ee Function Steering wheel paddle shifters Combination switch Instrument cluster Horn DIRECT SELECT lever PARKTRONIC warning dis play Overhead control panel 148 186 38 00000000 Function Climate control systems Ignition lock Adjusts the steering wheel Cruise control lever Electric parking brake Light switch Diagnostics connection Opens the hood z Page 126 143 102 2 160 110 27 292 Displays and controls Function Page Speedometer with seg ments 205 Multifunction display 206 Tachometer 205 Instrument cluster 33 Function Coolant temperature Fuel gage Instrument cluster lighting At a glance P a Page 204 204 a4 instrumentctuster 00O J Warning and indicator lamps At a glance PHI Function Page Function Page Low beam head QD srorr SPORT handling lamps 111 mode in AMG vehicles 23 D amp E Parking lamps 112 zE Coolant 260 E High beam head 4 Rear fog lamp 112 WZ ank 0 Front fog lamps Wil EES 2 E Check Engine 260 E e Wake et Q Tire pressure monitor 263 park USA only Canada only 259 E Reserve f
342. l support strut out of bracket gt Lift up support strut and insert it into yellow retaining clip Closing the hood gt Raise the hood slightly and at the same time remove support strut from yellow retaining clip gt Swing support strut down and press it into bracket until it engages gt Lower the hood and let it fall from a height of approximately 8 in 20 cm gt Check that the hood has engaged properly If the hood can be raised slightly it is not properly engaged Do not press the hood closed Open the hood again and close it with a little more force General notes Depending on your driving style the vehicle consumes up to 0 9 US qt 0 8 liters of oil per 600 miles 1 000 km The oil consumption may be higher than this when the vehicle is new or if you frequently drive at high engine speeds Depending on the engine the oil dipstick may be in a different location When checking the oil level 1 Maintenance and care e park the vehicle on a level surface e the engine should be switched off for approximately five minutes if the engine is at normal operating temperature e if the engine is not at normal operating temperature e g if the engine was only started briefly wait about 30 minutes before carrying out the measurement J Maintenance and care stick Z WARNING Certain components in the engine compart ment such as the engine radiator and parts of the exh
343. l the battery check lamp flashes twice gt page 78 SmartKey General notes If the vehicle can no longer be unlocked with the SmartKey use the mechanical key gt Insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock If you unlock the vehicle using the mechanical key the fuel filler flap will not be unlocked automatically If you use the mechanical key to unlock and open the driver s door the anti theft alarm system will be triggered gt page 73 There are several ways to turn off the alarm 5 gt Press the o or button on the S SmartKey 3 or oo c oO Q O gt To unlock the fuel filler flap insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock Removing the mechanical key Pa Hagi gt Push release catch Q in the direction of the arrow and at the same time remove mechanical key 2 from the SmartKey For further information about e unlocking the driver s door gt page 83 e unlocking the cargo compartment gt page 86 e locking the vehicle gt page 83 Opening and closing Inserting the mechanical key The battery is discharged if battery check gt Push mechanical key completely into lame does net ligt Up Drietly the SmartKey until it engages and release Change the battery gt page 78 catch Q is back in its basic position If the SmartKey battery is checked within the signal reception range of the vehicle pressing the
344. lamps in the instrument cluster On board computer and displays Problem The yellow ABS warning lamp is lit while the engine is running A warning tone also sounds erare USA only Canada only 14 L The red brake warning lamp the yellow ESP and ESP OFF warning lamps and the yellow ABS warning lamp are lit while the engine is running Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions EBD is malfunctioning Therefore ABS BAS COLLISION PREVEN TION ASSIST PLUS ESP the HOLD function and hill start assist for example are also not available ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated Z WARNING The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above The front and rear wheels could therefore lock if you brake hard for example The steerability and braking characteristics may be severely affec ted The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can increase If ESP is not operational ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop ABS and ESP are malfunctioning Therefore BAS COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS EBD the HOLD function and hill start assist for example are also not available ATTENTION ASSIST is deactiva
345. le vehicle identification plate Canada only Identification plates VIN Paint code The data shown on the vehicle identifica tion plate is used only as an example This data is different for every vehicle and can deviate from the data shown here You can find the data applicable to your vehicle on the vehicle identification plate Ld Technical data gt Open the driver s door You will see vehicle identification plate Q gt Slide the right hand front seat to its rear most position gt Fold up floor covering in front of the right hand front seat You will see VIN The VIN can also be found in the following locations e on the lower edge of the windshield gt page 361 e on the vehicle identification plate gt page 360 Emission control information plate including the certification of both federal and Californian emissions standards VIN on the lower edge of the windshield Engine number stamped into the crank case Service products and filling capacities 361 Service products and filling capaci ties A WARNING Service products may be poisonous and haz ardous to health There is a risk of injury Comply with instructions on the use storage and disposal of service products on the labels of the respective original containers Always store service products sealed in their original containers Always keep service products out of the reach of children Q En
346. lean cloth covers with a microfiber cloth moistened with a solution containing 1 detergent e g dish washing liquid Rub carefully and always wipe entire seat sec tions to avoid leaving visible lines Leave the seat to dry afterwards Cleaning results depend on the type of dirt and how long it has been there e clean DINAMICA covers with a damp cloth Make sure that you wipe entire seat sections to avoid leaving visible lines Cleaning the seat belts Z WARNING Seat belts can become severely weakened if bleached or dyed This could cause the seat belts to tear or fail for instance in the event of an accident This poses an increased risk of injury or fatal injury Never bleach or dye the seat belts H Do not clean the seat belts using chemical cleaning agents Do not dry the seat belts by heating at temperatures above 176 F 80 C or in direct sunlight gt Use clean lukewarm water and soap solu tion Cleaning the headliner and carpets gt Headliner if it is very dirty use a soft brush or a cleaning agent recommended and approved by Mercedes Benz gt Carpets use the carpet and textile clean ing agents recommended and approved by Mercedes Benz Useful information eee 306 Where will find eee 306 Flat tire e ee ecret sees 306 Battery vehicle cee 311 Jump starting ee 315 Towing and tow starting 317 FUSES i e E A E E 320
347. llows you to continue steering the vehi cle when braking The ABS warning lamp in the instrument cluster lights up when the ignition is switched on It goes out when the engine is running Important safety notes Observe the Important safety notes sec tion for driving safety systems gt page 64 Z WARNING If ABS is faulty the wheels could lock when braking The steerability and braking charac teristics may be severely impaired Addition ally further driving safety systems are deac tivated There is an increased danger of skid ding and accidents Drive on carefully Have ABS checked imme diately at a qualified specialist workshop When ABS is malfunctioning other systems including driving safety systems will also become inoperative Observe the information on the ABS warning lamp gt page 254 and display messages which may be shown in the instrument cluster gt page 222 ABS works from a speed of about 5 mph 8 km h regardless of road surface condi tions ABS works on slippery roads even if you only brake gently Braking gt If ABS intervenes continue to depress the brake pedal vigorously until the braking sit uation is over gt To make a full brake application depress the brake pedal with full force If ABS intervenes when braking you will feel a pulsing in the brake pedal The pulsating brake pedal can be an indica tion of hazardous road conditions and func
348. lloy wheels with a clear matte finish The vehicle should preferably be washed by hand using a soft sponge car shampoo and plenty of water Use only insect remover and car shampoo from the range of approved Mercedes Benz care products Cleaning the wheels Z WARNING The water jet from a circular jet nozzle dirt blasters can cause invisible exterior damage to the tires or chassis components Compo nents damaged in this way may fail unexpect edly There is a risk of an accident Do not use power washers with circular jet nozzles to clean the vehicle Have damaged tires or chassis components replaced imme diately H Do not use acidic wheel cleaning products to remove brake dust This could damage wheel bolts and brake components H Do not park the vehicle for an extended period straight after cleaning it particularly after having cleaned the wheels with wheel cleaner Wheel cleaners could cause increased corrosion of the brake discs and brake pads linings For this reason you should drive for a few minutes after clean ing Braking heats the brake discs and the brake pads linings thus drying them The vehicle can then be parked Cleaning the windows Z WARNING You could become trapped by the windshield wipers if they start moving while cleaning the windshield or wiper blades There is a risk of injury Always switch off the windshield wipers and the ignition before cleaning the windshield or wiper bl
349. lly available Mercedes Benz USA LLC MBUSA expressly disclaims any and all lia bility arising from the extraction of this infor mation by unauthorized Mercedes Benz per sonnel MBUSA will not share EDR data with others without the consent of the vehicle owners or if the vehicle is leased without the consent of the lessee Exceptions to this representation include responses to subpoenas by law enforcement by federal state or local gov ernment in connection with or arising out of litigation involving MBUSA or its subsidiaries and affiliates or as required by law Warning The EDR is a component of the Restraint System Module Tampering with altering modifying or removing the EDR com ponent may result in a malfunction of the Restraint System Module and other systems State laws or regulations regarding EDRs that conflict with federal regulation are pre emp ted This means that in the event of such con flict the federal regulation governs As of February 2013 13 states have enacted laws relating to EDRs Introduction Information on copyright General information Information on license for free and open source software used in your vehicle and its electronic components is available on the fol lowing website http www mercedes benz com opensource a Cockpit s ae E T 32 a Instrument cluster 0 0 0 0 eee 33 Multifunction steering wheel Some CenternconSoletere ste 36 S Overhead contro
350. load limit e the weight of the factory installed optional equipment Metric unit for tire pressure 6 9 kPa corre sponds to 1 psi Another unit for tire pressure is bar 100 kilopascal kPa is the equivalent of 1 bar In addition to the load bearing index the load index may also be imprinted on the sidewall of the tire This specifies the load bearing capa city more precisely The weight of a vehicle with standard equip ment including the maximum capacity of fuel oil and coolant It also includes the air condi tioning system and optional equipment if these are installed in the vehicle but does not include passengers or luggage The maximum load rating in kilograms or pounds is the maximum weight for which a tire is approved Maximum permissible tire pressure for one tire Maximum load on one tire This is calculated by dividing the maximum axle load of one axle by two A standard unit of measure for tire pressure Relationship between tire height and tire width in percent This is pressure inside the tire applying an outward force to each square inch of the tire s surface The tire pressure is specified in pounds per square inch psi in kilopascal kPa or in bar The tire pressure should only be corrected when the tires are cold The tires are cold e if the vehicle has been parked without direct sunlight on the tires for at least three hours and e if the vehicle has not been driven further than 1 mil
351. low speeds in transmission position DorR In addition a warning tone sounds and a display message is shown Depressing the brake and pushing the DIRECT SELECT lever up or down disen gages the parking lock The transmission is in N neutral At transmission fluid temperatures below 4 F 20 C you can only shift out of park position P into another transmission posi tion when the engine is running In order to shift from park position P directly into R or D e depress the brake pedal and e push the DIRECT SELECT lever up or down past the first point of resistance H If the engine speed is too high or the vehi cle is moving do not shift the automatic transmission directly from D to R from R to D or directly to P The automatic transmis sion could otherwise be damaged Engaging reverse gear R E Only shift the automatic transmission to R when the vehicle is stationary The ECO start stop function is not avail able when reverse gear is engaged Further information on the ECO start stop function gt page 145 gt When the vehicle is stationary depress the brake pedal gt Push the DIRECT SELECT lever up past the first point of resistance oo i a ge c o0 S m Driving and parking Automatic transmission Shifting to neutral N gt When the vehicle is stationary depress the brake pedal gt Push the DIRECT SELECT lever up or down to the first poin
352. luid notes Display message seene HOLD TUNGHON sissies Important safety notes 0 0 Maintenance snittets Parking Drake cescecssnccesosessoee RING UPS sisticecieeneeeais Warning lamp s ccesssevsvessnevererssseveesve Breakdown Where will find oo ceeeeeeeeeees see Flat tire see Towing away see Tow starting Brightness control instrument cluster lighting 0 0 0 0 cece eeeeeeeeeees 33 Bulbs see Replacing bulbs California Important notice for retail cus tomers and lessees cescceeeseeeetees 25 Calling up a malfunction see Display messages Car see Vehicle Care Can DOES E voor neventety Car WaSH eeeeeesteeeeteees Display lt 3 acdscseseessczeseeeseesseceeredectsasets Exhaust Pipe ss2ecssdesatessseeietacselveriess Exterior lights sc eeseeeeeeseeseeeeees Gear or selector lever General notes IML QION sees eve cicesdcveseetvendessecececescutes Matte finish cccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeee 300 Pant 2sckssieccecs e EEE 299 Plastic tri eresse 303 Power washer esssssssssssssessrressssss 299 Rear view camera ceeeeeeeeeseeeeee 302 Roof lining Seat Del haee ro e raanei Seal COVE euairt 303 SQNSOSMS eeter nN EERS 301 Steering wheel sssr 303 Timi PIOCES a c cseicesieseseeseesceeztesescies 303 Washing by hand ou eeeeeeeeeeees 298 WIRCEIS anna naai WIMDOWS e a E Wiper blades Wooden trim Cargo compartment enlargement 270 Important safety notes s s s
353. ly gt Shift the transmission to P gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The red park USA only Canada only indicator lamp lights up You attempted to release the electric parking brake while the igni tion was switched off gt Turn the SmartKey to position 1 in the ignition lock 2 On board computer and displays a Display messages S On board computer and displays Display messages BRaKE usa only Canada only Check Brake Fluid Level Check Brake Pad Wear SOS Inoperative Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions There is not enough brake fluid in the brake fluid reservoir In addition the erare USA only Canada only warning lamp lights up in the instrument cluster and a warning tone sounds A WARNING The braking effect may be impaired There is a risk of an accident gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions Do not continue driving under any circumstances gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 159 gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop gt Do not add brake fluid This does not correct the malfunction The brake pads linings have reached their wear limit gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop One or more main features of the mbrace system are malfunc tioning gt Have the mbrace sy
354. ly displays parking spaces on the front passenger side Parking spaces on the driv er s side are displayed as soon as the turn signal on the driver s side is activated When parking on the driver s side this must remain switched on until you acknowledge the use of Active Parking Assist by pressing the OK button on the multifunction steering wheel The system automatically determines whether the parking space is parallel or at right angles to the direction of travel A parking space is displayed while you are driving past it and until you are approx imately 50 ft 15 m away from it Driving systems Kee Parking Z WARNING If you leave the vehicle when it is only being braked by Active Parking Assist it could roll away if e there is a malfunction in the system or in the voltage supply e the electrical system in the engine com partment the battery or the fuses have been tampered with e the battery is disconnected e the accelerator pedal has been depressed e g by a vehicle occupant There is a risk of an accident Before leaving the vehicle always secure it against rolling away Vehicles with automatic transmission if PARKTRONIC detects obstacles Active Parking Assist brakes automatically during the parking process You are responsible for braking in good time gt Stop the vehicle when the parking space symbol shows the desired parking space in the instrument cluster gt Shift the trans
355. ly when the sliding sunroof is closed You can continue to operate the sliding sunroof after switching off the engine or removing the SmartKey from the ignition lock This function remains active for five minutes or until you open a front door Rain closing feature The raised sliding sunroof automatically low ers at the rear when driving if it starts to rain The sliding sunroof is lowered depending on e the road speed and e the intensity of the rain You can manually cancel the automatic clos ing procedure Press or pull the E switch in any direction To raise the sliding sunroof again press the E switch in direction Q The rain closing feature remains activated Operating the roller sunblind for the sliding sunroof Important safety notes Z WARNING When opening or closing the roller sunblind parts of the body could be trapped between the roller sunblind and the frame or sliding sunroof There is a risk of injury When opening or closing make sure that no parts of the body are in the sweep of the roller sunblind If somebody becomes trapped e release the switch immediately or e during automatic operation push the switch briefly in any direction The opening or closing procedure will be stop ped The roller sunblinds shield the vehicle interior from sunlight The two roller sunblinds can only be opened and closed together when the sliding sunroof is closed
356. m Breakdown assistance Flat tire ed Breakdown assistance Useful information This Operator s Manual describes all models and all standard and optional equip ment of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator s Manual Country specific differences are possible Please note that your vehicle may not be equipped with all features described This also applies to safety related systems and functions Read the information on qualified special ist workshops gt page 28 Where will I find General notes Vehicles with a TIREFIT kit the TIREFIT kit is located in the stowage well under the cargo compartment floor Vehicles with a tire change tool kit the tire change tool kit is in the stowage well under the cargo compartment floor Apart from certain country specific varia tions the vehicles are not equipped with a tire change tool kit Some tools for chang ing a wheel are specific to the vehicle For more information on which tire changing tools are required and approved to perform a wheel change on your vehicle consult a qualified specialist workshop Tools required for changing a wheel may include for example e Jack e Wheel chock e Lug wrench Vehicles with a TIREFIT kit Tire inflation compressor Towing eye Tire sealant filler bottle gt Open the tailgate gt Lift the cargo compartment floor up gt page 272 gt Use the TIREFIT kit gt page 308
357. m h e DISTRONIC PLUS is maintaining the dis tance to a vehicle in front e you switch on the appropriate turn signal e DISTRONIC PLUS does not detect a danger of collision If these conditions are fulfilled your vehicle is accelerated Acceleration will be interrupted if changing lanes takes too long or if the dis tance between your vehicle and the vehicle in front becomes too small Stopping Z WARNING When leaving the vehicle even if it is braked only by DISTRONIC PLUS it could roll away if e there is a malfunction in the system or in the voltage supply e DISTRONIC PLUS has been deactivated with the cruise control lever e g by a vehi cle occupant or from outside the vehicle e the electrical system in the engine com partment the battery or the fuses have been tampered with e the battery is disconnected e the accelerator pedal has been depressed e g by a vehicle occupant Driving systems There is a risk of an accident If you wish to exit the vehicle always turn off DISTRONIC PLUS and secure the vehicle against rolling away For further information on deactivating DIS TRONIC PLUS gt page 178 If DISTRONIC PLUS detects that the vehicle in front is stopping it brakes your vehicle until it is stationary Once your vehicle is stationary it remains stationary and you do not need to depress the brake After a time the electric parking brake secures the vehicle and relieves the service brake
358. ment cluster lights up when the igni tion is switched on It goes out no later thana few seconds after the engine is started The components of the restraint system are in operational readiness A malfunction has occurred if the restraint system warning lamp x e does not light up after the ignition is switched on e does not go out after a few seconds with the engine running e lights up again while the engine is running A WARNING If restraint system is malfunctioning restraint system components may be triggered unin tentionally or might not be triggered at all in the event of an accident with a high rate of vehicle deceleration This can affect the Emer gency Tensioning Device or air bag for exam ple This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury Have the restraint system checked and repaired in a qualified specialist workshop as soon as possible PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamp and PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp are part of the Occupant Classifica tion System OCS The indicator lamps display the status of the front passenger front air bag e PASSENGER AIR BAG ON lights up the front passenger front air bag is enabled If in the event of an accident all deployment criteria are met the front passenger front air bag is deployed e PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF lights up the front passenger front air bag is deactiva ted It will then not be deployed
359. mission to position R The Start Park Assist Yes OK No lt message appears in the multifunction display gt To cancel the procedure press the button on the multifunction steering wheel or pull away or gt To park using Active Parking Assist press the OK button on the multifunction steering wheel The Park Assist Active Accelerate and Brake Observe Surroundings mes sage appears in the multifunction display gt Let go of the multifunction steering wheel gt Back up the vehicle being ready to brake at all times Do not exceed a maximum speed of approximately 5 mph 10 km h when Driving and parking ee Driving systems Driving and parking backing up Otherwise Active Parking Assist will be canceled Active Parking Assist brakes the vehicle to a standstill when the vehicle approaches the rear border of the parking space Maneuvering may be required in tight park ing spaces The Park Assist Active Select D Observe Surroundings message appears in the multifunction display gt Shift the transmission to position D while the vehicle is stationary Active Parking Assist immediately steers in the other direction The Park Assist Active Accelerate and Brake Observe Surroundings mes sage appears in the multifunction display You will achieve the best results by wait ing for the steering procedure to complete before pulling away gt Drive forwards a
360. mobile phone network and GPS reception are available the system transfers data to the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center for example e current location of the vehicle e vehicle identification number The audio system or COMAND display indicates that a call is active During the call you can change to the navigation menu by pressing the NAVI button on COMAND for example Voice output is not available A voice connection is established between the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center and the vehicle occupants From the vehicle remote malfunction diagno sis the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center can ascertain the nature of the prob lem gt page 284 The Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center either sends a qualified Mercedes Benz technician or makes arrangements for your vehicle to be transported to the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center You may be charged for services such as repair work and or towing Further details are available in your mbrace manual The system has not been able to initiate a Roadside Assistance call if e the indicator lamp for Roadside Assis tance call button Q is flashing continu ously e no voice connection to the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center was established This can occur if the relevant mobile phone network is not available for example The Call Failed message appears in the multifunction display gt To end a call press the G
361. n H After use excess tire sealant may run out of the filler hose This could cause stains Therefore place the filler hose in the plastic bag that contained the TIREFIT kit Q Environmental note Have the used tire sealant bottle disposed of professionally e g at a qualified specialist workshop If a tire pressure of 180 kPa 1 8 bar 26 psi has been attained after five minutes gt Switch off the tire inflation compressor gt Unscrew the filler hose from the valve of the faulty tire gt Stow the tire sealant bottle and the tire inflation compressor gt Pull away immediately gt Stop after driving for approximately ten minutes and check the tire pressure with the tire inflation compressor The tire pressure must now be at least 130 kPa 1 3 bar 19 psi Z WARNING If the required tire pressure is not reached after driving for a short period the tire is too badly damaged The tire sealant cannot repair the tire in this instance Damaged tires anda tire pressure that is too low can significantly impair the vehicle s braking and driving char acteristics There is a risk of accident Do not continue driving Contact a qualified specialist workshop In cases such as the one mentioned above contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Or call 1 800 FOR MERCedes in the USA or 1 800 387 0100 in Can ada gt Correct the tire pressure if it is still at least 130 kPa 1 3 bar 19 psi See the Tire
362. n dow Windshield wipers Installing a wiper blade Lights and windshield wipers 4 fea Windshield wipers Lights and windshield wipers ea Problem The windshield wipers are jammed The windshield wipers fail completely The windshield washer fluid from the spray nozzles no longer hits the center of the wind shield Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Leaves or snow for example may be obstructing the windshield wiper movement The wiper motor has been deactivated gt For safety reasons you should remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock gt Remove the cause of the obstruction gt Switch the windshield wipers back on The windshield wiper drive is malfunctioning gt Select another wiper speed on the combination switch gt Have the windshield wipers checked at a qualified specialist workshop The spray nozzles are misaligned gt Have the spray nozzles adjusted at a qualified specialist work shop Useful information 000 126 Overview of climate control sys TOMS wooo hele pectoris 126 Operating the climate control sys TOMS ooe eects 131 Setting the air vents 0 138 Climate control i Climate control Overview of climate control systems Useful information This Operator s Manual describes all models and all standard and optional equip ment of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator s Manu
363. n hilly terrain Drinking and driving Z WARNING Drinking and driving and or taking drugs and driving are very dangerous combinations Even a small amount of alcohol or drugs can affect your reflexes perceptions and judg ment The possibility of a serious or even fatal acci dent is greatly increased when you drink or take drugs and drive Do not drink or take drugs and drive or allow anyone to drive who has been drinking or tak ing drugs Emission control A WARNING Combustion engines emit poisonous exhaust gases such as carbon monoxide Inhaling these exhaust gases leads to poisoning There is a risk of fatal injury Therefore never leave the engine running in enclosed spaces with out sufficient ventilation Certain engine systems are designed to keep the level of poisonous components in exhaust fumes within legal limits Driving tips These systems only work at peak efficiency if they are serviced exactly in accordance with the manufacturer s specifications For this reason only have work on the engine carried out by qualified and authorized Mercedes Benz technicians The engine settings must not be changed under any circumstances Furthermore all specific service work must be carried out at regular intervals and in accordance with the Mercedes Benz service requirements Details can be found in the Maintenance Booklet ECO display The ECO display provides feedback on how economical your driving chara
364. n tact with skin eyes or clothing Wear suitable protective clothing especially gloves apron and face guard Rinse any acid spills immediately with clear water Contact a physi cian if necessary A Wear eye protection Keep children away Observe this Operator s Manual For safety reasons Mercedes Benz recom mends that you only use batteries which have been tested and approved for your vehicle by Mercedes Benz These batteries provide increased impact protection to prevent vehi cle occupants from suffering acid burns should the battery be damaged in the event of an accident In order for the battery to achieve the maxi mum possible service life it must always be sufficiently charged Like other batteries the vehicle battery may discharge over time if you do not use the vehicle In this case have the battery discon nected at a qualified specialist workshop You can also charge the battery with a charger recommended by Mercedes Benz Contact a qualified specialist workshop for further infor mation Have the battery condition of charge checked more frequently if you use the vehicle mainly for short trips or if you leave it standing idle for a lengthy period Consult a qualified spe cialist workshop if you wish to leave your vehicle parked for a long period of time Only replace a battery with a battery that has been recommended by Mercedes Benz Remove the SmartKey if you park the vehicle and do
365. n a bend E Driving and parking Useful information Important safety notes 204 Displays and operation 204 Menus and submenus 207 Display messages cccceee 221 Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster eee 252 ie On board computer and displays Pa Displays and operation i On board computer and displays Useful information This Operator s Manual describes all models and all standard and optional equip ment of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator s Manual Country specific differences are possible Please note that your vehicle may not be equipped with all features described This also applies to safety related systems and functions Read the information on qualified special ist workshops gt page 28 Important safety notes Z WARNING If you operate information systems and com munication equipment integrated in the vehi cle while driving you will be distracted from traffic conditions You could also lose control of the vehicle There is a risk of an accident Only operate the equipment when the traffic situation permits If you are not sure that this is possible park the vehicle paying attention to traffic conditions and operate the equip ment when the vehicle is stationary You must observe the legal requirements for the country in which you are currently
366. n front if detected Distance indicator current distance to the vehicle in front Specified minimum distance to the vehi cle in front adjustable Own vehicle E Driving and parking ea Driving systems Cornering going into and coming out of a bend e Driving and parking In the Assistance menu gt page 213 of the on board computer you can select the assis tance display gt Select the Assistance Graphic function using the on board computer gt page 213 Display when DISTRONIC PLUS is activa ted e 5 DISTRONIC PLUS 50 mph Vehicle in front if detected Specified minimum distance to the vehi cle in front adjustable Own vehicle DISTRONIC PLUS active text only appears when the cruise control lever is actuated gt Select the Assistance Graphic function using the on board computer gt page 213 You will initially see the stored speed for about five seconds when you activate DIS TRONIC PLUS Tips for driving with DISTRONIC PLUS General notes The following contains descriptions of certain road and traffic conditions in which you must be particularly attentive In such situations brake if necessary DISTRONIC PLUS is then deactivated FHEIN The ability of DISTRONIC PLUS to detect vehi cles when cornering is limited Your vehicle may brake unexpectedly or late Vehicles traveling on a different line FHIONN DISTRONIC PLUS may not detect vehicles tra
367. n lights f gt To activate press the zon The indicator lamp in the up The temperature setting for the driver s side is not adopted for the front passenger side ZONE button button goes gt To deactivate press the The indicator lamp in the zon out The temperature setting for the driver s side is adopted for the front passenger side ZONE m You can use this function to defrost the wind shield or to defrost the inside of the wind shield and the side windows You should only select the Windshield defrosting function until the windshield is clear again gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 143 gt To activate press the g The indicator lamp in the y up The climate control system switches to the following functions button button lights e high airflow e high temperature e air distribution to the windshield and front side windows e air recirculation mode off The Windshield defrosting function automatically sets the blower output to the optimum defrosting effect As a result the airflow may increase or decrease automat ically after the button is pressed You can adjust the blower output man ually while the Windshield defrosting function is in operation e Air conditioning system turn airflow control clockwise or counter clock wise gt page 127 e Dual z
368. n qualified special ist workshops gt page 28 Loading guidelines Z WARNING If objects luggage or loads are not secured or not secured sufficiently they could slip tip over or be flung around and thereby hit vehicle occupants There is a risk of injury particu larly in the event of sudden braking or a sud den change in direction Always store objects so that they cannot be flung around Secure objects luggage or loads against slipping or tipping before the journey Z WARNING Combustion engines emit poisonous exhaust gases such as carbon monoxide If the tailgate is open when the engine is running particu larly if the vehicle is moving exhaust fumes could enter the passenger compartment There is a risk of poisoning Turn off the engine before opening the tail gate Never drive with the tailgate open Z WARNING The exhaust tail pipe and tail pipe trim can become very hot If you come into contact with these parts of the vehicle you could burn yourself There is a risk of injury Always be particularly careful around the exhaust tail pipe and the tail pipe trim Allow these components to cool down before touch ing them The handling characteristics of a laden vehi cle are dependent on the distribution of the load within the vehicle For this reason you should observe the following notes when transporting a load e Never exceed the maximum permissible gross vehicle weight or the gross axle weig
369. n the vehicle Your attention must always be focused on the traffic conditions Only use the cigarette lighter when road and traffic conditions per mit Example vehicles with a cover over the stowage compartment gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 143 gt To open push the lower section of cover 1 The stowage compartment opens gt Press in cigarette lighter Cigarette lighter 2 will pop out automati cally when the heating element is red hot Points to observe before use gt Turn the SmartKey to position 1 in the igni tion lock gt page 143 The sockets can be used for accessories with a maximum draw of 180 W 15 A Accesso ries include such items as lamps or chargers for mobile phones If you use the sockets for long periods when the engine is switched off the battery may discharge An emergency cut out ensures that the on board voltage does not drop too low If the on board voltage is too low the power to the sockets is automatically cut This ensures that there is sufficient power to start the engine Socket in the front compartment center console Vehicles with a cover over the stowage compart ment gt To open push the lower section of cover 1 The stowage compartment opens gt Lift up the cover of socket 2 Vehicles without a cover over the stowage com partment gt Lift up the cover of socket Q Socket in the rear com
370. n to select Yes gt Press the OK button The Run Flat Indicator Restarted message appears in the multifunction dis play After a teach in period the tire pressure loss warning system will monitor the set tire pressures of all four tires If you wish to cancel the restart button gt Press the or gt When the Tire Pressure Now OK mes sage appears press the A or W but ton to select Cancel gt Press the OK button The tire pressure values stored at the last restart will continue to be monitored Tire pressure monitor General notes If a tire pressure monitor is installed the vehi cle s wheels have sensors that monitor the tire pressures in all four tires The tire pres sure monitor warns you if the pressure drops in one or more of the tires The tire pressure monitor only functions if the correct sensors are installed on all wheels Information on tire pressures is displayed in the multifunction display After a few minutes of driving the current tire pressure of each tire is shown in the Serv menu of the multi function display Example current tire pressure display For information on the message display refer to the Checking the tire pressure electroni cally section gt page 334 Important safety notes Z WARNING Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked at least once every
371. nal gt page 186 Driving systems ee Driving and parking a Driving systems Driving and parking an additional operational readiness indicator will appear in COMAND display If the PARKTRONIC warning displays are active or light up warning displays Q and are also active or light up correspondingly in the COMAND display Reverse parking function gt Make sure that the rear view camera is activated and the Reverse parking func tion is selected see the separate operating instructions for the audio system COMAND The lane and the guide lines are shown Backing up straight into a parking space without turning the steering wheel Pi ial Barb Bd White lane with steering wheel straight Yellow guide line at a distance of approx imately 3 ft 1 0 m from the rear of the vehicle Red guide line at a distance of approx imately 10 in 0 25 m from the rear of the vehicle gt With the help of white lane Q check whether the vehicle will fit into the parking space gt Using the white lane as a guide carefully back up until you reach the end position Red guide line is then at the end of the parking space The vehicle is almost paral lel in the parking space Reverse perpendicular parking with the steering wheel at an angle gt Drive past the parking space and bring the vehicle to a standstill Pid ad EL Turning the steering wheel Red lane indicating the rout
372. nces are possible Please note that your vehicle may not be equipped with all features described This also applies to safety related systems and functions Read the information on qualified special ist workshops gt page 28 Important safety notes Z WARNING If wheels and tires of the wrong size are used the wheel brakes or suspension components may be damaged There is a risk of an acci dent Always replace wheels and tires with those that fulfill the specifications of the original part When replacing wheels make sure to use the correct e designation e model When replacing tires make sure to use the correct e designation e manufacturer e model Z WARNING A flat tire severely impairs the driving steer ing and braking characteristics of the vehicle There is a risk of accident Tires without run flat characteristics e do not drive with a flat tire e immediately replace the flat tire with your emergency spare wheel or spare wheel or consult a qualified specialist workshop Tires with run flat characteristics e pay attention to the information and warn ing notices on MOExtended tires tires with run flat characteristics Accessories that are not approved for your vehicle by Mercedes Benz or that are not being used correctly can impair operating safety Before purchasing and using non approved accessories visit a qualified specialist work shop and inquire about e suitability
373. nd be ready to brake at all times Active Parking Assist brakes the vehicle to a standstill The Park Assist Active Select R Observe Surroundings message appears in the multifunction display As soon as the parking procedure is com plete the Park Assist Finished message appears and a warning tone sounds The vehi cle is now parked The vehicle is kept station ary without the driver having to depress the brake pedal The braking effect is canceled when you depress the accelerator pedal Active Parking Assist no longer supports you with steering interventions and brake appli cations When Active Parking Assist is fin ished you must steer and brake again your self PARKTRONIC is still available gt Maneuver if necessary gt Always observe the warning messages dis played by PARKTRONIC gt page 188 Parking tips e The way your vehicle is positioned in the parking space after parking is dependent on various factors These include the posi tion and shape of the vehicles parked in front and behind it and the conditions of the location It may be the case that Active Parking Assist guides you too far into a parking space or not far enough into it In some cases it may also lead you across or onto the curb If necessary you should can cel the parking procedure with Active Park ing Assist You can also engage forward gear prema turely The vehicle redirects and does not drive as far into the parking space Should a
374. nderbody paneling is damaged combustible materials such as leaves grass or twigs can gather between the underbody and the underbody paneling If these materials come in contact with hot parts of the exhaust system they can catch fire In such situations have the vehicle checked and repaired immediately at a qualified specialist workshop If on con tinuing your journey you notice that driving safety is impaired pull over and stop the vehicle immediately paying attention to road and traffic conditions In such cases visit a qualified specialist workshop The vehicle is only designed for easily nego tiable off road terrain and poor road surfaces When driving off road substances such as sand mud and water or water mixed with oil may get into the brakes This could result in a reduced braking effect or in total brake failure and also in increased wear and tear The brak ing characteristics change depending on the material ingressing the brakes Clean the brakes after driving off road If you detect a reduced braking effect or grinding noises have the brake system checked in a qualified specialist workshop as soon as possible Adapt your driving style to the different brak ing characteristics Driving off road increases the likelihood of damage to the vehicle which in turn can lead to failure of the mechanical assembly or sys tems Adapt your driving style to suit the ter rain conditions Drive carefully Have damage to th
375. ndicator lamp on the PARKTRONIC button lights up Only the red segments in the PARKTRONIC warning displays are lit PARKTRONIC is then deactivated ultrasound waves The PARKTRONIC sensors are dirty or there is interference gt Clean the PARKTRONIC sensors gt page 301 gt Switch the ignition back on Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions PARKTRONIC has malfunctioned and has switched off gt If problems persist have PARKTRONIC checked at a qualified specialist workshop bo io a ge c bo gt k m The problem may be caused by an external source of radio or gt See if PARKTRONIC functions in a different location Active Parking Assist General notes Active Parking Assist is an electronic parking aid with ultrasound It measures the road on both sides of the vehicle A parking symbol indicates a suitable parking space Active steering intervention and brake application can assist you during parking and when exit ing a parking space You may also use PARK TRONIC gt page 186 Important safety notes Active Parking Assist is merely an aid It is not a replacement for your attention to your immediate surroundings You are always responsible for safe maneuvering parking and exiting a parking space Make sure that no persons animals or objects are in the maneuvering range When PARKTRONIC is switched off Active Parking Assist is also unavailable Z WARNING
376. ndle and let it go again immediately Closing the tailgate automatically Opening and closing E PINAN gt To close press closing button on the tailgate gt To stop the closing process press STOP button C on the tailgate or gt Pull the handle in the tailgate or gt Press the 5 button on the SmartKey until the tailgate opens again or gt Press the remote operating switch in the driver s door Important safety notes Z WARNING Combustion engines emit poisonous exhaust gases such as carbon monoxide If the tailgate is open when the engine is running particu larly if the vehicle is moving exhaust fumes could enter the passenger compartment There is a risk of poisoning b gt Cargo compartment bo Opening and closin Turn off the engine before opening the tail gate Never drive with the tailgate open H The tailgate swings upwards and to the rear when opened Therefore make sure that there is sufficient clearance above and behind the tailgate The opening dimensions of the tailgate can be found in the Vehicle data section gt page 368 Opening and closing You can open and close the tailgate from the driver s seat when the vehicle is stationary and unlocked gt To open pull remote operating switch for the tailgate until the tailgate opens gt To close turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock gt Press rem
377. ndow 123 Replacing windshield 04 122 Wooden trim cleaning instruc VIONS c ccc eh acenaeiiae 303 Workshop see Qualified specialist workshop ZONE function Switching On Off neee 134 General notes Q Environmental note Daimler s declared policy is one of compre hensive environmental protection The objectives are for the natural resources that form the basis of our existence on this planet to be used sparingly and in a manner that takes the requirements of both nature and humanity into account You too can help to protect the environment by operating your vehicle in an environmen tally responsible manner Fuel consumption and the rate of engine transmission brake and tire wear are affected by these factors e operating conditions of your vehicle e your personal driving style You can influence both factors You should bear the following in mind Operating conditions e avoid short trips as these increase fuel con sumption e always make sure that the tire pressures are correct e do not carry any unnecessary weight e remove roof racks once you no longer need them e a regularly serviced vehicle will contribute to environmental protection You should therefore adhere to the service intervals e always have service work carried out at a qualified specialist workshop Personal driving style e do not depress the accelerator pedal when starting the engine e donot warm up th
378. ne again e There is a malfunction in the engine electronics e There is a malfunction in the fuel supply gt Turn the SmartKey back to position 0 in the ignition lock before attempting to start the engine again gt Try to start the engine again gt page 143 Avoid excessively long and frequent attempts to start the engine as these will drain the battery If the engine does not start after several attempts gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop The on board voltage is too low because the battery is too weak or discharged gt Jump start the vehicle gt page 315 If the engine does not start despite attempts to jump start it gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop e g an authorized Mercedes Benz Center The starter motor was exposed to a thermal load that was too high gt Allow the starter motor to cool down for approximately two minutes gt Try to start the engine again If the engine still does not start gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop lo Driving and parking te Automatic transmission Le Driving and parking Problem Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The engine is not run There is a malfunction in the engine electronics or in a mechanical ning smoothly and is component of the engine management system misfiring gt Only depress the accelerator pedal slightly gt Have the cause rectified immediately at a qualified specialist workshop Otherwise non
379. ned for this purpose Observe the legal requirements in all countries concerned gt Do not use hot water and do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight gt Use a soft sponge to clean gt Use a mild cleaning agent such as a car shampoo approved by Mercedes Benz gt Thoroughly hose down the vehicle with a gentle jet of water gt Do not point the water jet directly towards the air inlet gt Use plenty of water and rinse out the sponge frequently gt Rinse the vehicle with clean water and dry thoroughly with a chamois gt Do not let the cleaning agent dry on the paintwork When using the vehicle in winter remove all traces of road salt deposits carefully and as soon as possible Power washers Cleaning the paintwork N WARNING H Do not affix The water jet from a circular jet nozzle dirt e stickers blasters can cause invisible exterior damage e films to the tires or chassis components Compo nents damaged in this way may fail unexpect edly There is a risk of an accident Do not use power washers with circular jet e magnetic plates or similar items to painted surfaces You could otherwise damage the paintwork nozzles to clean the vehicle Have damaged gt Remove dirt immediately where possible tires or chassis components replaced imme while avoiding rubbing too hard diately gt Soak insect remains with insect remover g and rinse off the treated areas afterwards 6 H Always maintain a dis
380. ng release the button You must reset each side window if e the side window opens again slightly after being closed fully e the side window can no longer be fully opened or closed gt Close all the doors gt Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock gt Pull the corresponding switch on the door control panel until the side window is com pletely closed gt page 87 gt Hold the switch for an additional second If the side window opens again slightly gt Immediately pull the corresponding switch on the door control panel until the side win dow is completely closed gt page 87 gt Hold the switch for an additional second gt If the corresponding side window remains closed after the button has been released Eal Panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel Problems with the side windows Z WARNING If you close a side window again immediately after it has been blocked or reset the side window closes with increased or maximum force The reversing feature is then not active Parts of the body could be trapped in the closing area in the process This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury Make sure that no parts of the body are in the closing area To stop the closing process release the switch or push the switch again to reopen the side window Problem Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions A side window cannot be closed because
381. ng it regularly especially in win ter and after washing H Do not clean the exhaust pipe with acid based cleaning agents such as sanitary cleansers or wheel cleaners gt Clean the exhaust pipe with a care product tested and approved by Mercedes Benz H AMG vehicles with black exhaust pipes do not use chrome polish to polish black chromed screens They will otherwise lose their silky black shine Rub the screen using a lightly oiled cloth after every car wash Commercially available engine oils WD 40 or Ballistol are suitable oils Cleaning the display H For cleaning do not use any of the fol lowing e alcohol based thinner or gasoline e abrasive cleaning agents e commercially available household clean ing agents These may damage the display surface Do not put pressure on the display surface when cleaning This could lead to irrepara ble damage to the display gt Before cleaning the display make sure that it is switched off and has cooled down gt Clean the display surface using a commer cially available microfiber cloth and TFT LCD display cleaner gt Dry the display surface using a dry micro fiber cloth Cleaning the plastic trim Z WARNING Care products and cleaning agents containing solvents cause surfaces in the cockpit to become porous As a result plastic parts may come loose in the event of air bag deploy ment There is a risk of injury Do not use any care products and cleaning
382. ng tone will then sound and the A distance warning lamp will light up in the instrument cluster gt Brake immediately in order to increase the distance from the vehicle in front or gt Take evasive action provided it is safe to do so Due to the nature of the system particularly complicated but non critical driving condi tions may also cause the system to display a warning With the help of the radar sensor system the distance warning function can detect obsta Driving safety systems cles that are in the path of your vehicle for an extended period of time Up to a speed of around 44 mph 70 km h the distance warning function can also react to stationary obstacles such as stopped or parked vehicles If you approach an obstacle and the distance warning function detects a risk of a collision the system will initially alert you both visually and acoustically Safety i Autonomous braking function If the driver does not react to the distance warning signal in a critical situation COLLI SION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS can assist with the autonomous braking function The autonomous braking function e gives the driver more time to react to criti cal driving situations e can help the driver to avoid an accident or e reduces the effects of an accident Vehicles without DISTRONIC PLUS the autonomous braking function is available in the following speed ranges e 5 65 mph 7 1
383. ngage reverse gear This setting can be stored using memory button M gt Make sure that the vehicle is stationary gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 143 gt Press button for the exterior mirror on the front passenger side gt Use adjustment button to adjust the exterior mirror You should see the rear wheel and the curb in the exterior mirror Mirrors eee Seats steering wheel and mirrors i pa Memory functions Seats steering wheel and mirrors E gt Press memory button M and one of the arrows on adjustment button within three seconds The parking position is stored if the exterior mirror does not move gt If the mirror moves out of position repeat the steps Calling up a stored parking position set ting gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 143 gt Adjust the exterior mirror on the front passenger side with the corresponding but ton gt page 103 gt Engage reverse gear The exterior mirror on the front passenger side moves to the stored parking position The exterior mirror on the front passenger side moves back to its original position e as soon as you exceed a speed of 9 mph 15 km h e about ten seconds after you have disen gaged reverse gear e if you press button Q for the exterior mir ror on the driver s side Memory functions Z WARNING If you use the memory function on the driver s
384. ning lamp flashes If the turn signal remains on vehicles detected are indicated by the flashing of red warning lamp Qa There are no further warning tones Switching on Blind Spot Assist gt Make sure that Blind Spot Assist is activa ted in the on board computer gt page 214 gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock Warning lamps Q in the exterior mirrors light up red for approximately 1 5 seconds and then turn yellow Lane Keeping Assist General notes Lane Keeping Assist monitors the area in front of your vehicle with camera Q which is mounted at the top of the windshield Active Lane Keeping Assist detects lane markings on the road and can warn you before you leave your lane unintentionally This function is available in the range between 40 mph and 120 mph 60 km h and 200 km h A warning may be given if a front wheel passes over a lane marking It will warn you by means of intermittent vibration in the steer ing wheel for up to 1 5 seconds Important safety notes A WARNING Lane Keeping Assist may not always clearly recognize lane markings In this case Lane Keeping Assist may e give an unnecessary warning e not give a warning There is a risk of an accident Always pay particular attention to the traffic situation and stay in lane in particular if warned by Lane Keeping Assist Z WARNING The Lane Keeping Assist warning does not return the vehicle to the orig
385. not available due to a malfunction in the radar sensor system the brake system remains available with full brake boosting effect and BAS Adaptive Brake Assist provides braking assis tance in hazardous situations at speeds above 4 mph 7 km h It uses radar sensor technology to assess the traffic situation With the help of Adaptive Brake Assist the distance warning signal can detect obstacles that are in the path of your vehicle for an extended period of time If adaptive Brake Assist detects a risk of col lision with the vehicle in front adaptive Brake Assist calculates the necessary brake pres sure to avoid this collision Should you apply the brakes vigorously Adaptive Brake Assist will automatically increase the braking force to a level suitable for the traffic conditions gt Keep the brake pedal depressed until the emergency braking situation is over ABS prevents the wheels from locking The brakes will work normally again if e you release the brake pedal e there is no longer any danger of a collision e no obstacle is detected in front of your vehicle Adaptive Brake Assist is then deactivated If adaptive Brake Assist demands particularly high braking force preventative passenger protection measures PRE SAFE are activa ted simultaneously Up to vehicle speeds of around 155 mph 250 km h adaptive Brake Assist is capable of reacting to moving objects that have already been recognized as such
386. not being charged A warning tone also sounds Possible causes are e a defective alternator e a torn poly V belt e a malfunction in the electronics gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely and switch off the engine paying attention to road and traffic conditions H Do not continue driving The engine could otherwise overheat gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 159 gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop The battery is no longer being charged and the battery charge level is too low A warning tone also sounds gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely and switch off the engine paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 159 gt Observe the instructions in the E41 See Operator s Manual display message gt Consult a qualified specialist workshop The engine is switched off and the battery charge level is too low gt Switch off electrical consumers that you do not need such as the rear window defroster and interior lighting gt Leave the engine running for a few minutes or drive a long dis tance The battery is being charged On board computer and displays aal Display messages _ On board computer and displays Display messages Check Engine 0i1 At Next Refueling Check Engine 0i1 Level Add 1 quart Engine 0711 Level Low Stop Vehicle Turn Engine Off Fuel Level Low Possible causes consequ
387. not require any electrical consumers The vehicle will then use very little energy thus conserving battery power If the power supply has been interrupted e g if you reconnect the battery you will have to e set the clock audio system COMAND see the separate operating instructions e reset the function for folding the exterior mirrors in out automatically by folding the mirrors out once gt page 104 Charging the battery Z WARNING During charging and jump starting explosive gases can escape from the battery There is a risk of an explosion Particularly avoid fire open flames creating sparks and smoking Ensure there is sufficient ventilation while charging and jump starting Do not lean over a battery Z WARNING Battery acid is caustic There is a risk of injury Avoid contact with the skin eyes or clothing Do not inhale any battery gases Do not lean over the battery Keep children away from batteries Wash battery acid immediately with water and seek medical attention Z WARNING A discharged battery can freeze at tempera tures below freezing point When jump start ing the vehicle or charging the battery gases can escape from the battery There is a risk of an explosion Allow the frozen battery to thaw out before charging it or jump starting H Only use battery chargers with a maxi mum charging voltage of 14 8 V E Only charge the battery using the jump starting connection point Th
388. nous gases such as carbon monoxide CO may enter the vehicle This is the case e g if the vehicle becomes trapped in snow There is a risk of fatal injury If you leave the engine or the auxiliary heating running make sure the exhaust pipe and area around the vehicle are clear of snow To ensure an adequate supply of fresh air open a window on the side of the vehicle that is not facing into the wind Have your vehicle winterproofed at a qualified specialist workshop at the onset of winter Drive particularly carefully on slippery road surfaces Avoid sudden acceleration steering and braking maneuvers Do not use the cruise control or DISTRONIC PLUS If the vehicle threatens to skid or cannot be stopped when moving at low speed gt Shift the transmission to position N gt Try to bring the vehicle under control using corrective steering The outside temperature indicator is not designed to serve as an ice warning device and is therefore unsuitable for that purpose Changes in the outside temperature are dis played after a short delay m Driving and parking sa ving s _ Driving and parking Indicated temperatures just above the freez ing point do not guarantee that the road sur face is free of ice The road may still be icy especially in wooded areas or on bridges You should pay special attention to road con ditions when temperatures are around freez ing point For more information on driving with sno
389. nsmission no longer shifts into all of the gears Reverse gear can no longer be engaged gt Stop the vehicle gt Shift the transmission to position P Refueling Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The transmission is losing oil gt Have the transmission checked at a qualified specialist work shop immediately The transmission is in emergency mode gt Switch off the engine gt Wait at least 10 seconds before restarting the engine gt Shift the transmission to position D gt Have the transmission checked at a qualified specialist work shop immediately Refueling Important safety notes Z WARNING Fuel is highly flammable If you handle fuel incorrectly there is a risk of fire and explo sion You must avoid fire open flames creating sparks and smoking Switch off the engine and if applicable the auxiliary heating before refueling Z WARNING Fuel is poisonous and hazardous to health There is a risk of injury You must make sure that fuel does not come into contact with your skin eyes or clothing and that it is not swallowed Do not inhale fuel vapors Keep fuel away from children If you or others come into contact with fuel observe the following e Wash away fuel from skin immediately using soap and water e If fuel comes into contact with your eyes immediately rinse them thoroughly with clean water Seek medical assistance with out delay e If fuel is swallo
390. nstalla tion instructions e be sure to observe the instructions and safety notes on the Occupant classifica tion system OCS gt page 51 Z WARNING The seat belts may not perform their intended protective function if e they are damaged modified extremely dirty bleach or dyed e the seat belt buckle is damaged or extremely dirty e the Emergency Tensioning Devices belt anchorages or inertia reels have been modi fied Seat belts may be damaged in an accident although the damage may not be visible e g due to splinters of glass Modified or damaged seat belts may tear or fail e g in an accident Modified Emergency Tensioning Devices could accidentally trigger or fail to deploy when necessary This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury Occupant safety ra Never modify the seat belts Emergency Ten sioning Devices belt anchorages or inertia reels Make sure that the seat belts are undamaged not worn out and clean Follow ing an accident have the seat belts checked immediately at a qualified specialist work shop Safety i Only use seat belts that have been approved for your vehicle by Mercedes Benz Any such modifications could invalidate the vehicle s general operating permit Vehicles with a sports seat or AMG Per formance seat these seats are designed for the standard three point seat belt If you install another multipoint seat belt e g sport or racing seat belts the restraint
391. nt air bag deactivation system may detect objects or forces that are adding to the weight applied to the seat Z WARNING Fy On board computer and displays The air bag may deploy unintentionally There is an increased risk of injury gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 159 gt Switch the ignition off gt Open the front passenger door gt Remove the child and the child restraint system from the front passenger seat gt Make sure that there are no objects on the seat adding to the weight The system may otherwise detect the additional weight and interpret the seat occupant s weight as greater than it actually is gt Keep the seat unoccupied close the front passenger door and switch on the ignition gt Observe the PASSENGER AIR BAG indicator lamps in the center console and the multifunction display and check the following Seat unoccupied and ignition switched on e the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF and PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamps must light up simultaneously for approximately six seconds e after this the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp must be lit and remain lit If the indicator lamp is on OCS Occupant Pa Display messages On board computer and displays Display messages Lights Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Classification System has d
392. nt passenger front air bag will also deploy The Occupant Classification System OCS categorizes the occupant in the front passenger seat Depending on that result the front passenger front air bag is either enabled or deactivated System self test DANGER If both the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF and PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamps do not light up during the system self test the system is malfunctioning The front passenger front air bag might be triggered unintentionally or might not be triggered at all in the event of an accident with high deceler ation This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury In this case the front passenger seat may not be used Do not install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat Have the Occu pant Classification System OCS checked and repaired immediately at a qualified spe cialist workshop DANGER If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp remains lit after the system self test the front passenger front air bag is disabled It will not be deployed in the event of an accident In this case the front passenger front air bag cannot perform its intended protective func b gt Occupant safety E Safety 1 Ea Occupant safety Safety tion e g when a person is seated in the front passenger seat That person could for example come into contact with the vehicle s interior especially if the person is sitting too close to the dash board Th
393. nt safety notes sec tion for driving safety systems gt page 64 Z WARNING If EBD has malfunctioned the rear wheels can still lock e g under full braking This increa ses the risk of skidding and an accident You should therefore adapt your driving style to the different handling characteristics Have the brake system checked at a qualified spe cialist workshop Observe information regarding indicator and warning lamps gt page 254 as well as dis play messages gt page 224 ADAPTIVE BRAKE enhances braking safety and offers increased braking comfort In addi tion to the braking function ADAPTIVE BRAKE also has the HOLD function gt page 181 and hill start assist gt page 144 For further information see Driving tips gt page 164 General information STEER CONTROL helps you by transmitting a noticeable steering force to the steering wheel in the direction required for vehicle stabilization This steering assistance is provided in partic ular if e both right wheels or both left wheels are on a wet or slippery road surface when you brake e the vehicle starts to skid Important safety notes No steering support is provided from STEER CONTROL if e ESP is malfunctioning e the lighting is faulty Power steering will however continue to function Protection against theft The immobilizer prevents your vehicle from being started without the correct SmartKey Protection against
394. ntinue your journey once the clutch has cooled down and the display message in the multifunction display has disappeared AMG vehicles the Trans 0i1 Overhea ted Drive on with Care display message appears in the multifunction display Never hold the vehicle stationary on uphill gradients by depressing the accelerator Instead only ever hold the vehicle stationary on uphill gradients by e depressing the brake pedal e activating the HOLD function e engaging the electric parking brake Kickdown AMG vehicles it is only possible to use kick down in temporary manual drive program M For further information on manual drive pro gram M gt page 154 Use kickdown for maximum acceleration gt Depress the accelerator pedal beyond the pressure point The automatic transmission shifts to a lower gear depending on the engine speed gt Ease off the accelerator pedal once the desired speed is reached The automatic transmission shifts back up Rocking the vehicle free Shifting the transmission repeatedly between gears D and Rmay help to free the vehicle if it has become stuck in slush or snow The vehi cle s engine management system limits the speed to a maximum of 5 mph 9 km h when shifting back and forth To shift back and forth between transmission positions D and R move the DIRECT SELECT lever up and down past the point of resistance General notes The program selector button allows you to choose between drive pr
395. nto anti glare mode if e the ignition is switched on and e incident light from headlamps strikes the sensor in the rear view mirror The mirrors do not go into anti glare mode if reverse gear is engaged or the interior lighting is switched on General notes The Parking position of the exterior mirror on the front passenger side function is only available if the vehicle is equipped with the Mirrors package Setting and storing the parking position Using reverse gear You can position the front passenger side exterior mirror in such a way that you can see the rear wheel on that side as soon as you engage reverse gear You can store this posi tion gt Make sure that the vehicle is stationary gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 143 gt Press button for the exterior mirror on the front passenger side gt Engage reverse gear The exterior mirror on the front passenger side moves to the preset parking position gt Use adjustment button to adjust the exterior mirror You should see the rear wheel and the curb in the exterior mirror The parking position is stored If you shift the transmission to another position the exterior mirror on the front passenger side returns to the driving posi tion Using the memory button You can position the front passenger side exterior mirror in such a way that you can see the rear wheel on that side as soon as you e
396. o initiate an emergency call This can occur for example if the relevant mobile phone network is not available The indicator lamp in the SOS button flashes con tinuously The Call Failed message appears in the multifunction display and must be confirmed In this case summon assistance by other means Making an emergency call gt To initiate an emergency call manually press cover 1 briefly to open gt Press SOS button 2 briefly The indicator lamp in SOS button flashes until the emergency call is conclu ded gt Wait for a voice connection to the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Cen ter gt After the emergency call close cover 1 If the mobile phone network is unavaila ble mbrace will not be able to make the emergency call If you leave the vehicle immediately after pressing the SOS button you will not know whether mbrace placed r Stowage and features Ea Features Stowage and features the emergency call In this case always summon assistance by other means Roadside Assistance button gt Press Roadside Assistance button Q This initiates a call to the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center The indicator lamp in Roadside Assistance button flashes while the call is active The multifunction display shows the Con necting Call message The audio output is muted If a connection can be made the Cal Con nected message appears in the multifunction display If a
397. o signal from the tire pressure sensor of one or several sor s Missing wheels The pressure of the affected tire is not displayed in the multifunction display gt Have the faulty tire pressure sensor replaced at a qualified spe cialist workshop Tire Pressure Mon The wheels mounted do not have a suitable tire pressure sensor itor Inoperative The tire pressure monitor is deactivated No Wheel Sensors gt Mount wheels with suitable tire pressure sensors The tire pressure monitor is activated automatically after driving for a few minutes Tire Press Moni The tire pressure monitor is faulty tor Inoperative gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Pel Display messages lI On board computer and displays Vehicle Display messages Auxiliary Battery Malfunction Depress Brake to Start Engine To Deselect P or N Depress Brake and Start Engine Apply Brake to Shift from P Transmission Not in P Risk of Vehi cle Rolling Away Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The auxiliary battery for the automatic transmission is no longer being charged gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop at the next opportunity gt Until then set the automatic transmission to position P before you switch off the engine gt Before leaving the vehicle apply the electric parking brake You have attempted to start the engine with the transmission in position N without depressing the brake pedal gt Depress t
398. o use kick down in temporary manual drive program M You can also use kickdown for maximum acceleration in manual drive program M gt Depress the accelerator pedal beyond the pressure point The automatic transmission shifts to a lower gear depending on the engine speed gt Shift back up once the desired speed is reached During kickdown you cannot shift gears using the steering wheel paddle shifters If you apply full throttle the automatic transmission shifts up to the next gear when the maximum engine speed is reached This prevents the engine from overrevwving Switching off the manual drive program gt Press the program selector button gt page 152 repeatedly until E drive pro gram C in AMG vehicles or S appears in the multifunction display Deactivating the temporary manual drive program gt Pull and hold the right steering wheel pad dle shifter until the automatic transmission shifts into the last active automatic drive program E drive program C on AMG vehi cles or S When manual drive program M is deacti vated the automatic transmission in auto matic drive program E drive program C on AMG vehicles or S may shift from the cur rent gear into a higher or lower gear This is dependent on the position of the accelera tor pedal speed and load Problems with the transmission Problem The transmission has problems shifting gear The acceleration ability is deteriorating The tra
399. of publication of the Operator s Manual Country specific differences are possible Please note that your vehicle may not be equipped with all features described This also applies to safety related systems and functions Read the information on qualified special ist workshops gt page 28 Correct driver s seat position A WARNING You could lose control of your vehicle if you do the following while driving e adjust the driver s seat head restraint steering wheel or mirrors e fasten the seat belt There is a risk of an accident Adjust the driver s seat head restraint steer ing wheel and mirror and fasten your seat belt before starting the engine Observe the safety guidelines on seat adjust ment gt page 97 gt Make sure that seat is adjusted prop erly Manual seat adjustment gt page 98 Electrical seat adjustment gt page 98 When adjusting the seat make sure that e you are as far away from the driver s air bag as possible e you are sitting in a normal upright posi tion e you can fasten the seat belt properly e you have moved the backrest to an almost vertical position e you have set the seat cushion angle so that your thighs are gently supported e you can depress the pedals properly gt Check whether the head restraint is adjus ted properly gt page 98 When doing so make sure that you have adjusted the head restraint so that the back of your head is supported at eye level by t
400. of the forwards facing child restraint system must as far as possible be resting on the backrest of the front passenger seat The child restraint system must not touch the roof or be put under strain by the head restraint Adjust the angle of the seat back Occupant safety ee rest and the head restraint position accord ingly Only then can OCS be guaranteed to function correctly Always observe the child restraint system manufacturer s installation instruc tions Occupant Classification System opera tion OCS PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamp PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp The indicator lamps inform you whether the front passenger front air bag is deactivated or enabled gt Press the Start Stop button once or twice or turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock The system carries out self diagnostics The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF and PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamps must light up simultaneously for approx imately six seconds The indicator lamps display the status of the front passenger front air bag e PASSENGER AIR BAG ON lights up the front passenger front air bag is enabled If in the event of an accident all deployment criteria are met the front passenger front air bag is deployed e PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF lights up the front passenger front air bag is deactiva ted It will then not be deployed in the event of an accident Ea Occupant safety Safety
401. ograms with differ ent driving characteristics Example program selector button E Economy Comfortable economical driving S Sport Sporty driving style M Manual Manual gear shifting gt Press program selector button 4 repeat edly until the letter for the desired gearshift program appears in the multifunction dis play The automatic transmission shifts to automatic drive program E each time the engine is started For further information on the automatic drive program see gt page 153 AMG vehicles C Controlled Comfortable economical Efficiency driving S Sport Sporty driving style M Manual Manual gear shifting gt Press program selector button repeat edly until the letter for the desired gearshift program appears in the multifunction dis play The automatic transmission shifts to automatic drive program C each time the engine is started For further information on the automatic drive program see gt page 153 Automatic transmission Left steering wheel paddle shifter shifts down Right steering wheel paddle shifter shifts up In drive program M you can change gear yourself using the steering wheel paddle shift ers If you pull the left or right steering wheel pad dle shifter when in automatic drive program E drive program C on AMG vehicles or S the automatic transmission shifts into drive pro gram M for a limited time Depending on which pad
402. omputer and displays Change of direction announced with a lane recommendation ae F D oY I o Road into which the change of direction leads Distance to change of direction and visual distance display Recommended lane and new lane during a change of direction Lanes not recommended Recommended lane Change of direction symbol j f EE E On multilane roads new lane recommenda tions can be displayed for the next change of direction if the digital map supports this data During the change of direction new lanes may be added Recommended lane and new lane during a change of direction G in this lane you will be able to complete the next two changes of direction without changing lane Lane not recommended you will not be able to complete the next change of direction if you stay in this lane Recommended lane in this lane you will only be able to complete the next change of direction without changing lane Other status indicators of the naviga tion system e E you have reached the destination or an intermediate destination e New Route or Calculating Route calculating a new route Off Map or Off Mapped Road the vehicle position is outside the area of the digital map off map position e No Route no route could be calculated to the selected destination Audio menu Selecting a radio station Waveband Station frequency with memory position The memory pos
403. ond the point of resistance automatic opera tion is started in the corresponding direc tion You can stop automatic operation by pressing pulling the switch again Resetting the sliding sunroof and the roller sunblinds If the sliding sunroof or the roller sunblinds do not move smoothly reset the sliding sunroof and the roller sunblinds gt Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock gt Pull the switch repeatedly to the point of resistance in the direction of arrow until the sliding sunroof is fully closed gt Keep the switch pulled for an addi tional second gt Pull the switch repeatedly to the point of resistance in the direction of arrow until the roller sunblinds are fully closed gt Keep the switch pulled for an addi tional second z Panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel Z WARNING If you do not reset the sliding sunroof after a malfunction or voltage supply interruption then the backing up function will malfunction or not work The sliding sunroof closes with increased or maximum force Parts of the body could be trapped in the closing area in the process This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury In such or similar situations always make sure that no parts of the body are in the closing area Always reset the sliding sunroof after a malfunction or voltage supply interruption
404. one automatic climate control press the amp or button gt To deactivate press the button The indicator lamp in the g button goes out The previously selected settings are restored Air recirculation mode remains deactivated or gt Dual zone automatic climate control press the auto button The indicator lamp in the g button goes out Airflow and air distribution are set to automatic mode or gt Air conditioning system turn temperature control Q clockwise or counter clockwise gt page 127 Dual zone automatic climate control turn temperature control or clockwise or counter clockwise gt page 129 The MAX COOL function is only available in vehicles for the USA MAX COOL is only operational when the engine is running gt To activate press the button The indicator lamp in the button lights up gt To deactivate press the button again The indicator lamp goes out The previously selected settings are restored When you activate MAX COOL climate con trol switches to the following functions MAX COOL MAX COOL e maximum cooling e maximum airflow e air recirculation mode on Windows fogged up on the inside Air conditioning system gt Activate the Cooling with air dehu midification function gt If the windows continue to fog up activate the Windshield de
405. or The required distance between remote control 6 and the integrated garage door opener depends on the garage door drive system Several attempts might be neces sary You should test every position for at least 25 seconds before trying another position Problems when programing If you are experiencing problems programing the integrated garage door opener on the rear view mirror take note of the following instructions e Check the transmitter frequency used by garage door drive remote control and whether it is supported The transmitter frequency can usually be found on the back of the garage door drive remote control The integrated garage door opener is com patible with devices that have units which operate in the frequency range of 280 to 433 MHz e Replace the batteries in garage door remote control This increases the like lihood that garage door remote control will transmit a strong and precise signal to the integrated garage door opener e When programing hold remote control at varying distances and angles from the button which you are programing Try vari ous angles at a distance between 2and 12 inches 5to 30 cm or at the same angle but at varying distances e If another remote control is available for the same garage door drive repeat the same programing steps with this remote control Before performing these steps make sure that new batteries have been installed in garage door drive remote
406. or number gt Press the or OK button to start dial ing or gt If you do not want to make a call press the or button Assistance menu Introduction In the DriveAssist menu you have the fol lowing options e Displaying the assistance graphic gt page 213 e Activating deactivating ESP gt page 213 e Activating deactivating COLLISION PRE VENTION ASSIST PLUS gt page 214 e Activating deactivating ATTENTION ASSIST gt page 214 e Activating deactivating Blind Spot Assist gt page 214 e Activating deactivating Lane Keeping Assist gt page 214 Assistance graphic Fo gt Press the lt q or gt button on the steer ing wheel to select the DriveAssist menu gt Press A or W toselect Assistance Graphic gt Press the OK button The multifunction display shows the DIS TRONIC PLUS distance display in the assis tance graphic The assistance graphic displays the status of and information from the following driving systems or driving safety systems e DISTRONIC PLUS gt page 179 e COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS gt page 66 e ATTENTION ASSIST gt page 197 e Lane Keeping Assist gt page 200 e DSR gt page 184 e Off road program gt page 186 e Rear window wiper gt page 122 Deactivating activating ESP Observe t
407. ossible to make use of the residual heat a of the engine to continue heating the vehicle Air recirculation mode is activated auto for approximately 30 minutes after the engine matically at high outside temperatures has been switched off The heating time When air recirculation mode is activated depends on the set interior temperature automatically the indicator lamp in the button is not lit Outside air is added after about 30 minutes gt To deactivate press the 69 button The indicator lamp in the 69 button goes out The residual heat function is only available in vehicles for Canada with dual zone automatic climate control The blower will run at a low speed regard less of the airflow setting If you activate the residual heat function at high temperatures only the ventilation will be activated The blower runs at medium speed Climate control 4 Setting the air vents You cannot use the ventilation to coolthe For optimal climate control in the vehicle vehicle interior to a temperature lower than open the air vents completely and set the the outside temperature adjusters to the central position Activating deactivating Setting the center air vents gt Turn the SmartKey to position 0 in the igni tion lock or remove it gt page 143 gt To activate press the rest button The indicator lamp in the rest button lights
408. oster Problem Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The rear window The battery has not been sufficiently charged defroster has deactiva switch off any consumers that are not required e g reading ted prematurely orcan lamps interior lighting or the seat heating not be activated When the battery is sufficiently charged the rear window defroster can be activated again Air recirculation mode deactivates auto matically General notes after approximately five minutes at out l side temperatures below approximately You can deactivate the flow of fresh air if 41 F 5 C unpleasant odors are entering the vehicle e after approximately five minutes if the from outside The air already inside the vehi Cooling with air dehumidification func cle will then be recirculated tion is deactivated If you switch on air recirculation mode the e after approximately 30 minutes at out windows can fog up more quickly in particu side temperatures above approximately lar at low temperatures Only use air recircu 41 F 5 C if the Cooling with air dehu lation mode briefly to prevent the windows midification function is activated from fogging up The operation of air recirculation mode is the same for all control panels Activating deactivating General notes gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 143 gt To activate press the 69 button Ties Mii ae TET PURVES It is p
409. ot be available Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster Es Problem The yellow ABS warning lamp is lit while the engine is running Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions ABS is temporarily unavailable BAS COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS ESP EBD elec tronic brake force distribution the HOLD function and hill start assist for example are therefore also deactivated Possible causes are e self diagnosis is not yet complete e the on board voltage may be insufficient ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated Z WARNING The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above The front and rear wheels could therefore lock if you brake hard for example The steerability and braking characteristics may be severely affec ted The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can increase If ESP is not operational ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle There is a risk of an accident gt Carefully drive a suitable distance making slight steering move ments at a speed above 12 mph 20 km h The functions mentioned above are available again when the warning lamp goes out If the warning lamp is still on gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop i On board computer and displays a Warning and indicator
410. ote operating switch Q for the tailgate until the tailgate is completely closed You will hear a warning tone during the closing process Important safety notes You can limit the opening angle of the tail gate This is possible in the top half of its opening range This could be useful for example if there is insufficient space above the tailgate H Make sure there is sufficient clearance to open the tailgate fully when setting the opening angle The tailgate could otherwise be damaged Ideally set the opening angle outside Activating gt To open the tailgate pull the handle on the tailgate gt To stop the opening procedure at the desired position press the closing button gt page 85 in the tailgate or pull the handle on the outside of the tailgate again gt To store the position press and hold the closing button in the tailgate until you hear a short tone The opening angle limiter is activated The tailgate will now stop in the stored position when opening To open the tailgate fully pull the handle on the outside of the tailgate again after it has stopped automatically This does not delete the stored position Deactivating gt Press and hold the closing button gt page 85 in the tailgate until you hear two short tones If the tailgate can no longer be opened from outside the vehicle use the emergency release on the inside of the tailgate H The tailgate swings upwards and to the rear
411. out The monitor uses the currently set tire pressures as the refer ence values for monitoring In most cases the tire pressure monitor will automatically detect the new reference values after you have changed the tire pressure However you can also define reference values manually as described here The tire pressure monitor then monitors the new tire pressure values gt Set the tire pressure to the value recom mended for the corresponding driving sit uation on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s side B pillar gt page 328 Additional tire pressure values for different loads can also be found on the tire pressure table on the inside of the fuel filler flap gt page 328 gt Make sure that the tire pressure is correct on all four wheels gt Make sure that the SmartKey is in position 2 in the ignition lock gt Pressthe lt or gt button on the steer ing wheel to select the Serv menu gt Press the A or W button to select Tire Pressure gt Press the OK button The multifunction display shows the cur rent tire pressure for each tire or the Tire pressure will be displayed after driving a few minutes message gt Press the W button The multifunction display shows the Use current pressures aS new reference values message If you wish to confirm the restart gt Press the OK button The Tire Press Monitor R
412. page 117 or gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Display messages Ba Display messages W Check Rear Left Turn Signal or Check Rear Right me N Q w 2 W Check Front Left Turn Signal or Check Front Right Turn Signal W Check Left Mirror Turn Signal or Check Right Mirror Sej v Q w W heck Center Brake amp W Check Left Brake Lamp or Check Right Brake Lamp ERES vy NA Check Left Tail and Brake Lamps or Check Right Tail and Brake Lamps W Check Left High Beam or Check Right High Beam Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The rear left hand or rear right hand turn signal is defective gt Check whether you are permitted to replace the bulb yourself gt page 117 or gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The front left hand or front right hand turn signal is defective gt Check whether you are permitted to replace the bulb yourself gt page 117 or gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The turn signal in the left hand or right hand exterior mirror is defective gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The high mounted brake lamp is faulty gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The left or right hand brake lamp is defective gt Check whether you are permitted to replace the bulb yourself gt page 117 or gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The left or right hand
413. page 69 when pulling away with snow chains installed You can thereby allow the wheels to spin in a controlled manner ach ieving an increased driving force cutting action I Wheels and tires Ea Tire pressure Wheels and tires Tire pressure Tire pressure specifications Z WARNING Underinflated or overinflated tires pose the following risks e the tires may burst especially as the load and vehicle speed increase e the tires may wear excessively and or unevenly which may greatly impair tire traction e the driving characteristics as well as steer ing and braking may be greatly impaired There is a risk of an accident Follow recommended tire inflation pressures and check the pressure of all the tires includ ing the spare wheel e monthly at least e if the load changes e before beginning a long journey e under different operating conditions e g off road driving If necessary correct the tire pressure Use a suitable pressure gauge to check the tire pressure The outer appearance of a tire does not permit any reliable conclusion about the tire pressure On vehicles equipped with the electronic tire pressure monitor the tire pressure can be checked in the on board computer The recommended tire pressures for the tires mounted at the factory can be found on the labels described here 1 Tire and Loading Information placard on the B pillar on the driver s side of the vehi cle gt page 3
414. parking brake is dependent on the on board voltage If the on board voltage is low or there is a malfunction in the system it may not be possible to apply the released parking brake gt If this is the case only park the vehicle on level ground and secure it to prevent it roll ing away gt Shift the automatic transmission to posi tion P It may not be possible to release an applied parking brake if the on board voltage is low or there is a malfunction in the system Contact a qualified specialist workshop The electric parking brake performs a function test at regular intervals while the engine is switched off The sounds that can be heard while this is occurring are normal Applying releasing manually Applying gt Push handle Q When the electric parking brake is applied the red park USA only or Canada only indicator lamp lights up in the instru ment cluster The electric parking brake can also be applied when the SmartKey is removed rang is Releasing gt Pull handle Q The red park USA only or Canada only indicator lamp in the instrument clus ter goes out You can only release the electric parking brake when the SmartKey is in position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock gt page 143 Applying automatically The electric parking brake is applied auto matically e if DISTRONIC PLUS brings the vehicle to a standstill
415. partment center console j gt Pull cover 1 out by its top edge gt Lift up the cover of socket 2 Socket in the cargo compartment gt Lift up the cover of socket Q _mbrace General notes You must have a license agreement to acti vate the mbrace service Make sure that your system is activated and operational To log in press the Q i MB Info call button If any of the steps mentioned are not carried out the system may not be activated If you have questions about the activation contact one of the following telephone hot lines e USA Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center at 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 or 1 866 990 9007 e Canada Customer Service at 1 888 923 8367 Shortly after successfully registering with the service a user ID and password will be sent to you by post USA only you can use this password to log onto the mbrace area under Owners Online at http www mbusa com The system is available if e it has been activated and is operational e the corresponding mobile phone network is available for transmitting data to the Cus tomer Center e a service subscription is available e the starter battery is sufficiently charged 7 Stowage and features Stowage and features Determining the location of the vehicle on a map is only possible if e GPS reception is available e the vehicle position can be forwarded to the Customer Assistance Cente
416. peedometer is divided into segments on vehicles with DISTRONIC PLUS The segments in the speedometer indicate which speed range is available e Cruise control activated gt page 172 The segments light up from the stored speed to the maximum speed e DISTRONIC PLUS activated gt page 174 Displays and operation bis One or two segments in the set speed range light up e DISTRONIC PLUS detects a vehicle in front The segments between the speed of the vehicle in front and the stored speed light up Overview Multifunction display Switches on the Voice Control System see the separate operating instructions Right control panel Left control panel Back button gt To activate the on board computer turn the SmartKey to position 1 in the ignition lock You can control the multifunction display and the settings in the on board computer using the buttons on the multifunction steering wheel N gt 2 Q p me TST Sam t gt Q E Oo me fens O Sa Displays and operation On board computer and displays Left control panel e Calls up the menu and menu bar Press briefly lt q gt VIA e Scrolls in lists e Selects a submenu or function e In the Audio menu selects a stored station an audio track or a video scene e In the Tel telephone menu switches to the phone book and selects a name or telephone number
417. ple if you accelerate briefly to overtake cruise control adjusts the vehicle s speed to the last speed stored after you have fin ished overtaking Deactivating cruise control There are several ways to deactivate cruise control gt Briefly press the cruise control lever for wards 3 or gt Brake Cruise control is automatically deactivated if e the vehicle is secured with the electric parking brake e you are driving at less than 20 mph 30 km h ESP intervenes or you deactivate ESP e you shift the transmission to position N while driving If cruise control is deactivated you will hear a warning tone You will see the Cruise Con trol Off message in the multifunction dis play for approximately five seconds Driving systems Driving and parking When you switch off the engine the last speed stored is cleared DISTRONIC PLUS General notes DISTRONIC PLUS regulates the speed and automatically helps you maintain the dis tance to the vehicle detected in front Vehi cles are detected with the aid of the radar sensor system DISTRONIC PLUS brakes automatically so that the set speed is not exceeded Change into a lower gear in good time on long and steep downhill gradients This is espe cially important if the vehicle is laden By doing so you will make use of the braking effect of the engine This relieves the load on the brake system and prevents the brakes from overheating and wearin
418. plying to safety relevant systems e g the lighting sys tem ABS anti lock braking system or ESP Electronic Stability Program The operating safety of your vehicle may be restricted You could lose control of the vehicle for example e braking e in the event of abrupt steering maneuver and or when the vehicle s speed is not adapted to the road conditions There is a risk of an accident In the event of a short circuit or a similar inci dent contact a qualified specialist workshop immediately Do not drive any further You should have all work involving the battery car ried out at a qualified specialist workshop For further information about ABS and ESP see gt page 65 and gt page 68 A WARNING Electrostatic build up can lead to the creation of sparks which could ignite the highly explo sive gases of a battery There is a risk of an explosion Before handling the battery touch the vehicle body to remove any existing electrostatic build up The highly flammable gas mixture forms when charging the battery as well as when jump starting Always make sure that neither you nor the battery is electrostatically charged A build up of electrostatic charge can be caused for example e by wearing clothing made from synthetic fibers e due to friction between clothing and seats e if you push or pull the battery across the carpet or other synthetic materials e if you wipe the battery with a cloth
419. position and material used Describes the number of plies or the number of layers of rubber coated fabric in the tire tread and sidewall These are made of steel nylon polyester and other materials Bar Metric unit for tire pressure 14 5038 pounds per square inch psi and 100 kilopascals kPa are the equivalent of 1 bar DOT Department of Transportation DOT marked tires fulfill the requirements of the Canadian Transport Ministry Normal occupant weight The number of occupants for which the vehi cle is designed multiplied by 68 kilograms 150 Ib Definition of terms for tires and loading Uniform Tire Quality Grading Stand ards A uniform standard to grade the quality of tires with regards to tread quality tire traction and temperature characteristics Ratings are determined by tire manufacturers using U S government testing procedures The ratings are molded into the sidewall of the tire Recommended tire pressure The recommended tire pressure applies to the tires mounted at the factory The Tire and Loading Information placard con tains the recommended tire pressures for cold tires on a fully loaded vehicle and for the maximum permissible vehicle speed The tire pressure table contains the recom mended pressures for cold tires for various operating conditions i e differing load and speed conditions Increased vehicle weight due to optional equipment This is the combined weight of all standard
420. pressure point Every time the cruise control lever is pressed up 4 or down 2 the last speed stored is increased or reduced DISTRONIC PLUS is not deactivated if you depress the accelerator pedal If you accel erate to overtake DISTRONIC PLUS adjusts the vehicle s speed to the last speed stored after you have finished over taking Setting the specified minimum distance You can set the specified minimum distance for DISTRONIC PLUS by varying the time span between one and two seconds With this func tion you can set the minimum distance that DISTRONIC PLUS keeps to the vehicle in front dependent on vehicle speed You can Driving systems see this distance in the multifunction display gt page 179 Make sure that you maintain the mini mum distance to the vehicle in front as required by law Adjust the distance to the vehicle in front if necessary gt To increase turn control in direc tion DISTRONIC PLUS then maintains a greater distance between your vehicle and the vehicle in front gt To decrease turn control 3 in direc tion DISTRONIC PLUS then maintains a shorter distance between your vehicle and the vehicle in front Deactivating DISTRONIC PLUS There are several ways to deactivate DIS TRONIC PLUS gt Briefly press the cruise control lever for wards Q or gt Brake unless the vehicle is stationary When you deactivate DISTRONIC PLUS you will see the DISTRONIC
421. qualified specialist workshop Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster Ea Problem a The red coolant warn ing lamp comes on while the engine is run ning aS The red coolant warn ing lamp comes on while the engine is run ning A warning tone also sounds Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The coolant level is too low If the coolant level is correct the airflow to the engine radiator may be blocked or the electric engine radiator fan may be malfunc tioning The coolant is too hot and the engine is no longer being cooled sufficiently gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely and switch off the engine paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 159 gt Leave the vehicle and keep a safe distance from the vehicle until the engine has cooled down gt Check the coolant level and add coolant gt page 295 Observe the warning notes gt If you need to add coolant more often than usual have the engine coolant system checked gt Make sure that the air supply to the engine radiator is not blocked e g by snow slush or ice gt Do not start the engine again until the coolant temperature is below 248 F 120 C Otherwise the engine could be damaged gt Drive to the nearest qualified specialist workshop g
422. r The mbrace system To adjust the volume during a call proceed as follows gt Press the or button on the mul tifunction steering wheel or gt Use the volume controller of the audio sys tem COMAND The system offers various services e g e Automatic and manual emergency call e Roadside Assistance call e MB Info call USA only you can find information and a description of all available features under Owners Online at http www mbusa com System self test After you have switched on the ignition the system carries out a self diagnosis A malfunction in the system has been detec ted if one of the following occurs e The indicator lamp in the SOS button does not come on during the system self test e The indicator lamp in the QA Roadside Assistance button does not light up during self diagnosis of the system e The indicator lamp in the amp i MB Info call button does not light up during self diag nosis of the system e The indicator lamp in one or more of the following buttons continues to light up red after the system self diagnosis SOS button GA Roadside Assistance call button Q il MB Info call button e After the system self diagnosis the Inop erative or Service Not Activated message appears in the multifunction dis play If a malfunction is indicated as outlined above the system may not operate as expec ted In the event of
423. r Z WARNING The left or right window curtain air bag may either be triggered unintentionally or in the event of an accident may not be trig gered There is an increased risk of injury gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop i On board computer and displays a Display messages Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Front Passenger The front passenger air bag is deactivated during the journey even Airbag Disabled though See Operator s Man an adult ual i e a person larger than a certain size is occupying the front passenger seat If additional forces are applied to the seat the system may inter pret the occupant s weight as lower than it actually is A WARNING The front passenger air bag does not deploy during an accident There is an increased risk of injury gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 159 gt Switch the ignition off gt Have the occupant get out of the vehicle gt Keep the seat unoccupied close the front passenger door and switch on the ignition gt Observe the PASSENGER AIR BAG indicator lamps in the center console and the multifunction display and check the following On board computer and displays Seat unoccupied and ignition switched on e the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF and PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamp
424. r traction performance The safe speed on a wet snow covered or icy road is always lower than on dry road surfa ces You should pay special attention to road con ditions when temperatures are around the freezing point Mercedes Benz recommends a minimum tread depth of in 4 mm for all four winter tires gt page 326 to maintain normal driving characteristics in winter Winter tires can reduce the braking distance on snow covered surfaces in comparison with summer tires Stopping distance however is still consider ably greater than when the road is not cov ered with ice or snow Take appropriate care when driving H Avoid wheelspin This can lead to damage to the drive train Tire labeling Z WARNING The temperature grade for this tire is estab lished for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed underinfla tion or excessive loading either separately or in combination can cause excessive heat build up and possible tire failure The temperature grades are A the highest B and C These represent the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dis sipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive tempera ture can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of performance A
425. r Assistance Center Mercedes Benz USA LLC One Mercedes Drive Montvale NJ 07645 0350 In Canada Customer Relations Department Mercedes Benz Canada Inc 98 Vanderhoof Avenue Toronto Ontario M4G 4C9 Reporting safety defects USA only The following text is published as required of manufacturers under Title 49 Code of U S Federal Regulations Part 575 pursuant to the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1966 If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notify ing Mercedes Benz USA LLC If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you your dealer or Mercedes Benz USA LLC To contact NHTSA you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to http www safercar gov or write to Administrator NHTSA 400 Seventh Street SW Washington DC 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http www safercar gov Limited Warranty E Follow the instructions in this manual about the proper operation of your vehicle as well as about possible vehicle damage Damage to your v
426. r and or when Ea Introduction the vehicle s speed is not adapted to the road conditions There is a risk of an accident Always adapt your speed and driving style to the vehicle s driving characteristics and to the prevailing road and weather conditions Utility vehicles have a significantly higher roll over rate than other types of vehicles Failure to operate this vehicle safely may result in an accident rollover of the vehicle and severe or fatal injury In a rollover crash an unbelted person is sig nificantly more likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt You and all vehicle occupants should always wear your seat belts Operating safety Important safety notes Z WARNING If you do not have the prescribed service maintenance work or any required repairs carried out this can result in malfunctions or system failures There is a risk of an accident Always have the prescribed service mainte nance work as well as any required repairs carried out at a qualified specialist workshop Z WARNING If you switch off the ignition while driving safety relevant functions are only available with limitations or not at all This could affect for example the power steering and the brake boosting effect You will require considerably more effort to steer and brake There is a risk of an accident Do not switch off the ignition while driving Z WARNING Flammable material such as leaves grass or twigs may ignite
427. r back as possible Alterna tively a person of smaller stature can sit on a rear seat If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp is lit a person of smaller stature should not use the front passenger seat e the front passenger seat is occupied by an adult or a person of a stature correspond ing to that of an adult the PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamp lights up after the system self test and remains lit This indi cates that the front passenger front air bag is activated If children are traveling in the vehicle be sure to observe the notes on Children in the vehi cle gt page 58 When OCS is malfunctioning the red amp restraint system warning lamp in the instru ment cluster and the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp light up simultaneously The front passenger front air bag is deactiva ted in this case and does not deploy during an accident Have the system checked by quali fied technicians as soon as possible Consult an authorized Mercedes Benz Center The front passenger seat should only be repaired at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center If the front passenger seat the seat cover or the seat cushion is damaged have the nec essary repair work carried out at an author ized Mercedes Benz Center For safety reasons Mercedes Benz recom mends that you only use seat accessories that have been approved by Mercedes Benz If the driver s air bag deploys this does not mean that the fro
428. rade gasoline seese 362 Important safety notes 0 0 362 Premium grade unleaded gaso NITAG sia E E EE 362 Problem malfunction 0 0 0 eee 159 Refueling vi cccissesiceeosense 157 Tank content reserve fuel 362 Fuel filler flap OPONING co eceseeescevstececaes ceesesceeseeceees 158 Fuel level Calling up the range on board COMPUTE seeaccciccnccsccseccecastesess 208 Fuel tank CAD AGIEY eeren A 362 Problem malfunction 0 0 0 159 Fuses Allocation Chart eceeeesseeeeeneees 322 Before Changing 00 eeseeseesseeereeees 321 Fuse box in the engine compart MERE ce oh seers EEEE E EER 321 Fuse box in the front passenger FOOLWEl irinenn oseas 322 Important safety notes s 320 see Fuses Garage door opener Clearing the Memory esec 289 General Notes sissssssinisetssssseississs 286 Important safety notes 0 0 0 286 Opening closing the garage door 288 Programming button in the rear VIEW MITTOF c cececeesesesccesescaceezenees 286 Gear indicator on board com puter AMG vehicles ee 218 Gear or selector lever cleaning guidelines oo e 303 Genuine parts e 23 GOVE DOX scitso erea dss 267 H Handbrake see Parking brake Handling control system see ESP Electronic Stability Program Hands free system see Mobile phone Hazard warning lamps Display message ceee 251 Note Sire eR RE 113 Headlamps Cleaning system notes 4 3
429. radient the greater the DSR braking effect on the vehicle When driv ing on flat stretches of road or on an uphill gradient the DSR braking effect is minimal or nonexistent DSR controls the vehicle s speed when it is activated and the transmission is in position D Ror N You can drive at a higher or a lower speed than that set on the on board computer at any time by accelerating or braking If you fail to adapt your driving style DSR can neither reduce the risk of accident nor over ride the laws of physics DSR cannot take account of road weather and traffic condi tions DSR is only an aid You are responsible for the distance to the vehicle in front for vehicle speed for braking in good time and for staying in your lane You are always responsible for keeping con trol of the vehicle and for assessing whether the downhill gradient can be managed DSR may not always be able to keep to the set speed depending on road surface and tire conditions Select a set speed suitable for the prevailing conditions and when necessary apply the brakes manually Z WARNING If the speed driven and the set speed deviate and you activate DSR on a slippery road sur face the wheels may lose traction There is an increased danger of skidding and accidents Before switching DSR on please take into consideration the road surface and the differ ence between driving speed and the set speed Further information about Driving off road g
430. rake lights up Ri The red restraint sys tem warning lamp is lit while the engine is run ning Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display The restraint system is faulty A WARNING The air bags or Emergency Tensioning Devices may either be trig gered unintentionally or in the event of an accident may not be triggered There is an increased risk of injury gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display gt Drive on carefully gt Have the restraint system checked at a qualified specialist workshop immediately For further information about the restraint system see gt page 42 Fy On board computer and displays Pa Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster _ On board computer and displays Engine Problem cy The yellow Check Engine warning lamp lights up while the engine is running fa The yellow reserve fuel warning lamp lights up while the engine is run ning a The yellow reserve fuel warning lamp flashes while the engine is run ning The red coolant warn ing lamp lights up while the engine is running and the coolant tem perature gauge is at the start of the scale Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions There may be a malfunction for example e in the engine mana
431. rds during the automatic closing process the side window opens again auto matically During the manual closing process the side window only opens again automati cally after the corresponding switch is released The automatic reversing feature is only an aid and is no substitute for your atten tion when closing a side window A WARNING The reversing feature does not react e to soft light and thin objects e g small fin gers e while resetting This means that the reversing feature cannot prevent someone being trapped in these sit uations There is a risk of injury Make sure that no body parts are in close proximity during the closing procedure If someone becomes trapped press the switch to open the side window again The switches for all side windows are located on the driver s door There is also a switch on each door for the corresponding side window The switches on the driver s door take prec edence Opening and closing w Opening and closing b Front left Front right Rear right Rear left When the override feature for the side windows is activated gt page 64 the side windows cannot be operated from the rear gt Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock gt To open manually press and hold the cor responding switch gt To open fully press the switch beyond the point of resistance and release it Automatic operation is started gt Toclose man
432. re approved for vehicles with maintenance systems For a list of approved engine oils and oil filters consult an authorized Mercedes Benz Cen ter Or visit the website http bevo mercedes benz com The table shows which engine oils have been approved for your vehicle Missing values were not available at time of going to print Model Engine MB model Approval GLA 250 270 GLA 250 4MATIC 270 229 5 GLA 45 AMG 133 229E 4MATIC 2297 BENS 229 92 Use only SAE OW 40 or SAE 5W 40 engine oils for AMG vehicles Service products and filling capacities ee MB approval is indicated on the oil con tainers A WARNING Filling capacities The brake fluid constantly absorbs moisture from the air This lowers the boiling point of The following values refer to an oil change the brake fluid If the boiling point of the brake including the oil filter fluid is too low vapor pockets may form in the Model Capacity brake system when the brakes are applied hard This would impair braking efficiency All models 5 9 US qt 5 6 I There is a risk of an accident You should have the brake fluid renewed at Additives the specified intervals H Do not use any additives in the engine oil When handling brake fluid observe the This could damage the engine important safety notes on service products gt page 361 The brake fluid change intervals can be found in the Maintenance Booklet Only use brake fluid approved by Merce
433. recognition with a reversing feature If a solid object blocks or restricts the tailgate when automatically opening or closing this procedure is stopped If the tailgate is stop ped during the closing process the tailgate automatically opens again slightly The auto matic obstacle recognition with reversing function is only an aid It is not a substitute for your attentiveness when opening and closing the tailgate A WARNING The reversing feature does not react e to soft light and thin objects e g small fin gers e over the last 1 3 in 8 mm of the closing movement This means that the reversing feature cannot prevent someone being trapped in these sit uations There is a risk of injury Make sure that no body parts are in close proximity during the closing procedure A Cargo compartment If somebody becomes trapped e press the button on the SmartKey or e press the remote operating switch on the driver s door or e press the closing button STOP button on the trunk lid or e pull on the trunk lid handle Opening gt Press the g button on the SmartKey gt Pull handle gt Raise the tailgate Closing Pra a gt Pull the tailgate down using handle Q gt Allow the tailgate to drop into the lock gt If necessary lock the vehicle with the button on the SmartKey Important safety notes Z WARNING Parts of the body could becom
434. red due to heavy rain or snow e the radar sensor system is temporarily inoperative e g due to electromagnetic radiation emitted by nearby TV or radio sta tions or other sources of electromagnetic radiation e the system is outside the operating temperature range e the on board voltage is too low A warning tone also sounds When the causes stated above no longer apply the display mes sage disappears DISTRONIC PLUS is operational again If the display message does not disappear gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 159 gt Restart the engine DISTRONIC PLUS is defective Adaptive Brake Assist may also have failed A warning tone also sounds gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop You have depressed the accelerator pedal DISTRONIC PLUS is no longer controlling the speed of the vehicle gt Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal An activation condition for DISTRONIC PLUS is not fulfilled gt Check the activation conditions for DISTRONIC PLUS gt page 175 Cruise control is defective A warning tone also sounds gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop A condition for activating cruise control has not been fulfilled You have tried to store a speed below 20 mph 30 km h for example gt If conditions permit drive faster than 20 mph 30 km h and store
435. release the parking brake e shift the automatic transmission out of the parking position P e start the engine In addition they may operate vehicle equip ment and become trapped There is a risk of an accident and injury When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Never leave children unsupervised in the vehicle Z WARNING If persons particularly children are subjected to prolonged exposure to extreme heat or cold there is a risk of injury possibly even fatal Never leave children unattended in the vehicle Z WARNING If the child restraint system is subjected to direct sunlight parts may get very hot Chil dren may burn themselves on these parts particularly on the metal parts of the child restraint system There is a risk of injury If you leave the vehicle taking the child with you always ensure that the child restraint system is not exposed to direct sunlight Pro tect it with a blanket for example If the child restraint system has been exposed to direct sunlight let it cool down before securing the child in it Never leave children unattended in the vehicle Safety 1 You secure each door individually with the child proof locks on the rear doors A door secured with a child proof lock cannot be opened from inside the vehicle When the vehicle is unlocked the door can be opened from the outside gt To activate press the child proof lock lever up
436. rest to an almost vertical position When brak ing or in the event of an accident you could slide underneath the seat belt and sustain abdomen or neck injuries for example This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury Adjust the seat properly before beginning your journey Always ensure that the backrest is in an almost vertical position and that the shoulder section of your seat belt is routed across the center of your shoulder Z WARNING Persons under 5 ft 1 50 m in height cannot fasten the seat belt correctly without an addi tional suitable restraint system If the seat belt is incorrectly fastened it cannot protect as intended Furthermore an incorrectly fas tened seat belt can cause additional injury for example in an accident during braking or an abrupt change of direction This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury For this reason always secure persons under 5 ft 1 50 m in height in suitable restraint systems If a child younger than 12 years and under 5 ft 1 50 m in height is traveling in the vehicle e always secure the child in a child restraint system suitable for this Mercedes Benz vehicle The child restraint system must be appropriate to the age weight and size of the child e always observe the instructions and safety notes in the Children in the vehicle sec tion of this Operator s Manual gt page 58 in addition to the child restraint system manufacturer s i
437. rized Mercedes Benz Center Alternatively you can call the following tele phone assistance services e USA Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center at 1 800 FOR MERCedes e Canada Customer Service at 1 800 387 0100 e HomeLink hotline 1 800 355 3515 free of charge More information on HomeLink and or compatible products is also available online at http www homelink com Notes on the declaration of conformity gt page 27 USA FCC ID CB2HMIHL4 Canada IC 279B HMIHL4 Important safety notes A WARNING When you operate or program the garage door with the integrated garage door opener per sons in the range of movement of the garage door can become trapped or struck by the garage door There is a risk of injury When using the integrated garage door opener always make sure that nobody is within the range of movement of the garage door Z WARNING Combustion engines emit poisonous exhaust gases such as carbon monoxide Inhaling these exhaust gases leads to poisoning There is a risk of fatal injury Therefore never leave the engine running in enclosed spaces with out sufficient ventilation Programming Programing buttons Pay attention to the Important safety notes gt page 286 Garage door remote control is not inclu ded with the integrated garage door opener gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 143 gt Select one of buttons to to u
438. rnet under the Owners Online section e the telephone applications e g iPhone Blackberry To do this you will need your identification number and password Vehicle remote opening is only possible if the corresponding mobile phone network is accessible Vehicle remote closing The vehicle remote locking feature can be used when you have forgotten to lock the vehicle and you are no longer nearby The vehicle can then be locked by the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center The vehicle can be immediately remotely locked within four days of the ignition being turned off After this time remote locking may be delayed by 15 to 60 minutes After 30 days the vehicle can no longer be locked remotely gt Contact the following service hotlines e USA Mercedes Benz Customer Assis tance Center at 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 or 1 866 990 9007 e Canada Customer Service at 1 888 923 8367 You will be asked for your password The next time you are inside the vehicle and you switch on the ignition the Doors Locked Remotely message appears in the multifunction display USA only alternatively the vehicle can be locked via e the Internet under the Owners Online section e the telephone applications e g iPhone Blackberry To do this you will need your identification number and password The vehicle remote closing feature is available when the relevant mobile phone network is available and data
439. rrent fuel consumption 2 not for AMG vehicles Approximate range that can be covered is calculated according to your current driving style and the amount of fuel in the tank If there is only a small amount of fuel left in the fuel tank the display shows a vehicle being refueled m instead of the range Recuperation display 3 shows you if energy is being recuperated from the kinetic energy in overrun mode and saved in the battery Recuperation display 3 depends on the engine installed and is therefore not available in all vehicles Digital speedometer Shift recommendation gt page 154 Digital speedometer Gearshift recommendation Q is not given on AMG vehicles gt Pressthe lt or gt button onthe steer ing wheel to select the Trip menu gt Press the _ amp or W button to select the digital speedometer Resetting values Example resetting the trip computer From Start You can reset the values of the following func tions e Trip odometer e From Start trip computer e From Reset trip computer e ECO display gt Press the lt q or button on the steer ing wheel to select the Trip menu gt Press the A or W button to select the function that you wish to reset gt Press the OK button gt Press the W button to select Yes and press the OK button to confirm
440. rs You can move the adjusters for the air vents vertically or horizontally to set the direction of the airflow Setting the air vents gt To open a side air vent turn the adjuster in side air vent counter clockwise to position 3 gt To close a side air vent turn the adjuster in side air vent clockwise as far as it will go to position 4 Rear compartment air vent left Rear compartment air vent right Rear compartment air vent thumbwheel gt To open close turn thumbwheel 3 up or down If the control panel in the front is switched off no air can flow through the rear air vents Climate control E Useful information 0006 142 Notes on breaking in a new vehicle Driving Automatic transmission 148 Refueling r et See 157 Parking c25 25 pecs 159 Driving tips e eee 162 Driving systems ceeeeeees 172 E Driving and parking oi ving __ Driving and parking Useful information This Operator s Manual describes all models and all standard and optional equip ment of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator s Manual Country specific differences are possible Please note that your vehicle may not be equipped with all features described This also applies to safety related systems and functions Read the information on qualified special ist workshops g
441. ry obstacles on the road e g stop ped or parked vehicles e oncoming and crossing traffic As a result DISTRONIC PLUS may neither give warnings nor intervene in such situations There is a risk of an accident Always pay careful attention to the traffic sit uation and be ready to brake Z WARNING DISTRONIC PLUS cannot always clearly iden tify other road users and complex traffic sit uations In such cases DISTRONIC PLUS may e give an unnecessary warning and then brake the vehicle e neither give a warning nor intervene e accelerate or brake unexpectedly There is a risk of an accident Continue to drive carefully and be ready to brake in particular when warned to do so by DISTRONIC PLUS Z WARNING DISTRONIC PLUS brakes your vehicle with up to 50 of the maximum possible deceleration If this braking force is insufficient DISTRONIC PLUS warns you visually and audibly There is a risk of an accident In such cases apply the brakes yourself and try to take evasive action E If DISTRONIC PLUS or the HOLD function is activated the vehicle brakes automati cally in certain situations To prevent dam age to the vehicle deactivate DISTRONIC PLUS and the HOLD function in the follow ing or other similar situations e when towing the vehicle e in the car wash If you fail to adapt your driving style DIS TRONIC PLUS can neither reduce the risk of accident nor override the laws of physics DISTRONIC PLUS
442. s If the system determines that they can offer additional protection to that provided by the seat belt a window curtain air bag may be deployed in other accident situations gt page 56 Introduction The Occupant Classification System OCS categorizes the person in the front passenger seat Depending on that result the front passenger front air bag and front passenger knee bag are either enabled or deactivated The system does not deactivate e the side impact air bag e the window curtain air bag e the Emergency Tensioning Devices Prerequisites To be classified correctly the front passenger must sit e with the seat belt fastened correctly e in an almost upright position with their back against the seat backrest e with their feet resting on the floor if possi ble If the front passenger does not observe these conditions OCS may produce a false classi fication e g because the front passenger e transfers their weight by supporting them selves on a vehicle armrest e sits in such a way that their weight is raised from the seat cushion If it is absolutely necessary to install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat be sure to observe the correct positioning of the child restraint system Never place objects under or behind the child restraint system e g cushions The entire base of the child restraint system must always rest on the seat cushion of the front passenger seat The backrest
443. s can be called up under Owners Online at http www mbusa com Alternatively you can trigger an MB Info call and inform the customer service representa tive that you wish to activate geo fencing Currently inactive areas can be activated by text message Triggering the vehicle alarm With this function you can trigger the vehi cle s panic alarm via text message An alarm sounds and the exterior lighting flashes Depending on the setting the panic alarm lasts five or ten seconds Afterwards the alarm switches off N oO sn 5 oO oO me c oO oO oo oO z e N Pa Features i Stowage and features General notes The HomeLink garage door opener integra ted in the rear view mirror allows you to oper ate up to three different door and gate sys tems Use the integrated garage door opener only on garage doors that e have safety stop and reverse features and e meet current U S federal safety standards Once programed the integrated garage door opener in the rear view mirror will assume the function of the garage door system s remote control Please also read the operating instructions for the garage door system When programing a garage door opener park the vehicle outside the garage Do not run the engine while programing Certain garage door drives are incompatible with the integrated garage door opener If you have difficulty programing the integrated garage door opener contact an autho
444. s it deploys make sure that e there are no people animals or objects between the vehicle occupants and an air bag e there are no objects between the seat door and B pillar e no hard objects e g coat hangers hang on the grab handles or coat hooks e no accessories such as cup holders are attached to the vehicle within the deploy ment area of an air bag e g to doors side windows rear side trim or side walls e no heavy sharp edged or fragile objects are in the pockets of your clothing Store such objects in a suitable place A WARNING If you modify the air bag cover or affix objects such as stickers to it the air bag can no longer function correctly There is an increased risk of injury Never modify an air bag cover or affix objects to it Z WARNING Sensors to control the air bags are located in the doors Modifications or work not per formed correctly to the doors or door panel ing as well as damaged doors can lead to the function of the sensors being impaired The air bags might therefore not function properly any more Consequently the air bags cannot protect vehicle occupants as they are designed to do There is an increased risk of injury Never modify the doors or parts of the doors Always have work on the doors or door pan eling carried out at a qualified specialist work shop Occupant safety ee Front air bags Driver s air bag deploys in front of the steering wheel front p
445. s must light up simultaneously for approximately six seconds e after this the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp must be lit and remain lit If the indicator lamp is on OCS has disabled the front passenger air bag gt page 51 e the Front Passenger Airbag Enabled See Operator s Manual or Front Passenger Airbag Disabled See Oper ator s Manual display messages must not be shown in the multifunction display gt Wait for a period of at least 60 seconds until the necessary sys tem checks have been completed gt Make sure that the display messages do not appear in the mul tifunction display If these conditions are fulfilled the front passenger seat can be occupied again Whether the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF or ON indicator lamps remain lit or go out depends on how OCS classifies the occupant Display messages Be Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions If the conditions are not fulfilled the system is not operating cor rectly gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately For further information about the Occupant Classification System see gt page 51 Front Passenger The front passenger air bag is enabled during the journey even Airbag Enabled See though Operator s Manual e a child a small adult or an object weighing less than the sys tem s weight threshold is located on the front passenger seat or e the front passenger seat is unoccupied The automatic front passenger fro
446. s off approximately 20 minutes after it is set to level 1 gt Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock gt page 143 gt To switch on press button Q repeatedly until the desired heating level is set gt To switch off press button Q repeatedly until all the indicator lamps go out Seats steering wheel and mirrors i If the battery voltage is too low the seat heating may switch off rc Steering wheel Seats steering wheel and mirrors E Problems with the seat heating Problem Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The seat heating has The on board voltage is too low because too many electrical con switched off prema sumers are switched on turely or cannot be gt Switch off electrical consumers that you do not need such as switched on the rear window defroster or interior lighting Once the battery is sufficiently charged the seat heating will switch back on automatically Steering wheel Z WARNING You could lose control of your vehicle if you do the following while driving e adjust the driver s seat head restraint steering wheel or mirrors e fasten the seat belt There is a risk of an accident Adjust the driver s seat head restraint steer ing wheel and mirror and fasten your seat belt before starting the engine Z WARNING Children could injure themselves if they adjust the steering wheel There is a risk of injury When leaving the vehicle always
447. se to control the garage door drive gt To start programing mode press and hold one of buttons to on the inte grated garage door opener The garage door opener is now in program ing mode After a short time indicator lamp lights up yellow Indicator lamp lights up yellow as soon as button or is programed for the first time If the selected button has already been programed indicator lamp will only light up yellow after ten seconds have elapsed gt Release button 2 or Indicator lamp flashes yellow gt To program the remote control point garage door remote control towards buttons 2 to on the rear view mirror at a distance of 2 to 8 inches 5 to 20 cm gt Press and hold button on remote control until indicator lamp lights up green When indicator lamp lights up green programing is finished When indicator lamp Q flashes green pro graming was successful The next step is to synchronize the rolling code gt Release button on remote control for the garage door drive system If indicator lamp Q lights up red repeat the programing procedure for the correspond ing button on the rear view mirror When doing so vary the distance between remote control and the rear view mirror The required distance between remote control and the integrated garage door opener depends on the garage door drive system Several attempts might be neces sary You s
448. seseeesoseceee 35 Buttons on board computer 205 GIG ANIM S smiecie rianas 303 Important safety notes 102 Paddl SHIRES vsccvis cs sscesesecesssecess 153 Steering wheel paddle shifters 153 Stopwatch RACETIMER 219 Stowage Center console front s s s 267 Stowage areas e 267 Stowage compartments Armrest TONT isss reies 268 Armrest Under ccc csesccenseesssosees 268 Center console rear s se6 269 Cup holders s scisciiesessescaceseeseseeceis 273 Eyeglasses compartment 267 Glove DOX secs cceiertssecssciseencteieens 267 Important safety information 267 Parcel Net ccstissssssterctessennien 269 Under driver s seat front passenger Seat seisis 268 Summer opening see Convenience opening feature Summer tires 2 0 eee 326 SUN V SOT 55 sesctsccjssccchecd estritieeeees 275 Surround lighting on board com PUTET unera a 216 SUV Sport Utility Vehicle oe eee 26 Switching air recirculation mode OMS OFF neer ees eee 137 Tachometer eere 205 Tailgate Display message scce 250 Emergency unlocking sesers 86 Important safety notes eee 83 Limiting the opening angle 86 Obstruction detection ssis 84 Opening closing from outside 84 Opening closing automatically TOM INSIDE cescstscsssacseccevacetaesentetesiaen 85 Opening closing automatically TOM OUSIA Eh so ccssccsdscsdstsedetecsazts esedss 85
449. sk of an accident In such cases use a tow bar Before towing When towing or tow starting another vehicle its weight should not be greater than the per missible gross weight of your vehicle Information on your vehicle s gross vehicle weight rating can be found on the vehicle identification plate gt page 360 H Make sure that the electric parking brake is released If the electric parking brake is faulty visit a qualified specialist workshop make sure that the steering moves freely Towing and tow starting Mod Breakdown assistance E When COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS DISTRONIC PLUS or the HOLD func tion is activated the vehicle brakes auto matically in certain situations To avoid damage to the vehicle deactivate these systems in the following or similar situa tions e when towing the vehicle e in the car wash H Only secure the tow rope or tow bar at the towing eyes Otherwise the vehicle could be damaged H Do not use the towing eyes for recovery purposes as this could damage the vehicle If in doubt recover the vehicle with a crane H When towing pull away slowly and smoothly If the tractive power is too high the vehicles could be damaged H The vehicle can be towed a maximum of 30 miles 50km The towing speed of 30 mph 50km h must not be exceeded If the vehicle has to be towed more than 30 miles 50km the front axle must be raised or the entire vehicle raised and transported
450. sonic sensors It monitors the area around your vehicle using six sensors in the front bumper and six sensors in the rear bumper PARKTRONIC indicates visually and audibly the distance between your vehicle and an object PARKTRONIC is only an aid It is not a replace ment for your attention to your immediate surroundings You are always responsible for safe maneuvering parking and exiting a park ing space When maneuvering parking or pulling out of a parking space make sure that there are no persons animals or objects in the area in which you are maneuvering H When parking pay particular attention to objects above or below the sensors such as flower pots or trailer drawbars PARK TRONIC does not detect such objects when they are in the immediate vicinity of the vehicle You could damage the vehicle or the objects Driving systems The sensors may not detect snow and other objects that absorb ultrasonic waves Ultrasonic sources such as an automatic car wash the compressed air brakes on a truck or a pneumatic drill could cause PARKTRONIC to malfunction PARKTRONIC may not function correctly on uneven terrain PARKTRONIC is activated automatically when you e switch on the ignition e shift the transmission to position D Ror N e release the electric parking brake PARKTRONIC is deactivated at speeds above 11 mph 18 km h It is reactivated at lower speeds Range of the sensors General notes PARKTRONIC does not
451. sor is defective gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The lights are still switched on when you leave the vehicle A warning tone also sounds gt Turn the light switch to auto Adaptive Highbeam Assist is faulty gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Adaptive Highbeam Assist is deactivated and temporarily inoper ative Possible causes are e the windshield in the camera s field of vision is dirty e visibility is impaired due to heavy rain snow or fog gt Clean the windshield If the system detects that the camera is fully operational again the Adaptive Highbeam Assist Now Available message is dis played Adaptive Highbeam Assist is operational again Fi On board computer and displays a Display messages lt On board computer and displays Engine Display messages Check Coolant Level See Opera tor s Manual Coolant Too Hot Stop Vehicle Turn Engine Off Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The coolant level is too low H Avoid making long journeys with too little coolant in the engine cooling system The engine will otherwise be damaged gt Add coolant observing the warning notes before doing so gt page 295 gt If coolant needs to be added more often than usual have the engine coolant system checked at a qualified specialist work shop The fan motor is faulty gt At coolant temperatures below 248 F 120 C drive to the nearest qualified special
452. sscescsstdacsecpeceseseecsstesshs 152 Manual drive program seeseee 154 OVEIVIEW sanirim sterpa 148 Problem malfunction s es 157 Program selector button 4 152 P lling AWAY sssssccvssevseesexceeseeeaveniese 144 Selector levet sroine tissi 150 Starting the Engine sseccee 144 Steering wheel paddle shifters 153 Transmission positions 151 Automatic transmission emer gency mode l 157 Backup lamp Changing bulbs eee eeeeeeeeeneees 120 Display message eee 236 Bag hook x ececavcdss see detess cece seckevsacverntess 272 BAS Brake Assist System 65 Basic settings see Settings Battery SmartKey CHECKING ccecececusssscsscerctcveaevcneosnensts 78 Important safety notes 0 0 eee 78 Replacing w 0 s0 eceesesncteaceaes 78 Battery vehicle CASING aiessccisesssestacsiessaredssciaisticers 313 Display message cere 239 Important safety notes s s s 311 J mp starting erisir risene 315 Belt see Seat belts Blind Spot Assist Activating deactivating 214 Display message eee 242 Notes fUNCtION 0 eceeseeeeeeenees 198 Blower see Climate control Brake Assist see BAS Brake Assist System Brake assistance see BAS Brake Assist System Brake fluid Display message sssri NOTES oee Brake lamps Changing bulbs sses Display MeSSage eeeeeeeeeeeeeees Brakes BAS a sicecessssssanesesedacaresnspsnsosossteeaedaees Brake f
453. ssible D Breakdown assistance hh Flat tire hat Breakdown assistance Tire pressure not reached If a pressure of 180 kPa 1 8 bar 26 psi has not been attained after five minutes gt Switch off the tire inflation compressor gt Unscrew the filler hose from the valve of the faulty tire gt Very slowly drive forwards or reverse approximately 30 ft 10 m gt Pump up the tire again After a maximum of five minutes the tire pressure must be at least 180 kPa 1 8 bar 26 psi Z WARNING If the required tire pressure is not reached after the specified time the tire is too badly damaged The tire sealant cannot repair the tire in this instance Damaged tires and a tire pressure that is too low can significantly impair the vehicle s braking and driving char acteristics There is a risk of accident Do not continue driving Contact a qualified specialist workshop Tire pressure reached Z WARNING A tire temporarily sealed with tire sealant impairs the driving characteristics and is not suitable for higher speeds There is a risk of accident You should therefore adapt your driving style accordingly and drive carefully Do not exceed the specified maximum speed with a tire that has been repaired using tire sealant The maximum speed for a tire sealed with tire sealant is 50 mph 80 km h The upper part of the TIREFIT sticker must be affixed to the instrument cluster in the driver s field of visio
454. st check e 163 Exhaust pipe cleaning instruc TIONS irienn sisser 302 Exterior lighting Setting aeeie as ien 110 Setting OPtions sssisissieieissriniens 110 see Lights Exterior mirrors AGUSTIN E sshesevesssevavevivessetciestvesetve 103 Dipping automatic eee 104 Folding in out automatically 104 Folding in out electrically 103 Folding in when locking on board COMPUTER perrie a 218 Out of position troubleshooting 104 SE NE ssciececesisseseciceeedeeeseopsetens 104 Storing settings memory func LIOM sc cassecsrecsncesticssvensseyscesnecteascntee 106 Storing the parking position 105 Eyeglasses compartment 267 Filler cap see Fuel filler flap Filling capacities Technical data 361 Flat tire MOEXtended tires seee 307 Preparing the vehicle 0 0 00 eee 306 TIREFIT Kitisscssvsivecssosssecesezcareaezenese 308 Floormatseeciinnsne nann 290 Fog lamps Extended range mecconosessesess 114 Switching On Off cece eens 111 Front fog lamps Display message eee 236 Switching On Off ssssiesssssessesssrsrsssss 111 Front passenger seat Folding the backrest forward DACs EE E EE EE 269 Fuel ACdILIVES sssirisisissvirisisssrissrirerieseieses 363 Consumption statistics 00 207 Displaying the current consump TION 23 E A 208 Displaying the range sesse 208 DYiVIN TPS ecseri tresit 163 Flexible fuel vehicles seee 363 Fuel gauge enr 33 G
455. st while driv ing Do not lean forwards or lean against the door or side window You may other wise be in the deployment area of the air bags e Always keep your feet in the footwell in front of the seat Do not put your feet on the dashboard for example Your feet may oth erwise be in the deployment area of the air bag e For this reason always secure persons less than 5 ft 1 50 m tall in suitable restraint systems Up to this height the seat belt cannot be worn correctly If a child is traveling in your vehicle also observe the following notes e Always secure children under 12 years of age and less than 5 ft 1 50 m in height in suitable child restraint systems e Child restraint systems should be installed on the rear seats e Only secure a child in a rearward facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat when the front passenger front air bag is deactivated If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp is permanently lit the front passenger front air bag is deactivated gt page 43 e Always observe the instructions and safety notes on the Occupant Classification Sys tem OCS gt page 51 and on Children in the vehicle gt page 58 in addition to the child restraint system manufacturer s installation instructions Objects in the vehicle interior may pre vent the air bag from functioning cor rectly Before starting your journey and to avoid risks resulting from the speed of the air bag a
456. stance e Do not drive with tires which have too little tread depth as this significantly reduces the traction on wet roads hydroplaning e Replace the tires after six years at the lat est regardless of wear With MOExtended tires tires with run flat characteristics you can continue to drive your vehicle even if there is a total loss of pressure in one or more tires MOExtended tires may only be used in con junction with an active tire pressure loss warning system or with an active tire pressure monitor and on wheels specifically tested by Mercedes Benz Notes on driving with MOExtended tires with a flat tire gt page 307 Vehicles equipped with MOExtended tires are not equipped with a TIREFIT kit at the a Winter operation factory It is therefore recommended that you additionally equip your vehicle with a TIREFIT kit if you mount tires that do not feature run flat properties e g winter tires A TIREFIT kit can be obtained from a quali fied specialist workshop Winter operation Have your vehicle winterproofed at a qualified specialist workshop at the onset of winter Observe the notes in the Changing a wheel section gt page 348 At temperatures below 45 F 7 C summer tires lose elasticity and therefore traction and braking power Change the tires on your vehi cle to M S tires Using summer tires at very cold temperatures could cause cracks to form thereby damaging the tires perma nently M
457. stem checked immediately at a qualified specialist workshop Display messages Es Display messages Collision Preven tion Assist Plus Currently Unavail able See Opera tor s Manual Collision Preven tion Assist Plus inoperative Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS is temporarily not opera tional Possible causes are e function is impaired due to heavy rain or snow e the radar sensor system is temporarily inoperative e g due to electromagnetic radiation emitted by nearby TV or radio sta tions or other sources of electromagnetic radiation e AMG vehicles ESP is deactivated e the system is outside the operating temperature range e the on board voltage is too low When the causes stated above no longer apply the display mes sage disappears COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS is operational again If the display message does not disappear gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 159 gt Restart the engine gt AMG vehicles reactivate ESP gt page 70 COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS is malfunctioning The dis tance warning signal may also have failed gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Fy On board computer and displays a Display messages On board computer and displays Display messages Radar Sensors
458. stem generated a display mes sage and has not been restarted since gt Set the correct tire pressure in all four tires gt Restart the tire pressure loss warning system gt page 331 The tire pressure loss warning system is faulty gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Fy On board computer and displays 2a Display messages _ On board computer and displays Display messages Please Correct Tire Pressure Check Tires Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The tire pressure Is too low in at least one of the tires or the tire pressure difference between the wheels is too great gt Check the tire pressures at the next opportunity gt page 332 gt If necessary correct the tire pressure gt Restart the tire pressure monitor gt page 334 The tire pressure in one or more tires has dropped significantly The wheel position is displayed in the multifunction display A warning tone also sounds A WARNING With tire pressures which are too low there is a risk of the fol lowing hazards e they may burst especially as the load and vehicle speed increase e they may wear excessively and or unevenly which may greatly impair tire traction e the driving characteristics as well as steering and braking may be greatly impaired There is a risk of an accident gt Stop the vehicle without making any sudden steering or braking maneuvers Pay attention to the traffic conditions as you do so
459. system You can set the temperature for the entire vehicle The set temperature is automatically maintained at a constant level gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 143 gt To increase reduce turn control Q clockwise or counter clockwise gt page 127 Only change the temperature setting in small increments Start at 72 F 22 C Dual zone automatic climate control Different temperatures can be set for the driver s and front passenger sides The set temperature is automatically maintained at a constant level gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 143 gt To increase reduce turn thumbwheel 1 or 9 to the left or right gt page 129 Only Sem c oO oO oO re ra Operating the climate control systems Climate control lad change the temperature setting in small increments Start at 72 F 22 C Air conditioning system Air distribution settings W4 Directs air through the defroster vents i Directs air through the center and side air vents r Directs air through the footwell air vents You can also activate several air distribu tion settings simultaneously To do this press multiple air distribution buttons The air is then directed through various vents Setting the air distribution gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt page 143 gt
460. system Activating deactivating 73 FUNCTION 6 scccsessses cceveecececssnevencsectcees 73 Switching off the alarm eee 73 ATTENTION ASSIST Activating deactivating 214 Display message eccere 241 Function notes ceeeseseeeeesseeees 197 see ATTENTION ASSIST Audio menu on board computer 210 Audio system see separate operating instructions Authorized Mercedes Benz Center see Qualified specialist workshop Authorized workshop see Qualified specialist workshop AUTO lights Display message scce 237 see Lights Automatic car wash care 298 Automatic engine start ECO start Stop FUNCTION a e 146 Automatic engine switch off ECO start stop function ee 145 Automatic headlamp mode 111 Automatic transmission Accelerator pedal position 151 Automatic drive program s es 153 CHANING gear entiris 154 DIRECT SELECT lever oo eee 148 Drive program display cess 149 Drive program display selector JOVEN E EE 150 Driving pS sseriiisisiorirressiiis 151 Emergency running mode 157 Engaging drive position ee 150 Engaging neutral ee eeeeeeeeeeees 150 Engaging park position AMG vehi CIES ierse teas ciescetecssseucteseciesvscses 151 Engaging reverse gear es 149 Engaging the park position 149 Holding the vehicle stationary on uphill gradients s es 151 KiGKA OW sscscc
461. system can not provide the best level of protection Z WARNING If you feed seat belts through the opening in the seat backrest the seat backrest may be damaged or may even break in the event of an accident This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury Only use the standard three point seat belt Never modify the seat belt system Proper use of the seat belts Observe the safety notes on the seat belt gt page 44 All vehicle occupants must be wearing the seat belt correctly before beginning the jour ney Also make sure that all vehicle occu pants are always wearing the seat belt cor rectly while the vehicle is in motion When fastening the seat belt always make sure that e the seat belt tongue is only inserted to the belt buckle belonging to that seat e the seat belt is tight across your body Avoid wearing bulky clothing e g a winter coat e the seat belt is not twisted ey Occupant safety Safety J Only then can the forces which occur be distributed over the area of the belt e the shoulder section of the belt is always routed across the center of your shoulder The shoulder section of the belt must not come into contact with your neck or be routed under your arm Where possible adjust the seat belt to the appropriate height e the lap belt passes tightly and as low down as possible across your lap The lap belt must always be routed across your hip joints and not across your
462. t Avoid subjecting the engine to heavy loads e g driving in moun tainous terrain and stop and go traffic The coolant temperature has exceeded 248 F 120 C The air flow to the engine radiator may be blocked or the coolant level may be too low Z WARNING The engine is not being cooled sufficiently and may be damaged Do not drive when your engine is overheated This can cause some fluids which may have leaked into the engine compartment to catch fire Steam from the overheated engine can also cause serious burns which can occur just by opening the hood There is a risk of injury gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display gt Pull over and stop the vehicle safely and switch off the engine paying attention to road and traffic conditions gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 159 Fy On board computer and displays Ea Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster On board computer and displays Problem Problem A The red distance warn ing lamp lights up while the vehicle is in motion A warning tone also sounds Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions gt Leave the vehicle and keep a safe distance from the vehicle until the engine has cooled down gt Check the coolant level and add coolant gt page 295 Observe the warning notes gt f you need to add coolant more often than usual have the engine coolant system c
463. t Fold the windshield wiper arms away from the windshield gt Carefully clean the wiper blades with a damp cloth gt Fold the windshield wiper arms back again before switching on the ignition H Hold the wiper arm securely when folding back The windshield could be damaged if the wiper arm smacks against it suddenly Cleaning the exterior lighting EH Only use cleaning agents or cleaning cloths which are suitable for plastic light lenses Unsuitable cleaning agents or cleaning cloths could scratch or damage the plastic light lenses gt Clean the plastic lenses of the exterior lighting using a wet sponge and a mild cleaning agent e g Mercedes Benz car shampoo or cleaning cloths Cleaning the mirror turn signals E Only use cleaning agents or cleaning cloths that are suitable for plastic lenses Unsuitable cleaning agents or cleaning cloths could scratch or damage the plastic lenses of the mirror turn signals gt Clean the plastic lenses of the mirror turn signals in the exterior mirror housing using a wet sponge and a mild cleaning agent e g Mercedes Benz car shampoo or clean ing cloths Cleaning the sensors H If you clean the sensors with a power washer make sure that you keep a dis tance of at least 11 8 in 30 cm between the vehicle and the power washer nozzle Information about the correct distance is available from the equipment manufac turer 1 Maintenance and care gt Clean sensors A
464. t Visit a qualified specialist workshop For further information about the restraint system see gt page 42 Display messages Be Display messages Front Left Mal func tion Service Required or Front Right Malfunction Service Required P Rear Left Malfunc tion Service Required or Rear Right Malfunction Service Required A Left Side Curtain Airbag Malfunction Service Required or Right Side Cur tain Airbag Mal function Service Required Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The restraint system has malfunctioned at the front on the left or right The amp warning lamp also lights up in the instrument clus Lets Z WARNING The air bags or Emergency Tensioning Devices may either be trig gered unintentionally or in the event of an accident may not be triggered There is an increased risk of injury gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The restraint system has malfunctioned at the rear on the left or right The amp warning lamp also lights up in the instrument clus ter Z WARNING The air bags or Emergency Tensioning Devices may either be trig gered unintentionally or in the event of an accident may not be triggered There is an increased risk of injury gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop There is a malfunction in the left hand or right hand window cur tain airbag The amp warning lamp also lights up in the instrument cluste
465. t page 168 Activating deactivating DSR If you activate DSR and no speed has been set the vehicle decelerates to 3 mph 6 km h Activating You can only activate DSR when driving at speeds below 20 mph 30 km h gt Press button 4 Indicator lamp 2 lights up The status indicator in the multifunction display shows e g DSR 6 km h If the current vehicle speed is too high the DSR icon appears in the multifunction dis play You will also see the message Max Speed 30 km h If you enter or exit a parking space using Active Parking Assist and press button Q indicator lamp 2 flashes DSR can then not be switched on Deactivating gt Press button 4 Indicator lamp 2 goes out DSR symbol appears in the multifunction display with the Of f message DSR switches off automatically if you drive faster than 22 mph 35 km h The DSR sym bol appears in the multifunction display with the Off message You also hear a warning tone Display in the assistance graphic gt Select the Assistance Graphic function using the on board computer gt page 213 When DSR is activated symbol Q appears in the assistance graphics display Changing the set speed while the vehi cle is in motion When DSR is activated you can change the set speed to a value between 2 mph and 11 mph Canada between 4 km h and 18 km h while the vehicle is in motion gt To increase or decrease in 1 mph incre ments
466. t page 28 Notes on breaking in a new vehicle The sensor system of some driving and driv ing safety systems adjusts automatically while a certain distance is being driven after the vehicle has been delivered or after repairs Full system effectiveness is not reached until the end of this teach in proce dure New and replaced brake pads and discs only reach their optimum braking effect after sev eral hundred kilometers of driving Compen sate for this by applying greater force to the brake pedal The more you look after the engine when it is new the more satisfied you will be with its performance in the future e You should therefore drive at varying vehi cle and engine speeds for the first 1000 miles 1500 km e Avoid heavy loads e g driving at full throt tle during this period e Change gear in good time before the tach ometer needle is 7 3 of the way to the red area of the tachometer e Do not manually shift to a lower gear to brake the vehicle e Try to avoid depressing the accelerator pedal beyond the point of resistance kick down e Ideally for the first 1000 miles 1500 km drive in program E After 1 000 miles 1 500 km you can increase the engine speed gradually and bring the vehicle to full speed Additional breaking in notes for AMG vehi cles e Do not drive faster than 85 mph 140 km h for the first 1 000 miles 1 500 km e Only allow the engine to reach a maximum engine speed
467. t of resistance If the engine has been switched off the auto matic transmission automatically shifts to N Remaining in neutral N If the automatic transmission is to remain in neutral N e g for washing the vehicle in car washes with a towing device please observe the following instructions A WARNING If children are left unsupervised in the vehicle they could e open the doors thus endangering other people or road users e get out and disrupt traffic e operate the vehicle s equipment Additionally children could set the vehicle in motion if for example they e release the parking brake e shifting the automatic transmission out of park position P e Start the engine There is a risk of an accident and injury When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Never leave children or animals unattended in the vehicle Always keep the SmartKey out of reach of children e Make sure that the ignition is switched on e When the vehicle is stationary depress the brake pedal and keep it depressed e Shift to neutral N e Release the brake pedal e If the electric parking brake is engaged release it e Switch off the ignition and leave the Smart Key in the ignition lock Engaging drive position D gt When the vehicle is stationary depress the brake pedal gt Push the DIRECT SELECT lever down past the first point of resistance Selector lever in AMG vehicl
468. t of the vehicle The base of the jack must be positioned vertically directly under the jacking point of the vehicle E The jack is designed exclusively for jack ing up the vehicle at the jacking points Otherwise your vehicle could be damaged Observe the following when raising the vehicle e To raise the vehicle only use the vehicle specific jack that has been tested and approved by Mercedes Benz If used incor rectly the jack could tip over with the vehi cle raised e The jack is designed only to raise and hold the vehicle for a short time while a wheel is being changed It is not suited for per Wheels and tires _ Wheels and tires forming maintenance work under the vehi cle e Avoid changing the wheel on uphill and downhill slopes e Before raising the vehicle secure it from rolling away by applying the parking brake and inserting wheel chocks Never disen gage the parking brake while the vehicle is raised e The jack must be placed on a firm flat and non slip surface On a loose surface a large flat load bearing underlay must be used On a slippery surface a non slip underlay must be used e g rubber mats e Do not use wooden blocks or similar objects as a jack underlay Otherwise the jack will not be able to achieve its load bearing capacity due to the restricted height e Make sure that the distance between the underside of the tires and the ground does not exceed 1 2 in 3 cm e N
469. t stop function by pressing the ECO button e in transmission position D or N the brake pedal is released and the HOLD function is not active e you depress the accelerator pedal e you engage reverse gear R e you move the transmission out of position P e you activate the off road program e you unfasten your seat belt or open the driver s door e the vehicle starts to roll e the brake system requires this e the temperature in the vehicle interior devi ates from the set range e the system detects moisture on the wind shield when the air conditioning system is switched on e the battery s condition of charge is too low Shifting the transmission to position P does not start the engine Deactivating activating the ECO start stop function gt To deactivate press ECO button Q Indicator lamp 2 goes out gt To activate press ECO button Q Indicator lamp lights up oi ving If the indicator lamp on the ECO button is off the ECO start stop function has been deac tivated manually or as the result of a mal function Problem The engine does not start The engine does not start The starter motor can be heard The engine does not start You cannot hear the starter motor Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The HOLD function or DISTRONIC PLUS is activated gt Deactivate the HOLD function gt page 181 or DISTRONIC PLUS gt page 174 gt Try to start the engi
470. tail lamp brake lamp is defective gt Check whether you are permitted to replace the bulb yourself gt page 117 or gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The left or right hand high beam is defective gt Check whether you are permitted to replace the bulb yourself gt page 117 or gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Fy On board computer and displays Pa Display messages On board computer and displays Display messages 10 NA License Plate Lamp o Check Left Fog Lamp or Check Right Fog Lamp Os Rear Fog Lamp O Check Front Left Parking Lamp or Check Front Right Parking Lamp Backup Light W Check Left Tail Lamp or Check Right Tail Lamp Eog Check Front Left Sidemarker Lamp or Check Front Right Sidemarker Lamp Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The left or right hand license plate lamp is defective gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The left hand or right hand front fog lamp is defective gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The rear fog lamp is defective gt Check whether you are permitted to replace the bulb yourself gt page 117 or gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The front left or front right parking or standing lamp is defective gt Check whether you are permitted to replace the bulb yourself gt page 117 or gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop The backup lamp is defective gt Ch
471. take objects into con sideration that are e below the detection range e g people ani mals or objects e above the detection range e g overhang ing loads truck overhangs or loading ramps e Pia ear Sensors in the front bumper left hand side example Side view Driving and parking Top view The sensors must be free from dirt ice or slush They can otherwise not function cor rectly Clean the sensors regularly taking care not to scratch or damage them gt page 301 Front sensors Center Approx 40 in approx 100 cm Corners Approx 24 in approx 60 cm Rear sensors Center Approx 48 in approx 120 cm Corners Approx 32 in approx 80 cm Minimum distance Center Approx 8 in approx 20 cm Corners Approx 8 in approx 20 cm Driving and parking If there is an obstacle within this range the relevant warning displays light up and a warn ing tone sounds If the distance falls below the minimum the distance may no longer be shown Warning displays The warning displays show the distance between the sensors and the obstacle The warning display for the front area is located on the dashboard above the center air vents The warning display for the rear area is loca ted on the headliner in the rear compartment Warning display for the front area Segments on the left hand side of the vehicle Segments on the right hand side of the vehicle
472. take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Never leave children unsupervised in the vehicle Z WARNING If the steering wheel is unlocked while the vehicle is in motion it could change position unexpectedly This could cause you to lose control of the vehicle There is a risk of an accident Before starting off make sure the steering wheel is locked Never unlock the steering wheel while the vehicle is in motion Release lever To adjust the steering wheel height To adjust the steering wheel position fore and aft adjustment gt Push release lever Q down completely The steering column is unlocked gt Adjust the steering wheel to the desired position gt Push release lever Q up completely The steering column is locked gt Check if the steering column is locked When doing so try to push the steering wheel up or down or try to move it in the fore and aft direction gt Anti glare mode flick anti glare lever forwards or back Adjusting the exterior mirrors A WARNING You could lose control of your vehicle if you do the following while driving e adjust the driver s seat head restraint steering wheel or mirrors e fasten the seat belt There is a risk of an accident Adjust the driver s seat head restraint steer ing wheel and mirror and fasten your seat belt before starting the engine Z WARNING The exterior mirror on the front passenger side reduces the size
473. tance of at least gt Soak bird droppings with water and rinse 11 8 in 30 cm between the vehicle and the off te treated areas afterwards 2 poe wearer rez omaron aban p Remove coolant brake hig wee resin S oils fuels and greases by rubbing gently 3 equipment manufacturer with a cloth soaked in petroleum ether or Move the power washer nozzle around lighter fluid Z when cleaning your vehicle gt Use tar remover to remove tar stains Do not aim directly at any of the following w Lise silicone temover toremove wax e tires gt Use a suitable touch up stick e g MB e door gaps roof gaps joints etc Touch Up Stick to repair slight damage to e electrical components the paintwork quickly and provisionally e battery The following cannot always be completely e connectors repaired e lights e scratches e seals e corrosive deposits e trim e areas affected by corrosion e ventilation slots e damage caused by inadequate care Damaged seals or electrical components In such cases visit a qualified specialist work can lead to leaks or failures shop H Edition 1 special model parts of your If water no longer forms beads on the paint vehicle are covered with a decorative foil Surface use the paint care products recom Maintain a distance of at least 27 5 in mended and approved by Mercedes Benz 70 cm between the foil wrapped parts of This is the case approximately every three to the vehicle and the nozzle of the power five
474. tart from batteries with a 12 V voltage rating e Only use jumper cables which have a sufficient cross section and insulated terminal clamps e If the battery is fully discharged leave the battery that is being used to jump start connected for a few minutes before attempting to start This charges the battery slightly e Make sure that the two vehicles do not touch Make sure that e the jumper cables are not damaged e bare parts of the terminal clamp do not come into contact with other metal parts while the jumper cables are connected to the battery e the jumper cables cannot come into contact with parts which can move when the engine is running such as the V belt pulley or the fan gt Secure the vehicle by applying the electric parking brake gt Shift the transmission to position P gt Turn the SmartKey to position 0 in the ignition lock and remove it gt Switch off all electrical consumers e g rear window defroster lighting etc gt Open the hood Towing and tow starting Position number identifies the charged battery of the other vehicle or an equivalent jump starting device gt Press together cover Q of positive clamp and slide it back gt Connect positive terminal 2 on your vehicle to positive terminal of donor battery using the jumper cable beginning with your own battery gt Start the engine of the donor vehicle and run it at idling speed gt Connect negative terminal o
475. ted Z WARNING The brake system continues to function normally but without the functions listed above The front and rear wheels could therefore lock if you brake hard for example The steerability and braking characteristics may be severely affec ted The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can increase If ESP is not operational ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident gt Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction display gt Drive on carefully gt Visit a qualified specialist workshop Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster Problem Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions ESP or traction control has intervened because there is a risk of The yellow ESP warn skidding or at least one wheel has started to spin ing lamp flashes while Cruise control or DISTRONIC PLUS is deactivated the vehicle is in motion When pulling away only depress the accelerator pedal as far as necessary gt Ease off the accelerator pedal while the vehicle is in motion gt Adapt your driving style to suit the road and weather conditions gt Do not deactivate ESP For exceptions see gt page 69 Ea ESP is deactivated ESP will not stabilize the vehicle if it starts to The yellow ESP OFF skid or if a wheel starts to spin warning lamp is lit while WARNING the engine is running If E
476. tem 4MATIC permanent all wheel drive FUNCHION NOLES scssi 184 4MATIC permanent four wheel drive Display message eere 250 ABS Anti lock Braking System Display message ssec 222 FUNCtION NOTES ssisscsissisiisssssisisss 65 Warning lamp ceesre 254 Acceleration see Kickdown Accident Automatic measures after an acci GOI ennn e E ERER 58 Activating deactivating cooling with air dehumidification 131 Active Parking Assist Canceling siisiissioersrirississin 193 Detecting parking spaces 190 Display message ssec 243 Exiting a parking Space sses 192 General Notes s scccecccssssseenee 189 Important safety notes 0 0 189 PAN KNB i e r 191 Active Service System PLUS see ASSYST PLUS ADAPTIVE BRAKE o ae 72 Adaptive Brake Assist FUNCtION NOTES eeeeeseseceeesteeeeeeeee 67 Adaptive Highbeam Assist Display message ossis 237 Function notes cceeseseeeeeesenees 114 Switching on off ssssseeesessicrses 115 Additional speedometer 215 Additives engine oil 0 365 After sales service center see ASSYST PLUS Air bags Deployment 2 ads svczsvcxsssecasbeseccesuevesss 56 Display message ece 233 Front air bag driver front PASSEMBON onreine 49 Important safety notes seee 48 INtPOdUCTION veiss scnicasaeeccees 48 Knee DAS ss ccsscccsedescieseeecsctdachesseedessaaes 49 PASSENGER AIR BAG indicator ATMPS ssssestaspeaesssceasebss
477. ten notice to Mercedes Benz USA LLC Customer Assistance Center One Mercedes Drive Montvale NJ 07645 0350 Introduction rs Maintenance The Service and Warranty Booklet describes all the necessary maintenance work which should be done at regular intervals Always have the Service and Warranty Book let with you when you bring the vehicle to an authorized Mercedes Benz Center The ser vice advisor will record every service for you in the Service and Warranty Booklet Roadside Assistance The Mercedes Benz Roadside Assistance Program offers technical help in the event of a breakdown Calls to the toll free Roadside Assistance Hotline are answered by our agents 24 hours a day 365 days a year 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 USA 1 800 387 0100 Canada For additional information refer to the Mercedes Benz Roadside Assistance Pro gram brochure USA or the Roadside Assis tance section in the Service and Warranty booklet Canada You will find both in your vehicle literature portfolio Change of address or change of own ership In the event of a change of address please send us the Notification of Address Change in the Service and Guarantee booklet or sim ply call the Mercedes Benz Customer Assis tance Center USA at the hotline number 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 or Customer Service Center Canada at 1 800 387 0100 This will assist us in con tacting you in a timely manner should the need aris
478. ter mines that deployment can offer additional protection to that provided by the seat belt The front passenger front air bag is activated or deactivated depending on the person on the front passenger seat The front passenger front air bag can only deploy in an accident if the PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indi cator lamp is lit Observe the information on the PASSENGER AIR BAG indicator lamps gt page 43 Your vehicle has two stage front air bags During the first deployment stage the front air bag is filled with propellant gas to reduce the risk of injuries The front air bag is fully deployed with the maximum amount of pro pellant gas if a second deployment threshold is reached within a few milliseconds The deployment threshold of the Emergency Tensioning Devices and the air bag are deter mined by evaluating the rate of vehicle decel eration or acceleration which occurs at vari ous points in the vehicle This process is pre emptive in nature Deployment should take place in good time at the start of the collision The rate of vehicle deceleration or accelera tion and the direction of the force are essen tially determined by e the distribution of forces during the colli sion e the collision angle e the deformation characteristics of the vehi cle e the characteristics of the object with which the vehicle has collided Factors which can only be seen and measured after a collision has occurred do not play a decisive role in the d
479. the ambient lighting on board com puter Standing lamps Switching the daytime running lamps on off on board com puter Switching the daytime running lamps on off switch Switching the exterior lighting delayed switch off on off on board computer Switching the surround lighting on off on board computer Turn signals see Interior lighting see Lights see Replacing bulbs Light sensor display message Loading guidelines Locking see Central locking Locking doors Automatic Emergency locking From inside central locking but ton Locking centrally see Central locking Locking verification signal on board computer Low beam headlamps Changing bulbs Display message Setting for driving abroad sym metrical Switching On Off eee eeeeneeeees Lubricant additives see Additives engine oil Lumbar support Adjusting the 4 way lumbar sup port see Lumbar support MES CIOS onanan oenn 326 Maintenance see ASSYST PLUS Malfunction message see Display messages Matte finish cleaning instruc TOMS r sects esseescsstersieaes 300 mbrace Call PriOMity ccssscsesesasseenedeesesecesssesees 281 Display message n e 228 Downloading destinations COMANDI sci kiiaciacanha 281 Downloading routes sse 285 Emergency Call seeseesseeseeseeeees 278 General NOTES rissies sinisisi 277 GeO fencing rnsirestrsririinse 285 Locating a stolen vehicle 284 MB info call button eee 280 Remote vehicle lock
480. the accelerator pedal the DISTRONIC PLUS Passive mes sage appears in the multifunction display The set distance to a slower moving vehicle in front will then not be maintained You will be driving at the speed you determine by the position of the accelerator pedal You can also activate DISTRONIC PLUS when stationary The lowest speed that can be set is 18 mph 30 km h gt Briefly pull the cruise control lever towards you or press it up 4 or down DISTRONIC PLUS is selected Activating at the current speed last stored speed A WARNING If you call up the stored speed and it differs from the current speed the vehicle acceler ates or decelerates If you do not know the stored speed the vehicle could accelerate or brake unexpectedly There is a risk of an acci dent Pay attention to the road and traffic condi tions before calling up the stored speed If you do not know the stored speed store the desired speed again gt Briefly pull the cruise control lever gt page 175 towards you gt Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal DISTRONIC PLUS is activated The first time it is activated the current speed is stored Otherwise it sets the vehicle cruise speed to the previously stored value Driving with DISTRONIC PLUS Pulling away and driving The vehicle can also pull away when it is facing an unidentified obstacle or is driving on a different line from another vehicle The vehicle then
481. the battery 00 eee Changing the programming Checking the battery s es Convenience closing feature Convenience opening feature Display message Door central locking unlocking Important safety notes Loss Mechanical key ceseeseeseeeeeeeeeees Positions ignition lock Problem malfunction Starting the engine SmartKey positions ignition lock Snow chains Sockets Center Console seiis 276 Luggage compartment s es 277 Points to observe before use 276 Rear compartment sesser 277 Specialist workshop seee 28 Special seat belt retractor 59 Speed controlling see Cruise control Speed Limit Assist General notes cecceessceeereeeee 198 Speedometer Activating deactivating the addi tional speedometer cecceeeee 215 Digital eene insera r ier ear 208 In the Instrument cluster s s s 33 SOSMEMES ennn rennan 205 Selecting the unit of measure MEM r E E AREER 215 SPORT handling mode Activating deactivating AMG VEMIGIOS eis ceies ceiccedeceedezsesscasecasbeeceiss 70 Warning lamp e ista 257 Standing lamps Display message sececceeee 236 Switching On Off ccssssestseccescseeess 112 Start stop function see ECO start stop function Starting engine STEER CONTROL Steering display message 251 Steering assistant STEER CON TROL see STEER CONTROL Steering wheel Adjusting manually ceeee 102 Button OVETVIEW cccsrsees
482. the engine is started If after six seconds the driver or front passenger seat belt has not been fastened and the doors are closed the amp seat belt warning lamp lights up again As soon as the driver s and front passenger seat belts are fastened or a front door is opened again the amp seat belt warning lamp goes out If the driver s seat belt is not fastened after the engine is started an additional warning tone will sound This warning tone stops after six seconds or when the driver s seat belt is fastened If the vehicle s speed exceeds 15 mph 25 km h once and the driver s and front passenger seat belts are not fastened a warning tone sounds The warning tone sounds with increasing intensity for 60 seconds or until the driver or front passenger have fastened their seat belts If the driver or front passenger unfasten their seat belts during the journey the seat belt warning is activated again Safety 1 For more information on the 2 seat belt warning lamp see Warning and indi cator lamps in the instrument cluster seat belts gt page 252 Fe Occupant safety Safety ti Introduction The installation point of an air bag can be rec ognized by the AIR BAG symbol An air bag complements the correctly fas tened seat belt It is no substitute for the seat belt The air bag provides additional protec tion in applicable accident sit
483. the hazard warning lamps gt page 113 gt Turn the SmartKey to position 0 in the igni tion lock and leave the SmartKey in the ignition lock Observe the important safety notes when towing your vehicle with the front axle raised gt page 317 H You may only secure the vehicle by the wheels not by parts of the vehicle such as axle or steering components Otherwise the vehicle could be damaged The towing eye can be used to pull the vehicle onto a trailer or transporter for transporting purposes gt Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni tion lock gt Shift the transmission to position N gt Release the electric parking brake As soon as the vehicle has been loaded gt Prevent the vehicle from rolling away by applying the electric parking brake gt Shift the transmission to position P gt Turn the SmartKey to position 0 in the igni tion lock and remove it gt Secure the vehicle H Vehicles with 4MATIC must not be towed with either the front or the rear axle raised as doing so will damage the transmission Vehicles with 4MATIC may only either be towed away with both axles on the ground or be loaded up and transported If the vehicle s transmission front or rear axle is damaged have the vehicle transported on a truck or trailer In the event of damage to the electrical system If the battery is defective the automatic transmission will be locked in position P To shift the automatic
484. the roof Py Wheels and tires Restarting the tire pressure loss warn ing system Restart the tire pressure loss warning system if you have e changed the tire pressure e changed the wheels or tires e mounted new wheels or tires Wheels and tires gt Before restarting make sure that the tire pressures are set properly on all four tires for the respective operating conditions The recommended tire pressure can be found on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the B pillar on the driver s side Additionally a tire pressure table is attached to the fuel filler flap The tire pres sure loss warning system can only give reli able warnings if you have set the correct tire pressure If an incorrect tire pressure is set these incorrect values will be moni tored gt Observe the notes in the section on tire pressures gt page 328 gt Make sure that the SmartKey is in position 2 in the ignition lock gt page 143 gt Pressthe lt or gt buttonon the steer ing wheel to select the Serv menu gt Press the A or W button to select Tire Pressure gt Press the OK button The Run Flat Indicator Active Press OK to Restart message appears in the multifunction display If you wish to confirm the restart gt Press the OK button The Tire Pressure Now OK message appears in the multifunction display gt Press the A or W butto
485. the speed gt Check the activation conditions for cruise control gt page 172 Display messages Ea Tires Display messages Check Tire Pressure Soon Check Tire Pressure Then Restart Run Flat Indicator Run Flat Indicator Inoperative Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The tire pressure loss warning system has detected a significant loss in pressure A warning tone also sounds Possible causes e you have changed the wheels and tires or installed new wheels and tires e the tire pressure in one or more tires is not correct Z WARNING With tire pressures which are too low there is a risk of the fol lowing hazards e they may burst especially as the load and vehicle speed increase e they may wear excessively and or unevenly which may greatly impair tire traction e the driving characteristics as well as steering and braking may be greatly impaired There is a risk of an accident gt Stop the vehicle without making any sudden steering or braking maneuvers Pay attention to the traffic conditions as you do so gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away gt page 159 gt Check the tires and if necessary follow the instructions for a flat tire gt page 306 gt Check the tire pressures and if necessary correct the tire pres sure gt Restart the tire pressure loss warning system when the tire pressure is correct gt page 331 The tire pressure loss warning sy
486. the windshield 135 GeMeral NOLES ici cissccissciestasdeasteaesd s 126 Indicator lamp sssrinin 133 Information about using auto matic climate control eee 130 Maximum Cooling seissen 135 Notes on using the air condition INS SYStOM xe he vieersecesctedebeaioseaiees 128 Overview of Systems seee 126 Problems with cooling with air dehumidification sssssisessssssisssess 133 Problem with the rear window COTTOSLEN asc feccatstacsiecestesttevesecauecatees 137 Refrigerant c sscc sae need 367 Refrigerant filling capacity 367 Setting the air distribution 134 Setting the airflow sesse 134 Setting the air vents seese 138 Setting the temperature 133 Switching air recirculation mode ONS Off ssiesscessiediaicecdiess innii 137 Switching On Off sis isrisicsesesssesisesspi 131 Switching residual heat on off 137 tint Switching the rear window defroster on off cccceesseeeeeeee 136 Switching the ZONE function on Ol E E 134 Climate control system Automatic engine start 146 Automatic engine switch off 145 Deactivating activating 0 146 General information seee 145 Important safety notes 145 INtFOMUCTION 042 242 scecerees erences cess 145 Cockpit OVEIVICW iiec ernn E EEEE 32 see Instrument cluster Coffee cup symbol see ATTENTION ASSIST COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST Display Message sceccrsiessesesi 222 COL
487. tings a Menus and submenus Ll On board computer and displays gt Press the W or A button to select the Speedometer km h or Speedometer mph function You will see the selected setting on or off gt Press the OK button to save the setting Selecting the permanent display function You can determine whether the multifunction display permanently shows your speed or the outside temperature gt Pressthe lt or gt buttonon the steer ing wheel to select the Sett menu gt Press the W or A button to select the Instrument Cluster submenu gt Press OK to confirm gt Press the W or A button to select the Permanent Display function You will see the selected setting Outside Temperature or Speedometer km h Speedometer mph gt Press the OK button to save the setting The speed is highlighted in km h or in mph conversely to your speedometer Lights Switching the daytime running lamps on off Canada only daytime running lamps are required by law You cannot set the Daytime Running Lights function via the on board computer gt Pressthe lt or gt buttonon the steer ing wheel to select the Sett menu gt Press the W or A button to select the Light submenu gt Press OK to confirm gt Pressthe W or A button to select the Da
488. tion in the summer set 34 or and W4 gt page 134 e Only use the Windshield defrosting func tion briefly until the windshield is clear again e Only use air recirculation mode briefly e g if there are unpleasant outside odors or when in a tunnel The windows could oth erwise fog up since no fresh air is drawn into the vehicle in air recirculation mode e Vehicles with COMAND if you change the settings of the climate control system the climate status display appears for three seconds at the bottom of the screen in the COMAND display See also the separate COMAND operating instructions You will see the current settings of the various cli mate control functions ECO start stop function During automatic engine switch off the cli mate control system only operates at a reduced capacity If you require the full cli mate control output you can switch off the ECO start stop function by pressing the ECO button gt page 146 Overview of climate control systems ee USA only To set the temperature left gt page 133 To set climate control to automatic gt page 133 To defrost the windshield gt page 135 To increase the airflow gt page 134 To set the air distribution gt page 134 Display To activate deactivate air recirculation mode gt page 137 To switch clim
489. tions as a reminder to take extra care while driving Off road ABS An ABS system specifically suited to off road terrain is activated automatically once the off road program is activated gt page 186 At speeds below 20 mph 30 km h the front wheels lock cyclically during braking The dig ging in effect achieved in the process reduces the stopping distance on off road terrain This limits steering capability General information BAS operates in emergency braking situa tions If you depress the brake pedal quickly BAS automatically boosts the braking force thus shortening the stopping distance Driving safety systems ra Safety 1 za Driving safety systems Safety H Important safety notes Observe the Important safety notes sec tion gt page 64 A WARNING If BAS is malfunctioning the braking distance in an emergency braking situation is increased There is a risk of an accident In an emergency braking situation depress the brake pedal with full force ABS prevents the wheels from locking Braking gt Keep the brake pedal firmly depressed until the emergency braking situation is over ABS prevents the wheels from locking The brakes will function as usual once you release the brake pedal BAS is deactivated General information COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST PLUS con sists of a distance warning function with an autonomous emergency braking function and adaptive Brake Assist C
490. to a qualified spe cialist workshop or a special collection point for used bat teries S a Battery vehicle Hl Have the battery checked regularly at a qualified specialist workshop Observe the service intervals in the Main tenance Booklet or contact a qualified spe cialist workshop for more information H You should have all work involving the battery carried out at a qualified specialist workshop In the exceptional case that it is necessary for you to disconnect the battery yourself make sure that e you switch off the engine and remove the SmartKey Check that all the indicator lamps in the instrument cluster are off Otherwise electronic components such as the alternator may be damaged e you first remove the negative terminal clamp and then the positive terminal clamp Never swap the terminal clamps Otherwise the vehicle s electronic sys tem may be damaged e on vehicles with automatic transmission the transmission is locked in position P after disconnecting the battery The vehi cle is secured against rolling away You can then no longer move the vehicle The battery and the cover of the positive terminal clamp must be installed securely during operation Comply with safety precautions and take pro tective measures when handling batteries Risk of explosion Fire open flames and smoking are prohibited when handling the bat tery Avoid creating sparks Battery acid is caustic Avoid co
491. to the statutory safety requirements in addition to these grades Where applicable the tire grading informa tion can be found on the tire sidewall between the tread shoulder and maximum tire width The actual values for tires are vehicle specific and may deviate from the values in the illustration For example Treadwear Traction Temperature 200 AA A The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards Uniform Tire Quality Grading Stand ards under controlled conditions on a specified U S government course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use how ever and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits ser vice practices and differences in road char acteristics and climate conditions Z WARNING The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include acceleration cor nering hydroplaning or peak traction char acteristics The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on a wet surface as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poo
492. ton to select Interm gt Press OK to confirm The intermediate time is displayed for five seconds Time Starting a new lap RACETIMER Fastest lap time best lap Lap gt Press OK to confirm New Lap It is possible to store a maximum of six teen laps The 16th lap can only be com pleted with Finish Lap Stopping the RACETIMER gt Press the wheel gt Confirm Yes with OK button on the steering The RACETIMER interrupts timing when you stop the vehicle and turn the SmartKey to position 1 in the ignition lock If you turn the 5 Menus and submenus On board computer and displays key to position 2 or 3 and then press confirm Start timing is continued OK to Resetting the current lap gt Stop the RACETIMER gt Press the lt 4 or gt Reset Lap gt Press OK button to select to reset the lap time to 0 Deleting all laps If you switch off the engine the RACETIMER is reset to 0 after 30 seconds All laps are deleted You cannot delete individual stored laps If you have stopped 16 laps the current lap does not have to be reset gt Reset the current lap gt Press OK to confirm Reset Reset Race Timer appears in the multi function display gt Press the W button to select Yes and press the OK button to confirm
493. transmission to position N you must provide power to the vehicle s electrical system in the same way as when jump starting gt page 315 Have the vehicle transported on a transporter or trailer H Vehicles with automatic transmission must not be tow started You could other wise damage the automatic transmission You can find information on Jump start ing under gt page 315 A WARNING If you manipulate or bridge a faulty fuse or if you replace it with a fuse with a higher amper age the electric cables could be overloaded This could result in a fire There is a risk of an accident and injury Always replace faulty fuses with the specified new fuses having the correct amperage H Only use fuses that have been approved for Mercedes Benz vehicles and which have the correct fuse rating for the system concerned Only use fuses marked with an S Otherwise components or systems could be damaged The fuses in your vehicle serve to close down faulty circuits If a fuse blows all the compo nents on the circuit and their functions stop operating Blown fuses must be replaced with fuses of the same rating which you can recognize by the color and value The fuse ratings are listed in the fuse allocation chart If a newly inserted fuse also blows have the cause traced and rectified at a qualified spe cialist workshop e g an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Secure the vehicle against rolling away
494. trip make sure that the seat backrests and the rear bench seat rear seat are engaged H Before folding the backrest in the rear compartment forwards make sure that the rear compartment armrest and the cupholder are folded in They may other wise be damaged Observe the loading guidelines gt page 266 Folding the rear seat backrest forwards and back Folding the rear seat backrests forward The left hand and right hand rear seat backr ests can be folded forwards separately to increase the cargo compartment capacity gt Fully insert the backrest head restraints gt page 100 gt Move the driver s or front passenger seat forward if necessary gt Pull left hand or right hand release han dle of the seat backrest forwards Corresponding seat backrest Q is released gt Fold backrest Q forwards gt Move the driver s or front passenger seat back if necessary gt Insert the seat belt into seat belt holder Folding the rear seat backrest back gt Move the driver s or front passenger seat forward if necessary H Make sure that the seat belt does not become trapped when folding the rear seat backrest back Otherwise it could be dam aged gt Fold seat backrest Q back until it engages Red lock status indicator is no longer visible gt Adjust the head restraints if necessary gt page 100 gt Move the driver s or front passenger seat back if necessary Parcel s
495. ts and self imposed obli gations Conversion to symmetrical low beam Switch the headlamps to symmetrical low beam in countries in which traffic drives on the opposite side of the road from the country where the vehicle is registered This prevents glare to oncoming traffic When using sym metrical lights the edge of the road is not lit as widely and as far ahead as normal Have the headlamps converted at a qualified specialist workshop as close to the border as possible before driving in these countries Conversion to asymmetrical low beam after returning Have the headlamps converted back to asym metrical low beam headlamps at a qualified specialist workshop as soon as possible after crossing the border again Setting options Exterior lighting can be set using e the light switch e the combination switch gt page 112 e the on board computer gt page 2 16 Light switch Operation Left hand standing lamps 1 P 2 P Right hand standing lamps 3 5002 Parking lamps license plate and instrument cluster lighting 4 avro Automatic headlamp mode control led by the light sensor 5 2 Low beam high beam headlamps L Rear fog lamp 40 Fog lamp only vehicles with front fog lamps If you hear a warning tone when you leave the vehicle the lights may still be switched on gt Turn the light switch to AUTO
496. ty book in your vehicle documents If no warranty book is available the tires should be rotated every 3 000 to 6 000 miles 5 000 to 10 000 km or earlier if tire wear requires Do not change the direction of wheel rotation Clean the contact surfaces of the wheel and the brake disc thoroughly every time a wheel is rotated Check the tire pressure and if nec essary restart the tire pressure loss warning system or the tire pressure monitor Tires with a specified direction of rotation have additional benefits e g if there is a risk of hydroplaning You will only gain these ben efits if the correct direction of rotation is maintained An arrow on the sidewall of the tire indicates its correct direction of rotation Store wheels that are not being used in a cool dry and preferably dark place Protect the tires from oil grease gasoline and diesel Z WARNING The water jet from a circular jet nozzle dirt blasters can cause invisible exterior damage to the tires or chassis components Compo nents damaged in this way may fail unexpect edly There is a risk of an accident Do not use power washers with circular jet nozzles to clean the vehicle Have damaged tires or chassis components replaced imme diately Preparing the vehicle gt Stop the vehicle on solid non slippery and level ground gt Apply the electric parking brake manually gt page 160 gt Bring the front wheels into the straight ahead position
497. u can also switch the automatic locking function on and off using the on board com puter gt page 217 If the vehicle can no longer be unlocked with the SmartKey use the mechanical key If you use the mechanical key to unlock and open the driver s door the anti theft alarm system will be triggered gt page 73 gt Take the mechanical key out of the Smart Key gt page 77 gt Insert the mechanical key into the lock of the driver s door as far as it will go gt Turn the mechanical key counter clockwise as far as it will go to position The door is unlocked gt Turn the mechanical key back and remove it gt Insert the mechanical key into the Smart Key gt page 77 If the vehicle can no longer be locked with the SmartKey use the mechanical key gt Open the driver s door gt Close the front passenger door the rear doors and the tailgate gt Press the locking button gt page 82 gt Check whether the locking knobs on the front passenger door and the rear doors are still visible Press down the locking knobs by hand if necessary gt Close the driver s door gt Take the mechanical key out of the Smart Key gt page 77 gt Insert the mechanical key into the lock of the driver s door as far as it will go gt Turn the mechanical key clockwise as far as it will go to position gt Turn the mechanical key back and remove it gt Make sure that the doors an
498. u must observe the notes and mixing ratios specified on the container Flexible Fuel vehicles Important safety notes A WARNING Fuel is highly flammable If you handle fuel incorrectly there is a risk of fire and explo sion You must avoid fire open flames creating sparks and smoking Switch off the engine and if applicable the auxiliary heating before refueling Z WARNING Fuel is poisonous and hazardous to health There is a risk of injury You must make sure that fuel does not come into contact with your skin eyes or clothing and that it is not swallowed Do not inhale fuel vapors Keep fuel away from children b gt Service products and filling capacities O Technical data Le Technical data If you or others come into contact with fuel observe the following e Wash away fuel from skin immediately using soap and water e If fuel comes into contact with your eyes immediately rinse them thoroughly with clean water Seek medical assistance with out delay e If fuel is swallowed seek medical assis tance without delay Do not induce vomit ing e Immediately change out of clothing which has come into contact with fuel Flexible Fuel vehicles can be refueled with the following fuel types e premium grade unleaded gasoline e E85 fuel e a mixture of E85 fuel and premium grade unleaded gasoline Flexible Fuel vehicles can be recognized by the Ethanol up to E85 sticker on the inside of the
499. u position the wheels suitably e do not put the measuring pin on a recess in the brake disc Driving on wet roads Hydroplaning If water has accumulated to a certain depth on the road surface there is a danger of hydroplaning occurring even if e you drive at low speeds e the tires have adequate tread depth For this reason in the event of heavy rain or in conditions in which hydroplaning may occur you must drive in the following manner e lower your speed e avoid ruts e avoid sudden steering movements e brake carefully Driving on flooded roads H Bear in mind that vehicles traveling in front or in the opposite direction create waves This may cause the maximum per missible water depth to be exceeded Failure to observe these notes may result in damage to the engine electrical systems and transmission If you have to drive on stretches of road on which water has collected you should never drive at speeds above a walking pace Driving tips Always observe the maximum fording depth values gt page 369 Winter driving Z WARNING If you shift down on a slippery road surface in an attempt to increase the engine s braking effect the drive wheels could lose their grip There is an increased danger of skidding and accidents Do not shift down for additional engine brak ing on a slippery road surface Z DANGER If the exhaust pipe is blocked or adequate ventilation is not possible poiso
500. ually pull the corresponding switch and hold it gt To close fully pull the switch beyond the point of resistance and release it Automatic operation is started gt To interrupt automatic operation press pull the corresponding switch again If you press pull the switch beyond the point of resistance automatic operation is started in the corresponding direction You can stop automatic operation by pressing pulling the switch again You can continue to operate the side win dows after you switch off the engine or remove the SmartKey This function is available for up to five minutes or until the driver s or front passenger door is opened You can ventilate the vehicle before you start driving To do this the SmartKey is used to carry out the following functions simultane ously e unlock the vehicle e open the side windows e open the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel and the roller sunblinds The convenience opening feature can only be operated using the SmartKey The SmartKey must be close to the driver s door handle gt Press and hold the g button until the side windows and the panorama sunroof are in the desired position If the roller sunblinds of the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel are closed the roller sunblinds are opened first gt Press and hold the g button again until the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel is in the desired position gt To int
501. uations Not all air bags are deployed in an accident The different air bag systems function inde pendently from one another gt page 56 However no system available today can com pletely eliminate injuries and fatalities It is also not possible to rule out a risk of injury caused by an air bag due to the high speed at which the air bag must be deployed Important safety notes A WARNING If you do not sit in the correct seat position the air bag cannot protect as intended and could even cause additional injury when deployed This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury To avoid hazardous situations always make sure that all of the vehicle s occupants e have fastened their seat belts correctly including pregnant women e are sitting correctly and maintain the great est possible distance to the air bags e follow the following instructions Always make sure that there are no objects between the air bag and the vehicle s occu pants e Adjust the seats properly before beginning your journey Always make sure that the seat is in an almost upright position The center of the head restraint must support the head at about eye level e Move the driver s and front passenger seats as far back as possible The driver s seat position must allow the vehicle to be driven safely e Only hold the steering wheel on the out side This allows the air bag to be fully deployed e Always lean against the backre
502. uel 260 Electric parking brake amp ESP OFF 256 yellow 259 ABS 254 _ A Distance warning 262 BE 254 gt Turn signals 112 erare USA only amp Restraint system 42 Canada only A_ Seat belt 252 Multifunction steering wheel Function Multifunction display Audio COMAND display see the separate operating instructions Ma Switches on the Voice Con trol System see the sepa rate operating instructions Rejects or ends a call Exits phone book redial memory Cf Makes or accepts a call Switches to the redial mem ory Adjusts the volume X Mute Page 206 2ail GP Om Multifunction steering wheel Function Selects a menu A v Selects a submenu or scrolls through lists OK Confirms your selection Hides display messages Back Switches off the Voice Con trol System see the sepa rate operating instructions Page 205 205 205 224l 205 At a glance pa a 35 At a glance Center console Center console upper section m a J Function Audio system COMAND see the separate operating instructions Seat heating Downhill Speed Reg n PARKTRONIC Re o z O gl z ECO start stop func Tn a Koj 100 184 186 145 Function A
503. uel filler flap The turn signals flash once when unlocking and three times when locking When it is dark the surround lighting also comes on if it is activated in the on board computer gt page 216 You can also set an audible signal to con firm that the vehicle has been locked The audible signal can be activated and deacti vated using the on board computer gt page 217 gt To open the tailgate automatically press button until the tailgate opens gt page 85 You can change the settings of the locking system When you then unlock the vehicle only the driver s door and the fuel filler flap are unlocked This is useful if you frequently travel on your own gt To change the setting press and hold down the and buttons simulta neously for approximately six seconds until the battery check lamp gt page 78 flashes twice If the setting of the locking system is changed within the signal range of the vehi cle pressing the or a button e locks or e unlocks the vehicle The SmartKey now functions as follows gt To unlock the driver s door press the u button once gt To unlock centrally press the a but ton twice gt To lock centrally press the button gt To restore the factory settings press and hold down the and buttons simultaneously for approximately six sec onds unti
504. uld otherwise damage the engine i Technical data Further information on coolants can be found in the Mercedes Benz Specifications for Service Products MB BeVo 310 1 e g on the Internet at http bevo mercedes benz com Or con tact a qualified specialist workshop H Always use a suitable coolant mixture even in countries where high temperatures prevail Otherwise the engine cooling system is not sufficiently protected from corrosion and overheating Have the coolant regularly replaced at a qualified specialist workshop and the replacement confirmed in the Maintenance Booklet Comply with the important safety precautions for service products when handling coolant gt page 361 The coolant is a mixture of water and anti freeze corrosion inhibitor It performs the following tasks e corrosion protection e antifreeze protection e raising the boiling point If the coolant has antifreeze protection down to 35 F 37 C the boiling point of the cool ant during operation is approximately 266 F 130 C The antifreeze corrosion inhibitor concentra tion in the engine cooling system should e be at least 50 This will protect the engine cooling system against freezing down to approximately 35 F 37 C e not exceed 55 antifreeze protection down to 49 F 45 C Otherwise heat will not be dissipated as effectively Mercedes Benz recommends an antifreeze corrosion inhibitor concentrat
505. ults in a cut ting action for better traction on loose sur faces e ESP still provides support when you brake Characteristics when ESP is deactivated If ESP is deactivated and one or more wheels start to spin the amp ESP warning lamp in the instrument cluster does not flash In such situations ESP will not stabilize the vehicle Driving safety systems Safety i Protection against theft Safety J If you deactivate ESP e ESP no longer improves driving stability e engine torque is no longer limited and the drive wheels are able to spin The spinning of the wheels results in a cut ting action for better traction on loose sur faces e traction control is still activated e PRE SAFE is no longer available nor is it activated if you brake firmly and ESP intervenes e COLLISION PREVENTION ASSIST is no lon ger available nor is it activated if you brake firmly with assistance from ESP e ESP still provides support when you brake Off road ESP An ESP system specifically suited to off road terrain is activated automatically once the off road program is activated gt page 186 Off road ESP intervenes with a delay if there is oversteering or understeering thus improv ing traction General information EBD monitors and controls the brake pres sure on the rear wheels to improve driving stability while braking Important safety notes Observe the Importa
506. unlocked You cannot unlock the vehicle centrally from the inside if the vehicle has been locked with the SmartKey You can open a door from inside the vehicle even if it has been locked You can open the rear doors from inside the vehicle unless they are secured by the child proof lock gt page 64 If the vehicle has previously been locked with the SmartKey opening a door from the inside will trigger the anti theft alarm system Switch off the alarm gt page 73 If a locked door is opened from the inside the previous unlock status of the vehicle will be taken into consideration if e the vehicle was locked using the locking button for the central locking or e if the vehicle was locked automatically The vehicle will be fully unlocked if it had pre viously been fully unlocked If only the driver s door had been previously unlocked only the door which has been opened from the inside is unlocked gt To disarm press and hold button for about five seconds until a tone sounds gt To arm press and hold button for about five seconds until a tone sounds Ifyou press one of the two buttons and do not hear a tone the relevant setting has already been selected The vehicle is locked automatically when the ignition is switched on and the wheels are turning You could therefore lock yourself out if e the vehicle is being pushed e the vehicle is being towed e the vehicle is on a roller dynamometer Yo
507. up gt To deactivate press the rest button The indicator lamp in the rest button goes gt To close the center air vent turn the adjuster in one of center air vents Q clock Setting the air vents wise as far as it will go to position 3 Important safety notes a out Residual heat is deactivated automati o cally 1 5 e after approximately 30 minutes gt To open the center air vent turn the oO e when the ignition is switched on adjuster in one of center air vents Q coun 2 e if the battery voltage drops ter clockwise to position 2 oO O Z WARNING Setting the side air vents Very hot or very cold air can flow from the air vents This could result in burns or frostbite in the immediate vicinity of the air vents There is a risk of injury Make sure that all vehicle occupants always maintain a sufficient distance to the air out lets If necessary redirect the airflow to another area of the vehicle interior In order to ensure the direct flow of fresh air through the air vents into the vehicle interior i please observe the following notes Side window defroster vent e keep the air inlet between the windshield Side air vent and the hood free of blockages suchasice 3 Side air vent open snow or leaves Side air vent closed e never cover the air vents or air intake grilles in the vehicle interior
508. urn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock gt page 143 gt Briefly press button Q Both exterior mirrors fold in or out Make sure that the exterior mirrors are always folded out fully while driving They could otherwise vibrate If you are driving faster than 30 mph 47 km h you can no longer fold in the exterior mirrors Setting the exterior mirrors This function is only available in Canada If the battery has been disconnected or com pletely discharged the exterior mirrors must be reset The exterior mirrors will otherwise not fold in when you select the Fold in mir rors when locking function in the on board computer gt page 218 gt Turn the SmartKey to position 1 in the igni tion lock gt page 143 gt Briefly press button Q Folding the exterior mirrors in or out automatically This function is only available in Canada If the Fold in mirrors when locking function is activated in the on board computer gt page 218 e the exterior mirrors fold in automatically as soon as you lock the vehicle from the out side e the exterior mirrors fold out again automat ically as soon as you unlock the vehicle and then open the driver s or front passenger door Ifthe exterior mirrors have been folded in manually they do not fold out Exterior mirror pushed out of position If an exterior mirror has been pushed out of position proceed as follows gt Vehicles wit
509. utlet and the front passenger seat accordingly Always observe the child restraint system manufacturer s installation instructions If OCS determines that e the front passenger seat is unoccupied the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp lights up after the system self test and remains lit This indicates that the front passenger front air bag is deactivated e the front passenger seat is occupied by a child of up to 12 months old in a standard child restraint system the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp lights up after the system self test and remains lit This indi cates that the front passenger front air bag is deactivated But in the case of a 12 month old child in a standard child restraint system the PASSENGER AIR BAG ON can light up per manently after the system self test This indicates that the front passenger front air bag is activated The result of the classifi cation is dependent on among other fac tors the child restraint system and the child s stature It is recommended that you install the restraint system on a suitable rear seat the front passenger seat is occupied by a person of smaller stature e g a teenager or small adult either the PASSENGER AIR BAG ON or PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indi cator lamp lights up and remains lit after the system self test depending on the result of the classification If the PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamp lights up move the front passenger seat as fa
510. utomatic engine switch off If the vehicle is braked to a standstill in D or N the ECO start stop function switches off the engine automatically The ECO start stop function is operational when e the indicator lamp in the ECO button is lit green e the off road program is deactivated e the outside temperature is within the range that is suitable for the system e the engine is at normal operating temper ature e the set temperature for the vehicle interior has been reached e the battery is sufficiently charged e the system detects that the windshield is not fogged up when the air conditioning system is switched on e the hood is closed e the driver s door is closed and the driver s seat belt is fastened All of the vehicle s systems remain active when the engine is stopped automatically The HOLD function can also be activated if the engine has been switched off auto matically It is then not necessary to con tinue applying the brakes during the auto matic stop phase When you depress the accelerator pedal the engine starts auto matically and the braking effect of the HOLD function is deactivated The engine can be switched off automat ically a maximum of four times first stop and three subsequent stops in succession oo e pan a ge c oO S m _ Driving and parking Automatic engine start The engine starts automatically if e you switch off the ECO star
511. utomatic transmission Transmission position display Transporting the vehicle Traveling uphill Brow of hill Driving downhill Maximum gradient climbing capa A EER RE A A E N Trim pieces cleaning instruc tions Trip computer on board com puter Trip odometer Calling up Resetting on board computer see Trip odometer Trunk see Cargo compartment see Tailgate Trunk load maximum Turn signals Changing bulbs front Changing bulbs rear 235 112 Display message s src Switching On Off sisri istssssotst Type identification plate see Vehicle identification plate Unlocking Emergency unlocking seee 83 From inside the vehicle central unlocking button essees 82 Vanity mirror in the sun visor 275 Vehicle COREG USC piirien ar 28 Data ACQUISITION oo ee eee eeeeeeeeeeteees 29 EQUIIDIMGME 3 sss v secesecezasccateeeszedececeees 24 Individual settings 0 ce eeeeseeees 215 Limited Warranty ecer 29 LOGGING wssiiieiseseii hee 335 Locking in an emergency 83 Locking SmartKey 0 0 eeeeeeeeeeeeee 76 LOWOTING 225 ccd ssscesateescavecesslsdethieecets 351 Maintenance sa c sc cccsccteeesscncecectcecess 25 Parking for a long period 162 Pulling AWAY sissies 144 RAISING cesna ai 349 Reporting problems sees 28 Securing from rolling away 349 TOWING WAY sceeeeeseeseeeseeeseeeeeees 317 Tow starting essiccare 317 TRANS POTN Gs
512. utomatically in order to avoid exceeding the set speed On long and steep downhill gradients especially if the vehicle is laden you must select a low gear in good time For this you will need to have selected manual drive program M gt page 154 By doing so you will make use of the braking effect of the engine This relieves the load on the brake system and prevents the brakes from overheating and wearing too quickly Use cruise control only if road and traffic con ditions make it appropriate to maintain a steady speed for a prolonged period You can store any road speed above 20 mph 30 km h Important safety notes If you fail to adapt your driving style cruise control can neither reduce the risk of an acci dent nor override the laws of physics Cruise control cannot take into account the road traffic and weather conditions Cruise control is only an aid You are responsible for the dis tance to the vehicle in front for vehicle speed for braking in good time and for staying in your lane Do not use cruise control e in road and traffic conditions which do not allow you to maintain a constant speed e g in heavy traffic or on winding roads e on slippery road surfaces Braking or accel erating could cause the drive wheels to lose traction and the vehicle could then skid e when there is poor visibility e g due to fog heavy rain or snow If there is a change of drivers advise the new driver of the speed stored
513. ve program M This helps you to avoid overheating the brakes and wearing them out excessively When you take advantage of the engine s braking effect a drive wheel may not turn for some time e g on a slippery road sur face This could cause damage to the drive train This type of damage is not covered by the Mercedes Benz warranty Briefly depressing the accelerator pedal on downhill gradients while the manual drive program M is temporarily activated the automatic transmission may switch to the last active automatic drive program E or S The automatic transmission may shift to a higher gear This can reduce the engine s braking effect Heavy and light loads Z WARNING If you rest your foot on the brake pedal while driving the braking system can overheat This increases the stopping distance and can even cause the braking system to fail There is a risk of an accident Never use the brake pedal as a footrest Never depress the brake pedal and the accelerator pedal at the same time H Depressing the brake pedal constantly results in excessive and premature wear to the brake pads If the brakes have been subjected to a heavy load do not stop the vehicle immediately Drive on for a short while This allows the air flow to cool the brakes more quickly Wet roads If you have driven for a long time in heavy rain without braking there may be a delayed reac tion from the brakes when braking for the first time This m
514. veling on a different line The distance to the vehicle in front will be too short Other vehicles changing lanes _ AA Po i Pa Pi Driving systems ee DISTRONIC PLUS has not detected the vehi Crossing vehicles cle cutting in yet The distance to this vehicle will be too short Narrow vehicles oO Som o me D DISTRONIC PLUS may detect vehicles that 5 are crossing your lane by mistake Activating SZ masos DISTRONIC PLUS at traffic lights with cross ing traffic for example could cause your vehi DISTRONIC PLUS has not yet detected the cle to pull away unintentionally vehicle in front on the edge of the road because of its narrow width The distance to the vehicle in front will be too short Important safety notes im Obstructions and stationary vehicles A WARNING When leaving the vehicle it can still roll away despite being braked by the HOLD function if e there is a malfunction in the system or in the voltage supply e the HOLD function has been deactivated by pressing the accelerator pedal or the brake pedal e g by a vehicle occupant e the electrical system in the engine com DISTRONIC PLUS does not brake for obsta partment the batteryiorthe fuges have cles or stationary vehicles If for example the been tampered with detected vehicle turns a corner and reveals e the battery is disconnected an obstacle or stationary vehicle DISTRONIC There is
515. ver and improve the illumination of the edge of the road Active if you are driving at speeds below 40 mph 70 km h and you switch on the rear fog lamp Not active if following activation you are driving at speeds above 60 mph 100 km h Important safety notes Lights and windshield wiper or if you switch off the rear fog lamp Z WARNING Adaptive Highbeam Assist does not recognize _ road users Adaptive e who have no lights e g pedestrians General notes e who have poor lighting e g cyclists You can use this function to set the head e whose lighting is blocked e g by a barrier lamps to change between low beam and high In very rare cases Adaptive Highbeam Assist beam automatically The system recognizes may fail to recognize other road users that vehicles with their lights on either approach have lights or may recognize them too late In ing from the opposite direction ortravelingin this or similar situations the automatic high front of your vehicle and consequently beam headlamps will not be deactivated or switches the headlamps from high beam to activated regardless There is a risk of an acci low beam dent The system automatically adapts the low Always carefully observe the traffic conditions beam headlamp range depending on the dis and switch off the high beam headlamps in tance to the other vehicle Once the system good time no longer detects any other vehicles it reac tivates t
516. vers and driving over obstacles curbs potholes off road This applies in particular to a laden vehicle Stop driving in emergency mode if e you hear banging noises e the vehicle starts to shake e you see smoke and smell rubber e ESP is intervening constantly e there are tears in the sidewalls of the tire After driving in emergency mode have the wheel rims checked at a qualified specialist workshop with regard to their further use The defective tire must be replaced in every case TIREFIT kit Important safety notes TIREFIT is a tire sealant You can use TIREFIT to seal punctures of up to 0 16 in 4 mm particularly those in the tire tread You can use TIREFIT at outside tem peratures down to 4 F 20 C Z WARNING In the following situations the tire sealant is unable to provide sufficient breakdown assis tance as it is unable to seal the tire properly e there are cuts or punctures in the tire larger than those mentioned above e the wheel rim is damaged e you have driven at very low tire pressures or on a flat tire There is a risk of an accident Do not drive the vehicle Contact a qualified specialist workshop Z WARNING The tire sealant is harmful and causes irrita tion It must not come into contact with your skin eyes or clothing or be swallowed Do not inhale TIREFIT fumes Keep tire sealant away from children There is a risk of injury If you come into contact with the
517. vironmental note Dispose of service products in an environ mentally responsible manner Service products include the following e Fuels e Lubricants e g engine oil transmission oil e Coolant e Brake fluid e Windshield washer fluid e Climate control system refrigerant Components and service products must be matched You should therefore only use prod ucts that have been tested and approved by Mercedes Benz Information about tested and approved prod ucts can be obtained from an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or on the Internet at http bevo mercedes benz com You can recognize service products approved by Mercedes Benz by the following inscrip tion on the containers e MB Freigabe e g MB Freigabe 229 5 1 e MB Approval e g MB Approval 229 51 Other designations or recommendations indi cate a level of quality or a specification in accordance with an MB Sheet Number e g MB 229 5 They have not necessarily been approved by Mercedes Benz Py Technical data bel Technical data Fuel Important safety notes Z WARNING Fuel is highly flammable If you handle fuel incorrectly there is a risk of fire and explo sion You must avoid fire open flames creating sparks and smoking Switch off the engine and if applicable the auxiliary heating before refueling Z WARNING Fuel is poisonous and hazardous to health There is a risk of injury You must make sure that fuel does not come into contact wit
518. w chains see gt page 327 For more information on driving with summer tires see gt page 326 Observe the notes in the Winter operation section gt page 326 Off road driving Important safety notes Z WARNING If you drive on a steep incline at an angle or turn when driving on an incline the vehicle could slip sideways tip and rollover Thereisa risk of an accident Always drive on a steep incline in the line of fall straight up or down and do not turn the vehicle A WARNING Flammable material such as leaves grass or twigs may ignite if they come into contact with hot parts of the exhaust system There is a risk of fire When driving off road or on unpaved roads check the vehicle s underside regularly In particular remove parts of plants or other flammable materials which have become trapped In the case of damage contact a qualified specialist workshop H There is a risk of damage to the vehicle if e the vehicle becomes stuck e g ona high curb or an unpaved road e you drive too fast over an obstacle e g a curb or a hole in the road e a heavy object strikes the undercarriage or parts of the chassis In situations like this the body the under carriage chassis parts wheels or tires could be damaged without the damage being visible Components damaged in this way can unexpectedly fail or in the case of an accident no longer withstand the strain they are designed to If the u
519. wed seek medical assis tance without delay Do not induce vomit ing e Immediately change out of clothing which has come into contact with fuel A WARNING Electrostatic buildup can create sparks and ignite fuel vapors There is a risk of fire and explosion Always touch the vehicle body before opening the fuel filler flap or touching the fuel pump nozzle Any existing electrostatic buildup is thereby discharged H Do not use diesel to refuel vehicles with a gasoline engine Do not switch on the igni tion if you accidentally refuel with the wrong fuel Otherwise the fuel will enter the fuel system Even small amounts of the wrong fuel could result in damage to the fuel system and the engine Notify a quali fied specialist workshop and have the fuel tank and fuel lines drained completely ia Driving and parking E Refueling __ Driving and parking H Overfilling the fuel tank could damage the fuel system H Take care not to spill any fuel on painted surfaces You could otherwise damage the paintwork H Use a filter when refueling from a fuel can Otherwise the fuel lines and or injection system could be blocked by particles from the fuel can Do not get into the vehicle again during the refueling process Otherwise electrostatic charge could build up again If you overfill the fuel tank fuel could spray out when the fuel pump nozzle is removed For further information on fuel and fuel quality gt pa
520. when in the manual gearshift program Upshift indicator UP fades out other mes sages until you have shifted up If the oil temperature is below 160 F 71 C oil temperature 4 is shown in blue Avoid driving at full engine output during this time If the transmission fluid temperature is below 122 F 50 C oil temperature is shown in blue Avoid driving at full engine output during this time SETUP Displaying the intermediate time Drive program C S M ESP mode ON OFF or SPORT handling mode SPORT SETUP shows the drive program the ESP Electronic Stability Program mode and the SPORT handling mode gt Press the lt or gt button on the steer ing wheel to select the AMG menu gt Press the A button repeatedly until SETUP is displayed RACETIMER Displaying and starting RACETIMER Lap RACETIMER The RACETIMER is only intended for use ona closed race circuit Do not use the function on public roads You can start the RACETIMER when the engine is running or if the SmartKey is in posi tion 2 in the ignition lock gt Pressthe lt or gt button onthe steer ing wheel to select the AMG menu gt Press the A button repeatedly until the RACETIMER is shown gt To start press the OK RACETIMER button to start the gt Press the lt or gt but
521. will see the Roadside Assis tance Connected message in the COMAND display If the vehicle remote malfunction diagnosis can be started the Request for vehicle diagnosis received Start vehicle diagnosis message appears in the display gt Confirm the message with Yes gt When the Vehicle Diagnosis Please start ignition message appears turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock gt page 143 gt When the Please follow the instruc tions received by phone and move your vehicle to a safe position message appears follow the customer ser vice representative s instructions The message in the display disappears If you select Cancel the vehicle remote malfunction diagnosis is canceled com pletely The vehicle operating state check begins You will see the Vehicle diagnosis activated message When the diagnosis is completed the Send vehicle diagnostics data Voice connection may be interrupted dur ing data transfer message appears The vehicle data can now be sent to the Customer Assistance center gt Press OK to confirm the message The voice connection with the Customer Assistance center is terminated You will see the Vehicle Diagnosis Transferring data message The vehicle data is sent to the Customer Assistance center Depending on what the customer service rep resentative agreed with you the voice con nection is re established after the transfer is complete If necessary you will be
522. witch off the crash responsive emergency lighting press the hazard warning lamp button or gt Lock and then unlock the vehicle using the key Replacing bulbs Xenon bulbs DANGER Xenon bulbs carry a high voltage You can get an electric shock if you remove the cover of the Xenon bulb and touch the electrical con tacts There is a risk of fatal injury Never touch the parts or the electrical con tacts of the Xenon bulb Always have work on the Xenon bulbs carried out at a qualified spe cialist workshop If your vehicle is equipped with Xenon bulbs you can recognize this by the following the cone of light from the Xenon bulbs moves from the top to the bottom and back again when you start the engine For this to be observed the lights must be switched on before starting the engine Bulbs and lamps are an important aspect of vehicle safety You must therefore make sure that these function correctly at all times Have the headlamp setting checked regularly Other bulbs Z WARNING Bulbs lamps and connectors can get very hot when operating If you change a bulb you could burn yourself on these components There is a risk of injury Allow these components to cool down before changing a bulb Do not use a bulb that has been dropped or if its glass tube has been scratched The bulb may explode if e you touch it e itis hot e you drop it e you scratch it Only operate bulbs in enclosed lamps designed
523. wn until it Features sd S engages oO Cuphoider 2 Roofcarrier mportent safety notes a WARNING Important safety notes A a a o_ ___ The cup holder cannot hold a container secure Z WARNING whilst traveling If you use a cup holder whilst When you load the roof the center of gravity traveling the container may be flung around of the vehicle rises and the driving character _ Nd liquid may be spilled The vehicle occu istics change If you exceed the maximum roof Pants may come into contact with the liquid load the driving characteristics as well as and if it is hot they may be scalded You may steering and braking will be greatly impaired be distracted from the traffic conditions and There is a risk of an accident you could lose control of the vehicle There is Never exceed the maximum roof load and a MSk OF em GECCE amal iju adjust your driving style Only use the cup holder when the vehicle is stationary Only use the cup holder for con HM Mercedes Benz recommends that you tainers of the right size Always close the con only use roof carriers that have been tested __ tainer particularly if the liquid is hot and approved for Mercedes Benz vehicles This helps to prevent damage to the vehi E Only use the cup holders for containers of cle the right size and which have lids The Position the load on the roof rack in such a driniksicould otherwise spill way that the vehicle will not sustain dam Z WAR
524. y The automatic reversing feature is only an aid and is no substitute for your attention when closing the sliding roof Panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel ca A WARNING The reversing feature does not react e to soft light and thin objects e g small fin gers e over the last 1 6 in 4 mm of the closing movement e during resetting e when closing the sliding sunroof again man ually immediately after automatic reversing This means that the reversing feature cannot prevent someone being trapped in these sit uations There is a risk of injury Make sure that no body parts are in close proximity during the closing procedure If somebody becomes trapped Opening and closing E e release the switch immediately or e during automatic operation push the switch briefly in any direction The closing process is stopped Overhead control panel To raise To open To close lower gt Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock gt Make sure that the roller sunblinds are open gt Press or pull the E switch in the corre sponding direction ra Panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel Opening and closing bed If you press pull the E switch beyond the point of resistance automatic opera tion is started in the corresponding direc tion You can stop automatic operation by pressing pulling the switch again Automatic operation for raising is available on
525. y advises that you install a child restraint system on a rear seat If it is absolutely necessary to install a child restraint system to the front passenger seat be sure to observe the instructions and safety notes on the Occupant classification system OCS gt page 51 You can thus avoid the risks that could arise as a result of e an incorrectly categorized person in the front passenger seat e the unintentional deactivation of the front passenger front air bag e the unsuitable positioning of the child restraint system e g too close to the dash board Rearward facing child restraint system If it is absolutely necessary to install a rear ward facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat always make sure that the front passenger front air bag is deactiva ted Only if the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp is permanently lit gt page 43 is the front passenger front air bag deactiva ted Always observe the child restraint system manufacturer s installation and operating instructions Forward facing child restraint system If it is absolutely necessary to install a forward facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat always move the front passenger seat as far back as possible The entire base of the child restraint system must always rest on the seat cushion of the front Children in the vehicle Ea passenger seat The backrest of the child restraint system must as far as possi
526. y an audible warning tone or a continuous tone When the ignition is switched off all display messages are deleted apart from some high priority display messages Once the causes of the high priority display messages have been rectified the corresponding display messages are also deleted When you stop and park the vehicle please observe the notes on the HOLD function gt page 181 and parking gt page 159 gt Press the OK or p button on the steering wheel to hide the display message The display message is cleared The multifunction display shows high priority display messages in red Some high priority dis play messages cannot be hidden The multifunction display shows these messages continuously until the causes for the mes sages have been remedied The on board computer saves certain display messages in the message memory You can call up the display messages gt Press the If there are display gt Press the lt or gt button on the steering wheel to select the Serv menu mes sages the multifunction display shows 2 Messages for example A or Vv button to select the entry e g 2 Messages gt Press OK gt Press the to confirm A or Vv button to scroll through the display messages il On board computer and displays ee Display messages _ On board computer and displays
527. y are e g e the bumper of a parked vehicle e the drawbar of a trailer e the ball coupling of a trailer tow hitch e the rear section of an HGV e a slanted post Use the guidelines only for orientation Approach objects no further than the bot tom most guideline Pid abl Lanes White guide line without turning the steer ing wheel vehicle width including the exterior mirrors static Yellow lane marking tires at current steer ing wheel angle vehicle width to the outer side of the wheels dynamic Red guide line for the vehicle width includ ing the exterior mirrors for current steer ing wheel angle dynamic Bumper Ph pha ae Guide lines Bumper Red guide line at a distance of approx imately 10 in 0 25 m from the rear of the vehicle Yellow guide line at a distance of approx imately 13 ft 4 0 m from the rear of the vehicle Vehicle center axle marker assistance Yellow guide line at a distance of approx imately 3 ft 1 0 m from the rear of the vehicle The lanes and guide lines are only displayed if you have engaged reverse gear The distance specifications only apply to objects that are at ground level Back Pope le 4 Additional displays on vehicles with PARKTRONIC and COMAND Front warning display Additional PARKTRONIC measurement operational readiness indicator Rear warning display Vehicles with PARKTRONIC and COMAND if PARKTRONIC is operatio
528. ype ISOFIX child seat secur ing system Z WARNING LATCH type ISOFIX child restraint systems do not offer sufficient protective effect for children whose weight is greater than 48 Ibs 22 kg who are secured using the safety belt integrated in the child restraint system In the event of an accident a child might not be restrained correctly This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury If the child weighs more than 48 Ibs 22 kg only use LATCH type ISOFIX child restraint systems with which the child is also secured with the vehicle seat belt Also secure the child restraint system with the Top Tether belt if available Always comply with the manufacturer s installation and operating instructions for the child restraint system used Before every trip make sure that the LATCH type ISOFIX child restraint system is engaged correctly in both LATCH type ISO FIX securing rings y LATCH type ISOFIX securing rings gt Install the LATCH type ISOFIX child restraint system on both LATCH type ISO FIX securing rings ISOFIX is a standardized securing system for specially designed child restraint systems on the rear seats LATCH type ISOFIX securing rings Q for two LATCH type ISOFIX child restraint systems are installed on the left and right rear seats Non LATCH type ISOFIX child seats may also be used and can be installed using the vehicle s seat belt system Install child seats
529. ys ensure that the child restraint system is not exposed to direct sunlight Pro tect it with a blanket for example If the child restraint system has been exposed to direct sunlight let it cool down before securing the child in it Never leave children unattended in the vehicle Always ensure that all vehicle occupants have their seat belts fastened correctly and are sit ting properly Particular attention must be paid to children Observe the safety notes on the seat belt gt page 44 and the notes on correct use of seat belts gt page 45 A booster seat may be necessary to achieve proper seat belt positioning for children over 41 lbs 18 kg or until they reach a height where a lap shoulder belt can be fastened properly without a booster seat Special seat belt retractor J A WARNING If the seat belt is released while driving the child restraint system will no longer be secured properly The special seat belt retrac tor is disabled and the inertia real draws in a portion of the seat belt The seat belt cannot be immediately refastened There is an increased risk of injury possibly even fatal Stop the vehicle immediately paying atten tion to road and traffic conditions Reactivate the special seat belt retractor and secure the child restraint system properly All seat belts except the driver s seat belt are equipped with a special seat belt retractor When activated the special seat belt retrac tor ensur
530. ytime Running Lights function If the Daytime Running Lights function has been switched on the cone of light and the symbol in the multifunction dis play are shown in orange gt Press the OK button to save the setting Further information on daytime running lamps gt page 111 Setting the brightness of the ambient lighting gt Pressthe lt or gt button onthe steer ing wheel to select the Sett menu gt Press the W or A button to select the Light submenu gt Press OK to confirm gt Pressthe W or A button to select the Amb Light function You will see the selected setting gt Change the setting with OK gt Pressthe W or A button to adjust the brightness to a level from Of f to Level 5 bright gt Press the setting button to save the OK or Activating deactivating surround light ing and exterior lighting delayed switch off If you have activated the Surround Light ing function and the light switch is set to auto the following functions are activated when it is dark e surround lighting the exterior lighting remains lit for 40 seconds after unlocking with the key If you start the engine the surround lighting is switched off and auto matic headlamp mode is activated gt page 111 e

Owners Manual Pdf - Mercedes Benz USA

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents